FACULTAD DE ECONOMÍA Y EMPRESA UNIVERSIDAD DE...

1

FACULTAD DE ECONOMÍA Y EMPRESA

UNIVERSIDAD DE SALAMANCA

facultad de

economía

y empresa

DESCRIPTION OF COURSES (IN ENGLISH) 2017-2018

2

DESCRIPTION OF COURSES (IN ENGLISH) 2017-2018

The following pages contain a brief description in English of the courses of the

Bachelor Degrees offered in the Faculty of Economics and Business of the

University of Salamanca during the academic year 2017-2018.1

B.A. in Economics (Grado en Economía)………………………………… 3-126

B.A. in Business Administration and Management (Grado en Administración y

Direcciónde Empresas) ………………….……………………………….. 127-266

B.A. in Small and Medium Business Management (Grado en Gestión de

Pequeñas y Medianas Empresas)………….…………………………….. 267-400

ACKNOWLEDGEMENTS: The Faculty of Economics and Business of the University of Salamanca would

like to thank all those professors involved in the translation of the courses for

their generosity of time.

1 The English description is not available for some courses. Please, check for these courses the academic guide: http://facultadeconomiayempresa.usal.es/index.php/guias-academicas

3

BACHELOR DEGREE IN ECONOMICS (GRADO EN ECONOMÍA)

2017-2018

4

FIRST YEAR FALL SEMESTER

ECONOMIC THEORY: INTRODUCTION TO ECONOMICS I (INTRODUCCIÓN A LA ECONOMÍA I)

Course Details

Course level Undergraduate

Code (Código)

103700 Plan (Plan)

237 ECTS 6

Type (Carácter)

Basic (Básica)

Year (Curso)

1 Periodicity (Periodicidad)

Semiannual (Semestral)

Área (Área)

Foundations of Economic Analysis (Fundamentos de Análisis Económico)

Department (Departamento)

Economics and Economic History (Economía e Historia Económica)

Course Staff

Course Coordinator (Profesor Coordinador)

RAMÓN J. TORREGROSA

Other teachers: (Profesores con responsabilidad docente)

-



Área (Área)


Center (Centro)

Faculty of Economics and Business (Facultad de Economía y Empresa)

Office (Despacho) 220 (FES Building)

Office Hours (Horario de tutorías)

For appointments send an e-mail

URL Web http://web.usal.es/~rtorregr/

E-mail [email protected] Phone (Tlf.)

+34923294640 Extension: 3512

5

Recommended Background It is highly recommended to have a good command of basic mathematical tools and an intermediate level of English (although the working language will be Spanish). Objectives

Expected learning results:

1. Understanding basic economic concepts about current social and political problems.

2. Understanding of the main economic theories and how they can be used for real problems.

3. Applying the main theoretical concepts of economic analysis. Syllabus 1. The principles of Economics. 2. Demand and supply. 3. Market Regulation. 4. Elasticity. 5. Consumer and Producer Surplus. 6. Production and Costs 7. Perfect Competition and the Supply Curve 8. Monopoly. 9. Monopolistic Competition. 10. Strategic Behaviour. 11. Oligopoly. 12. Market Failures. References (in Spanish)

Textbooks Principios De Economía: G. Mankiw (Ed. Mc.Graw-Hill). Introducción a la Economía. Microeconomía: P. Krugman and R. Wells (Ed. Reverté).

Other references Economics: A Brief Introduction. Dasgupta. Oxford University Press. Dictionary of Economics. The Economist.

6

MATHEMATICS: ALGEBRA (ALGEBRA)

Course Details


Code (Código)

103701 Plan (Plan)

237 ECTS 6

Type (Carácter)

Basic (Básica)

Year (Curso)



Área (Área)




Course Staff


Rodríguez Alcantud, José Carlos


-



Área (Área)


Center (Centro)


Office (Despacho)

209 (FES Building)


Check web page

URL Web http://web.usal.es/jcr

E-mail [email protected]

Phone (Tlf.)

+34923294640 Extension: 3180

Objectives

• To enable students to apply formal models to practical problems.

7

Syllabus

1. Introduction to the basic concepts of logic and set theory. Sets of real numbers.Polynomials.

2. Vectorial spaces and subspaces. Independence, basis and dimension.3. Linear mappings. Matrices.4. Diagonalization. Eigenvalues and eigenvectors.5. Symmetric bilinear forms. Quadratic forms. Classification of quadratic forms.

References (in Spanish)

Textbooks

Manual práctico de Matemáticas para Economía y Empresa. Por Mª Dolores García, Bernardo García-Bernalt, Mª Aurora Manrique y José Carlos Rodríguez. Delta Publicaciones 2006.

Other references

La web http://web.usal.es/jcr/matematicas/algebra.htm contiene otras referencias de varios tipos (bibliográficas, electrónicas, etc). En STUDIUM se detallarán otras referencias electrónicas adecuadas para seguir la asignatura.

8

ECONOMIC HISTORY: ECONOMIC HISTORY (HISTORIA ECONÓMICA)

Course Details


Code (Código)

103702 Plan (Plan)

237 ECTS 6

Type (Carácter)

Basic (Básica)

Year (Curso)



Área (Área)

History and Economic Institutions (Historia e Instituciones Económicas)



Course Staff


María Pilar Brel Cachón


-



Área (Área)


Center (Centro)


Office (Despacho)

228 (FES Building)


Monday: 11:00-13:00

URL Web -


+34923294640 Extension: 3519

9

Objectives

Main course goals: - Know in the long time the functioning of economic systems, the alternatives allocation, the accumulation of wealth and the income distribution. - Framing the main economic historical facts - Relate and use basic economic concepts regarding to historical events and the study of the territory. - Knowing the connections between social and economic factors - Emphasize the complexity of the economic reality, the diversity of economic realities in different places and historical periods. - Study the material basis of production activities, the technological changes that determine the use of the resources and the affect of the different economic growth models.

Specific and operational goals: - Develop essays and practice tests using the simple tools of the economic analysis - Ability to present arguments in public - Develop teamwork and assume roles in simulations games - Ensure that the student interacted in the virtual campus. - Become familiar with descriptive statistics and the application of basic statistical concepts to the analysis of charts, tables and time series. - Interpret historical texts, literary, political and economic, archival documents and maps.

Syllabus

1. Overview Economic History of the West2. The Industrial Revolution (1750-1850)3. The first globalization (1870-1913)4. The interwar period (1913-1945)5. The Golden Age of growth (1950-1973)6. The economic crisis and its consequences in industrialized countries7. The second globalization, the uneven development, and current depression


Textbooks CARRERAS, A. y X. TAFUNELL (2003): Historia económica de la España contemporánea.

Crítica. Barcelona. COMÍN, F. (2005): Historia Económica Mundial, Crítica, Barcelona. FELIÚ, G. y SUDRIÁ, C. (2007): Introducción a la historia económica mundial, Valencia,

PUV. MASSA, P., BRACCO, G., GUENZI, A, DAVIS, J.A., FONTANA, G.L. Y CARRERAS, A.

(2003): Historia económica de Europa, siglos XV-XX, Barcelona, Crítica. UNIVERSITAT DE BARCELONA (1997): Guía Práctica de Historia económica mundial,

Barcelona, Universidad. ZAMAGNI, V. (2001): Historia económica de la Europa contemporánea. Crítica. Barcelona.

Other references -

10

COMMERCIAL LAW: FUNDAMENTAL OF COMMERCIAL LAW (FUNDAMENTOS DE DERECHO MERCANTIL)

Course Details


Code (Código)

103703 Plan (Plan)

237 ECTS 3

Type (Carácter)

Compulsory (Obligatoria)

Year (Curso)



Área (Área)

Derecho Mercantil


Derecho Privado

NOT AVAILABLE IN ENGLISH

11

CIVIL PATRIMONIAL LAW: FUNDAMENTAL INSTITUTIONS OF CIVIL PATRIMONIAL LAW

(FUNDAMENTOS DE DERECHO CIVIL PATRIMONIAL)

Course Details


Code (Código)

103704 Plan (Plan)

237 ECTS 3

Type (Carácter)


Year (Curso)



Área (Área)

Civil Law (Derecho Civil)


Private Law (Derecho Privado)

Course Staff


RAMÓN GARCÍA GÓMEZ


-



Área (Área)


Center (Centro)

Faculty of Law (Facultad de Derecho)

Office (Despacho)

215 (Building: Faculty of Law)


Prof. García: - Monday and Tuesday: 13:00 – 15:00 - Wednesday: 14:00 – 15:00 - Thursday: 14:00 – 15:00

URL Web -


Phone (Tlf.)

+34923294441 Extension: 1634

12

Place of the course in the curriculum

The Civil Law is the area of civil law that regulates all relations that have an economic background and consider the person in reference to his property, so that their bases are embedded within the economic system, the initiative of individuals and the free market. In this sense, the course Fundamentals of Civil Law focuses on the study of the rules governing the obligations and contracts, to the extent that these rules articulate the legal exchange of goods and services with economic significance. This corresponds well with basic training necessary for the student to understand other subjects of the degree, if Fundamentals of Commercial Law, its natural continuation, and taught later. Hence, the students have achieved a solid legal training that help you understand the legal operations affecting the Company and transfer that training to management and company management in civil society. Objectives

The course aims to provide students of the Bachelor Degree in Economics from the legal tools necessary for understanding the practical everyday problems in their own obligations and contracts, which focused on their training, have allowed precise legal means face-to-be future professionals in economics. Given the role of the jurist and the aims of the future graduate, the basic objectives of any course of civil law must ensure that students reach a reasonable level of knowledge for the scope of this discipline, and proper use of such knowledge in the solution practical problems. In this sense, the theory class is useful as a guide for the student to the study of the subject, as a means to explain the fundamental concepts, to clarify the more complex issues or to highlight the most important issues. As for the practical classes, should serve to make clear the close relationship in law between theory and practice to acquire the necessary critical sense that allows you to assess the various situations of legal court in this site are usually presented. Syllabus

LESSON 1. - CONCEPT AND SYSTEMATICS OF CIVIL LAW. LESSON 2. - CONCEPT, STRUCTURE AND SOURCES OF OBLIGATIONS. LESSON 3. - TYPES OF OBLIGATIONS AND COMPLIANCE. LESSON 4. - PERFORMANCE AND TERMINATION OF LIABILITY. LESSON 5. - CONCEPT AND COMPONENTS OF CONTRACT. LESSON 6. - CLASSIFICATION AND BIOLOGY OF CONTRACTS. LESSON 7. - EFFECTIVENESS OF CONTRACTS AND INEFFECTIVE. Competences and Habilities

SPECIFIC - The course aims to provide legal rationality in the analysis and description of any aspect of economic reality (C.3). - The course assesses the consequences of various courses of action from the point of view of civil law and economics applied to select the best targets taking into account the distributional implications (C.4). - Finally, the course allows the issuance of reports based on law advice on specific situations of the economy (international, national or regional) or sectors and companies in the same (C.5).

13

TRANSVERSE - The subject achieves self-learning ability. The economic logic with its emphasis on legal structure of models and variables allows the student the independent analysis of new economic realities. For this reason, the student will be able to access independently scientific literature that will enable future economic order issues which have to face (C.23). - The subject can reach levels of sensitivity to environmental issues, social and gender within the framework of the defense of human rights. The economy is ultimately a science that studies processes of choice between alternative uses, and provides criteria for making that choice satisfactory from the point of view of the resources used in it. For this reason, economic decisions have huge implications legal, social, environmental and gender. Therefore students are trained to understand these implications and always bear in mind in their analysis the defense of human rights (C.28).

Methodologies

In relation to the subject and its location within the training module was developed with the following contents: - The classes allow exposing the theoretical content of the different lessons that make up the program, following one or two reference Textbooks that reflect the rationale for the topics and skills related to those provided. - The practical classes are linked to the consequent understanding of concepts by students so that they will develop the solution of problems in the classroom. After class, the professor proposed to students carrying out work on theory and personal problems, for whose implementation will be supported by the teacher in supervised workshops. In these seminars students can share with their peers and the teacher are doubts, get solutions to them and start playing for themselves the powers of matter.


Textbooks:

- CONSTITUCIÓN ESPAÑOLA DE 1978.

- CÓDIGO CIVIL, a ser posible con legislación complementaria.

- Libro de texto para la teoría: * LASARTE ÁLVAREZ, Carlos, “Principios de Derecho Civil II. Derecho de Obligaciones”Ed. Marcial Pons, última edición).

Other references:

- LACRUZ BERDEJO, José Luis, actualizado por DELGADO ECHEVERRÍA, Jesús, y PARRA LUCÁN, María Ángeles, “Nociones de Derecho civil patrimonial e Introducción al Derecho” (Editorial Dykinson, ultima edición). - DÍEZ PICAZO Y PONDE DE LEÓN, Luis, “Fundamentos de Derecho Civil Patrimonial I” (Civitas, Madrid, última edición). - DÍEZ-PICAZO Y PONCE DE LEÓN, Luis, y GULLÓN BALLESTEROS, Antonio, “Instituciones de Derecho Civil I. 2: Doctrina general del contrato y de las obligaciones. Contratos en especial. Cuasi contratos. Enriquecimiento sin causa” (Tecnos, Madrid, última edición) - DÍEZ-PICAZO Y PONCE DE LEÓN, Luis, y GULLÓN BALLESTEROS, Antonio, “Instituciones de Derecho Civil II. 1: Derechos reales” (Tecnos, Madrid, última edición). - MORENO QUESADA y otros: “Derecho Civil Patrimonial. Conceptos y normativa básica”

14

(Editorial Comares, Granada, última edición). - MORO ALMARAZ – SÁNCHEZ CID, “Nociones básicas de Derecho Civil”. Editorial Tecnos, última edición.

Se proporcionará, a los alumnos y en el momento oportuno, diversos materiales relacionados con la materia del Curso que, a juicio del profesor, resulten necesarios para la evaluación de la asignatura. Asimismo, los alumnos dispondrán, en la página de Studium, de recursos suficientes para afrontar la materia desde el comienzo del Curso

15

ACCOUNTING: BASES OF FINANCIAL ACCOUNTING (FUNDAMENTOS DE CONTABILIDAD FINANCIERA)

Course Details


Code (Código)

103705 Plan (Plan)

238 ECTS 6

Type (Carácter)

Basic (Básica)

Year (Curso)



Área (Área)

Finance and Accounting (Economía Financiera y Contabilidad)


Administration and Business Economics (Administración y Economía de la Empresa)

Course Staff


Raquel García Rubio


-



Área (Área)


Center (Centro)


Office (Despacho)

106 (FES Building)


-

URL Web -


+34923294640 Extension: 3134

16

Objectives

To provide students with enough tools for facing practical problems as a consequence of the application of the obtained knowledge. Syllabus The accounting information system. Conceptual framework. The accounting method: the double-entry method Business assets. The registration process: techniques and accounting Textbooks. The net profit of the financial year. The accounting cycle. The standardisation process and accounting planning. The General Accounting Plan. References (in Spanish)

Textbooks SOCÍAS SALVÁ, A., JOVER ARBONA, G., LLULL GILET, A., HORRACH ROSELLÓ, P. y

HERRANZ BASCONES, R. (2007): Contabilidad Financiera, Ed. Pirámide, Madrid. URIAS VALIENTE, J. (1997): Introducción a la Contabilidad. Teoría y Supuestos, Ed.

Pirámide, MaARQUERO, J.L. JIMENEZ, S.M. Y RUIZ, I. (2008): Introducción a la contabilidad financira, Ed. Pirámide, Madrid.

BLANCO, I., ÁLVAREZ, M.A., BABÍO, M.R., CANTORNA, S. y RAMOS, A. (2000): Introducción a la Contabilidad. Contabilidad Financiera I, Prentice Hall, Madrid.

CAÑIBANO, L. (2001): Contabilidad: Análisis Contable de la Realidad Económica, Ed. Pirámide, Madrid.

GARCIA PEREZ, M.C. (2001): Introducción a la Contabilidad Financiera, Ed. Pirámide, Madrid.

GONZÁLEZ ALBERO, J., BAÑÓN CALATAVA, C., SERRANO CARDON, M.J., VERDÚ LLORCA, V., BELTRÁN MARTÍNEZ, E.C., RUIZ MANERO, E., RODRÍGUEZ MANFREDI, L y GARCÍA PÉREZ, M. (2008): Contabilidad Financiera, Ed. Pirámide, Madrid.

Other references -

17

ECONOMIC THEORY: INTRODUCTION TO ECONOMICS II (INTRODUCCIÓN A LA ECONOMÍA II)

Course Details


Code (Código)

103706 Plan (Plan)

237 ECTS 6

Type (Carácter)

Basic (Básica)

Year (Curso)



Área (Área)




Course Staff


CRISTINA PITA YÁÑEZ


-



Área (Área)


Center (Centro)


Office (Despacho)

224 (FES Building)


For appointments send an e-mail to [email protected]

URL Web -


+34923294640 Extension: 3129

18

Recommended Background

It is highly recommended to have a good command of mathematical tools and an intermediate level of English

Language: Working language is Spanish. However, there will be references and some readings in English.

Objectives


1. Understanding the economic foundations of current social and politicalproblems.

2. Using properly basic economic concepts.3. Understanding of the main economic theories and how they can be used for real

problems.4. Applying main theoretical concepts of economic analysis.

Syllabus

MAIN CONCEPTS AND MACROECONOMIC THEORIES 1. Main macroeconomic variables. Economic data.2. Economic growth. Productivity.3. Saving and investment. Financial markets. An economy with money. Money supply.4. Open economies.5. Business cycle. AD-AS Model


Textbooks Mankiw, Gregory: Principios de Economía (cualquier edición). Dasgupta, Partha: Economics: A Brief Introduction. Oxford University Press.

Other references Dictionary of Economics. The Economist.

19

MATHEMATICS: MATHEMATICAL ANALYSIS (ANÁLISIS MATEMÁTICO)

Course Details


Code (Código)

103707 Plan (Plan)

237 ECTS 6

Type (Carácter)


Year (Curso)



Área (Área)




Course Staff


Rodríguez Alcantud, José Carlos


-



Área (Área)


Center (Centro)


Office (Despacho)

209 (FES Building)


Check web page

URL Web http://web.usal.es/jcr


Phone (Tlf.)

+34923294640 Extension: 3180

20

Objectives


Syllabus

1. Sequences and series of real numbers. 2. Theory of functions of a real variable. 3. Elementary topology. Functions of several variables: Limits and continuity. 4. Directional and partial derivatives. Differentiable functions. 5. Applications of differentiation: Taylor expansion, concavity/convexity properties. 6. Unconstrained optimization. Constrained optimization. First and second order

conditions.


Textbooks Manual práctico de Matemáticas para Economía y Empresa. Por Mª Dolores García, Bernardo García-Bernalt, Mª Aurora Manrique y José Carlos Rodríguez. Delta Publicaciones 2006.

Other references La web http://web.usal.es/jcr/matematicas/analisis.htm contiene otras referencias de varios tipos (bibliográficas, electrónicas, etc). En STUDIUM se detallarán otras referencias electrónicas adecuadas para seguir la asignatura.

21

BUSINESS ORGANIZATION: FUNDAMENTALS OF BUSINESS MANAGEMENT

(INTRODUCCIÓN A LA GESTIÓN DE EMPRESAS)

Course Details


Code (Código)

103708 Plan (Plan)

238 ECTS 6

Type (Carácter)

Basic (Básica)

Year (Curso)



Área (Área)

Business Organization (Organización de Empresas)



Course Staff


Roberto Sánchez Gómez


-



Área (Área)


Center (Centro)


Office (Despacho)

115 (FES Building)


-

URL Web -


+34923294640 Ext. 3329

22

Objectives

This subject introduces the main concepts in relation to management issues and business administration. The final objective of the subject is to train the student to learn to think as an economist. Syllabus

1. The firm: objectives, decisions, resources and functions 2. Business administration: an interdisciplinary source of knowledge 3. The environment of the firm 4. Entrepreneurship and innovation 5. Types of firms 6. The management function 7. The strategic management of the firm 8. Types of strategies: corporate strategies and competitive strategies 9. Organizational design and human resource management 10. Operations management: structural decisions 11. Operations management: infrastructural decisions 12. Marketing 13. The financial function: objectives and decisions


Textbooks Sánchez Gómez, Roberto y González Benito, Javier (2012): Administración de empresas: Objetivos y decisiones, McGraw-Hill, Madrid. ISBN: 9788448183080.

Other references -

23

ACCOUNTING: ACCOUNTING INFORMATION SYSTEM IN PUBLIC ADMINISTRATIONS

(SISTEMA DE INFORMACIÓN CONTABLE AAPP)

Course Details


Code (Código)

103709 Plan (Plan)

238 ECTS 6

Type (Carácter)


Year (Curso)



Área (Área)




Course Staff


Cristina Asensio García


-



Área (Área)


Center (Centro)


Office (Despacho)

301 (FES Building)


-

URL Web -


Phone (Tlf.)

-

24

Objectives

The aim of this course is to provide students with basic tools for making the adaptation to the professional profile easier, through a combination of theoretical and practical resources. Syllabus Public Administration Accounting. Regulation framework. Budgetary Regime in Spain. The General Public Accounting Plan. Expenditure Budget Accounting. Revenue Budget Accounting. Non-financial Fixed Assets Accounting. Financial Fixed Assets Accounting. Basic Financing Non-budgetary Transactions Accounting. Earmarked Expenditures Annual Accounts Information for the Management of Public Administrations Control and Accountability in Public Administrations References (in Spanish)

Textbooks ·Isidoro Guzmán Raja, Jose enrique Blasco Leante, Jose Luis Montoya Chinchilla y otros. Manual de contabilidad pública, adaptado al PGCP 2010 (edición FAURA CASAS) ·Daniel Carrasco Diaz: contabilidad pública. Adaptado al PGCP 2010. ED pirámide, Madrid. ·PGCP 2010.

·Torres Prada L y pina Martinez V (2009) Manual de contabilidad pública, adaptado al plan de cuentas de la administración local. Centro de estudios financieros, Madrid.

Other references -

25

STATISTICS AND ECONOMETRICS: STATISTICS I (ESTADÍSTICA I)

Course Details


Code (Código)

103710 Plan (Plan)

237 ECTS 6

Type (Carácter)

Basic (Básic)

Year (Curso)



Área (Área)




Course Staff


Mercedes García Sánchez


-


Economics and Economic History (Economía e Historia Económica

Área (Área)


Center (Centro)


Office (Despacho)

205 (FES Building)


-

URL Web -


Phone (Tlf.)

+34923294640 Extension: 3514

26

Formative block to which it belongs Quantitative Methods

Place of the course within the formative block and the curriculum Economics has a strong quantitative component that requires the knowledge and use of statistic tools, both in specific courses on quantitative methods and in general courses on business administration. This course provides the tools to summarize, quantify and analyze available information, and to identify and quantify in the presence of uncertainty. This course is therefore strongly recommended prior to Statistics II and Econometrics.

Professional profile

Economist Recommended background Basic knowledge of Algebra and Mathematical Analysis. Basic computing knowledge (Windows environment). Objectives

• Make the student capable of synthezising and analyzing population information and comparative analysis.

• Ability to apply statistical techniques for economic variables. • Ability to tabulate, graph and summarize economic data, and to interpret and evaluate

results. • Ability to identify contexts of uncertainty and to quantify it. • Ability to use statistical software.

Syllabus

BLOCK 1: DESCRIPTIVE STATÍSTICS - LESSON 1: Basic notions - LESSON 2: Univariate Distributions - LESSON 3: Bivariate Distributions - LESSON 4: Index numbers. BLOCK 2: PROBABILITY - LESSON 5: Basic probability concepts - LESSON 6: Random Variables.


27

Teaching methodology

- Presential theoretical lectures - Presential practical sessions

- Discussion and resolution of problems and exercises. - Practical computer lab sessions - Presential Tutoring sessions - Individual coursework carried out by the student.

References

Basic references for the student - CAO ABAD, R y otros: Introducción a la Estadística y sus aplicaciones. Ed. Pirámide. - CASAS SÁNCHEZ, J.M. y SANTOS PEÑA, J.:Introducción a la Estadística para la

administración y dirección de empresas. Ed. Ramón Areces - CASAS SANCHEZ, J.M. y otros: Ejercicios de Estadística Descriptiva y probabilidad para

Economía y Administración de empresas. Ed. Pirámide - CASAS SANCHEZ, J.M. y otros: Ejercicios de Inferencia estadística y muestreo para

Economía y Administración de empresas. Ed. Pirámide - LIND y otros: Estadística aplicada a los negocios y a la Encomia. Ed. McGraw Hill. - MARTIN PLIEGO, F.J : Introducción a la estadística económica y empresarial (Teoría y

ejercicios). Ed. AC

Other references and materials - ÁLVAREZ SANTOS, C.: Curso del SPPSWIN, Servicio informático de Somosaguas,

Universidad Complutense de Madrid, 2001 (descargable de la página web http://www.sisoft.ucm.es/Manuales/SPSSV10.pdf).

- LIZASOAIN, L. y JOARISTI, L.: Gestión y análisis de datos con SPSS, versión 11, Thomson

- PEREZ, C.: Estadística aplicada a través de Excel. Ed. Pearson-Prentice Hall - PEREZ, C.: Técnicas estadísticas con SPSS: aplicaciones al análisis de datos. Ed

Pearson-Prentice Hall Evaluation

General Considerations The evaluation system is based on:

• Coursework performed by the student, including class participation in lectures, practical sessions, seminars and individual coursework (leading to a base grade representing 40% of the final grade)

• A final examination (60% of the final grade).

Evaluation criteria Three written quizzes, around weeks 5, 9 and 13 – depending on the development of the course -. In some practical sessions a final part could be devoted to the resolution of some exercise to be handed in for evaluation. The 3 quizzes represent 80% of the base grade, and exercises the remaining 20%. The final examination consists of theory and practice. A passing grade requires 5/10 with no single question evaluated with 0 points.

28

Evaluation instruments

- Written quizzes. - Exercises (solved in class). - Class participation. - Final examination.

Recommendations for evaluation. The student is encouraged to make every effort to obtain a passing base grade in the continuous evaluation.

Recommendation for the recuperation The continuous evaluation cannot be recuperated. The final examination can be recuperated on the same criteria as the initial evaluation.

29

SECOND YEAR FALL SEMESTER

ECONOMIC THEORY: MICROECONOMICS I

(MICROECONOMICS I)

Course Details


Code (Código)

103711 Plan (Plan)

237 ECTS 6

Type (Carácter)

Basic (Básica)

Year (Curso)



Área (Área)




Course Staff


Emma Moreno García


-



Área (Área)


Center (Centro)


Office (Despacho)

216 (FES Building)



URL Web http://web.usal.es/~emmam/


Phone (Tlf.)

+34923294640 Extension: 3512

30

Recommended Background It is highly recommended to have a good command of Introduction to Economics I and II, and Mathematical Analysis, but it is not strictly mandatory Objectives

The objective consists of analyzing choice problems of economic agents, mainly consumers and firms. These analyses will give to the students a good command of core concepts of economic theory, useful to understand a great variety of relevant economic problems. Syllabus I. The Theory of Consumer Behavior 1. Consumer Behavior. 2. Revealed Preference and Index Numbers. 3. Substitution and income effects. 4. Individual and Market Demand 5. Labor Supply. 6. Intertemporal Choice 7. Consumer Surplus. 8. Choice Under Uncertainty 9. Market Demand. II. Production Theory 1. Technology. 2. Profits Maximization and Costs Minimization. 3. Production Costs: Costs Curves 4. Perfect Competition References (in Spanish)

Textbooks Frank, R.H.: Microeconomía y Conducta. McGraw-Hill. 2005. Nicholson, W.: Microeconomía Intermedia y sus Aplicaciones. McGraw-Hill. 2001. Pindyck, R.S., Rubinfeld, D.L.: Microeconomía. Prentice Hall. 2003. Varian, H.R.: Microeconomía Intermedia: Un Enfoque Actual. Antoni Bosch. 2007

Other referentes Heckner, D., Kretschmer, T.: Don't worry about Micro. Springer. 2008 Se darán referencias y material complementario en Studium o en la página web de la profesora responsable.

31

ECONOMIC THEORY: MACROECONOMICS I (MACROECONOMICS I)

Course Details


Code (Código)

103712 Plan (Plan)

237 ECTS 6

Type (Carácter)

Basic (Básica)

Year (Curso)



Área (Área)




Course Staff


JAVIER PEROTE PEÑA


-



Área (Área)


Center (Centro)


Office (Despacho)

220 (FES Building)



URL Web http://web.usal.es/~perote/index.php


Phone (Tlf.)

+34923294640 Extension: 3512

Recommended Background It is highly recommended to have a good command of Introduction to Economics I and II, but it is not strictly mandatory.

32

Objectives


1. Understanding the basic macroeconomic concepts and the main macroeconomic relationships according to simple models and their basic empirical evidence.

2. Understanding how goods markets, financial markets and labour markets work and how different economic policies affect to equilibrium income, prices and interest rates.

3. Understanding the link between unemployment and inflation through the Phillips curve under different assumptions.

4. Understanding the determinants of economic growth in the long-term. 5. Understanding the effects of monetary and fiscal policies under different

assumptions and different time horizons. Syllabus INTRODUCTION 1. Introduction. THE SHORT RUN 2. The Goods Market. 3. Financial Markets. 4. Goods and Financial Markets: The IS-LM Model. THE LONG RUN 5. The Labour Market 6. Putting all markets together: The AS-AD Model 7. The Natural Rate of Unemployment and The Phillips Curve 8. Inflation, Activity, and Nominal Money Growth THE LONG RUN 9. The Facts of Growth 10. Saving, Capital Accumulation, and Output 11. Technological Progress and Growth 12. Technological Progress: The Short, Medium, and Long Run References (in Spanish)

Textbooks

Olivier Blanchard, Macroeconomía, 5ª edición, Pearson – Prentice Hall, Madrid, 2012.

Other referentes

Belzunegui, B., Cabrerizo, J., Padilla, R. y Valero, I. Macroeconomía: Cuestiones y Ejercicios Resueltos. Prentice Hall, Madrid, 2002. (se entregarán lecturas y listas de ejercicios específicos para cada tema)

33

MATHEMATICS: DECISION AND GAME THEORY (DECISIÓN Y JUEGOS)

Course Details


Code (Código)

103713 Plan (Plan)

237 ECTS 6

Type (Carácter)


Year (Curso)



Área (Área)




Course Staff


Aurora Manrique García


Mª Dolores García Sanz



Área (Área)


Center (Centro)


Office (Despacho)

207 and 202 (FES Building)


Previous appointment

URL Web -

E-mail [email protected] [email protected]


Objectives


34

Syllabus

6. Preferences and utility. 7. Expected utility theory. 8. Social decisión making. 9. Games in strategic form and Nash equilibrium. 10. Strictly competitive games. 11. Cooperative games.


Textbooks J.C. Aguado Franco, “Teoría de la decisión y de los juegos”, Delta Publicaciones 2006. J. García Aguado, E. Martínez Rodríguez, R. Redondo Palomo y C. del campo Campos, “Métodos de Decisión, Ejercicios Resueltos”, Prentice Hall, Madrid 2002. R. Gibbons, “Un primer curso de Teoría de Juegos”, Antoni Bosch editores, Barcelona, 1994. A. Villar, “Lecciones de Microeconomía”, Antoni Bosch editores, Barcelona, 1999.

Other references H.S. Bierman y L. Fernández, “Game Theory with Economic Applications”, 2ª Edición, Addison Wesley, 1998. M. Córdoba Bueno, “La toma de decisiones en la práctica”, Delta Publicaciones 2004. P. Dutta, “Strategies and Games”, The MIT Press, Cambridge, MA, 1998. S. French, “Decision Theory. An Introduction to the Mathematics of Rationality”, Ellis Horwood, 1988. R. Gardner, “Juegos para Empresarios y Economistas”, Antoni Bosch editores, Barcelona, 1996. M. Osborne y A. Rubinstein, “A Course in Game Theory”, The MIT Press, Cambridge, MA, 1994. G. Owen, “Game Theory”, 3ª Edición, Academic Press, 1995. A. Sen, “Colective Choice and Social Welfare”, Oliver and Boyd, 1970.

35

APPLIED ECONOMICS: WORLD ECONOMY (ECONOMÍA MUNDIAL)

Course Details


Code (Código)

103714 Plan (Plan)

237 ECTS 6

Type (Carácter)


Year (Curso)



Área (Área)

Applied Economics (Economía Aplicada)



Course Staff


Rafael Bonete Perales


-



Área (Área)


Center (Centro)


Office (Despacho)



Wednesday: 11h-13h Thursday: 11h-13h

URL Web -


+34923294500 Extension: 3125

36

Objectives

The goal in this subject is to get the students to learn the main constraints in the international economic environment. In order to achieve this task, firstly, the most important features of such environment will be analyzed. Secondly, the value of international cooperation will be stressed through different real world examples. In the third place, students will acquire knowledge about the structural changes linked to economic growth. Finally, we highlight, with the help of various economic integration processes, the importance of such a phenomenon at a global level. Furthermore, students will eventually attain the skills to handle and manage top-level data and literature sources in order to make research about aggregates on world economy and reach significant findings related to the features and development of world economy together with the challenges and prospects it faces. Syllabus

PART I. FEATURES OF WORLD ECONOMY

Lecture 1. Economic integration

Lecture 2. Globalization of the economy

Lecture 3. Neo‐protectionism

Lecture 4. The north‐south gap

Lecture 5. Sustainable development

PART II. INTERNATIONAL ECONOMIC COOPERATION

Lecture 6. International economic organizations

PARTE III. ECONOMIC GROWTH AND STRUCTURAL TRANSFORMATION

Lecture 7. World population

Lecture 8. Agriculture

Lecture 9. Manufacturing industries

Lecture 10. Energy

Lecture 11. Services

PART IV. PROCESSES OF ECONOMIC INTEGRATION

Lecture 12. Existing experiences of economic integration in the OECD

Lecture 13. Existing experiences of economic integration in less developed countries

37


Textbooks Jose Antonio Alonso (Director), Lecciones de Economía Mundial, Thomson- Civitas.J. Tugores, Economía Internacional. Globalización e integración regional, McGraw-Hill.

Other referentes Sucesivos Indices de Desarrollo Humano con sus correspondientes temas monográficos.

38

STATISTICS AND ECONOMETRICS: STATISTICS II (ESTADÍSTICA II)

Course Details


Code (Código)

103715 Plan (Plan)

237 ECTS 6

Type (Carácter)


Year (Curso)



Área (Área)




Course Staff


Cristobal Rojas Montoya


-



Área (Área)


Center (Centro)


Office (Despacho)

210 (FES Building)


-

URL Web -


Phone (Tlf.)

+34923294640 Extension: 3158

39


Place of the course within the formative block and the curriculum Economics has a strong quantitative component that requires the knowledge and use of statistic tools, both in specific courses on quantitative methods and in general economics courses. This course provides the tools to quantify uncertainty through probability distributions, and methods to reach conclusions about a population based on a sample. It is therefore strongly recommended prior to other courses, especially Econometrics I and Econometrics II.

Professional profile.

Economist Recommended background Basic knowledge of Algebra, Mathematical Analysis and Statistics I. Basic computing knowledge (Windows environment) Objectives

• Recognize the different uncertainty frameworks that originate the existing variety of probability distributions.

• Predict behavior and population characteristics based on a sample. • Ability to use statistical software.

Syllabus BLOCK 1: PROBABILITY

LESSON 1: Discrete probability distributions

LESSON 2: Continuous probability distributions

LESSON 3: Convergence of random variables

BLOCK 2: STATISTICAL INFERENCE

LESSON 4: Sampling and sampling distributions

LESSON 5: Point estimation

LESSON 6: Interval estimation

LESSON 7: Parametric hypothesis testing

LESSON 8: Non parametric hypothesis testing


40


- Presential theoretical lectures - Presential practical sessions

- Discussion and resolution of problems and exercises. - Practical computer lab sessions - Presential Tutoring sessions - Individual coursework carried out by the student.

References

Basic references for the student - CAO ABAD, R y otros: Introducción a la Estadística y sus aplicaciones. Ed Pirámide. - CASAS SÁNCHEZ, J.M. y SANTOS PEÑA, J.: Introducción a la Estadística para la



Economía y Administración de empresas. Ed. Pirámide - LIND y otros: Estadística aplicada a los negocios y a la Economía. Ed. McGraw Hill.


Universidad Complutense de Madrid (descargable de la página web http://www.sisoft.ucm.es/Manuales/SPSSV10.pdf).



Pearson-Prentice Hall

Evaluation

General Considerations The evaluation system is based on:

• Coursework performed by the student, including class participation in lectures, practical sessions, seminars and individual coursework (leading to a base grade representing 40% of the final grade)

• A final examination (60% of the final grade).

Evaluation criteria Three written quizzes, around weeks 5, 9 and 13 – depending on the development of the course -. In some practical sessions a final part could be devoted to the resolution of some exercise to be handed in for evaluation. The 3 quizzes represent 80% of the base grade, and exercises the remaining 20%. The final examination consists of theory and practice. A passing grade requires 5/10 with no single question evaluated with 0 points.

41

Evaluation instruments - Written quizzes. - Exercises (solved in class). - Class participation. - Final examination.

Recommendations for evaluation. The student is encouraged to make every effort to obtain a passing base grade in the continuous evaluation.


42

SECOND YEAR SPRING SEMESTER

ECONOMIC THEORY: MICROECONOMICS II

(MICROECONOMICS II)

Course Details


Code (Código)

103716 Plan (Plan)

237 ECTS 6

Type (Carácter)


Year (Curso)



Área (Área)




Course Staff


Emma Moreno García


-



Área (Área)


Center (Centro)


Office (Despacho)

216 (FES Building)



URL Web http://web.usal.es/~emmam/


Phone (Tlf.)

+34923294640 Extension: 3512

43

Recommended Background It is highly recommended to have a good command of Introduction to Economics I and II, and Mathematical Analysis, but it is not strictly mandatory Objectives

The objective consists of analyzing choice problems of economic agents in the context of different types of market competition. These analyses will give to the students a good command of key economic tools to think as an economist. Syllabus I. Partial Equilibrium 1. Partial Equilibrium in Competitive Markets 2. Monopoly 3. Price Determination and Market Power: Price Discrimination. 4. Monopsony 5. Production Factors Markets 6. Monopolistic Competition and Oligopoly 7. Introduction to Game Theory 8. Equilibrium in Oligopolistic Markets II. General Equilibrium 1. General Equilibrium under Pure Exchange 2. General Equilibrium with Production 3. Introduction to Market Failures References (in Spanish)

Textbooks Frank, R.H.: Microeconomía y Conducta. McGraw-Hill. 2005. Nicholson, W.: Microeconomía Intermedia y sus Aplicaciones. McGraw-Hill. 2001 Pindyck, R.S., Rubinfeld, D.L.: Microeconomía. Prentice Hall. 2003. Varian, H.R.: Microeconomía Intermedia: Un Enfoque Actual. Antoni Bosch. 2007.

Other references Aliprantis,C.D.,Chakrabarti, S.K.:Games and Decision Making. Oxford University Press.1999. Pashigian, B.P.: Teoría de los Precios y Aplicaciones. McGraw-Hill, 1977. Se darán referencias y material complementario en Studium o en la página web de la profesora responsable.

44

ECONOMIC THEORY: MACROECONOMICS II (MACROECONOMICS II)

Course Details


Code (Código)

103717 Plan (Plan)

237 ECTS 6

Type (Carácter)


Year (Curso)



Área (Área)




Course Staff


JAVIER PEROTE PEÑA


-



Área (Área)


Center (Centro)


Office (Despacho)

220 (FES Building)



URL Web http://web.usal.es/~perote/index.php


Phone (Tlf.)

+34923294640 Extension: 3512

Recommended Background It is highly recommended to have a good command of Introduction to Economics I and II, but it is not strictly mandatory.

45

Objectives


1. Understanding the relevance of rational expectations in macroeconomic models and their implications on the effects of different economic policies.

2. Understanding how open economies work in the short and the medium run and under fixed and flexible exchange rates.

3. Understanding ‘extreme’ macroeconomic problems as depressions and hyperinflation, and the impact of economic policies in such situations.

4. Understanding the determinants of economic growth in the long-term. Understanding the effects of monetary and fiscal policies under different assumptions about expectations, different time horizons, and the explicit modelling of strategic behaviour of economic agents.

Syllabus I. EXPECTATIONS Expectations: The Basic Tools Financial Markets and Expectations Expectations, Consumption, and Investment Expectations, Output, and Policy II. THE OPEN ECONOMY Openness in Goods and Financial Markets The Goods Market in an Open Economy Output, the Interest Rate, and the Exchange Rate Exchange Rate Regimes III. PATHOLOGIES Depressions and Slumps High inflation IV. BACK TO POLICY Uncertainty and macroeconomic policy Expectations and macroeconomic policy Game theory and macroeconomic policy V. THE STORY OF MACROECONOMICS

46


Textbooks Olivier Blanchard, Macroeconomía, 5ª edición, Pearson – Prentice Hall, Madrid, 2012.

Other references Belzunegui, B., Cabrerizo, J., Padilla, R. y Valero, I. Macroeconomía: Cuestiones y Ejercicios Resueltos. Prentice Hall, Madrid, 2002. (se entregarán lecturas y listas de ejercicios específicos para cada tema)

47

STATISTICS AND ECONOMETRICS: ECONOMETRICS I (ECONOMETRÍA I)

Course Details


Code (Código)

103718 Plan (Plan)

237 ECTS 6

Type (Carácter)


Year (Curso)



Área (Área)




Course Staff


José Antonio Ortega Osona


-



Área (Área)


Center (Centro)


Office (Despacho)

233 (FES Building)


See web page

URL Web http://web.usal.es/~jaortega/


Phone (Tlf.)

+34923294640 Extension: 3572

48


Place of the course within the formative block and the curriculum The course contributes to the acquisition of specific and transversal competencies on “Quantitative Methods”, themselves an integral part of the curriculum


Economist

Recommended background Basic knowledge of Algebra, Mathematical Analysis, Statistics I, Statistics II, Microeconomics I and Macroeconomics I. Basic computer knowledge (windows environment).

Objectives

- Learning econometric methods for data analysis. Their application is basic for economic policy making in the private and public sectors.

- To develop the student’s capability to choose among alternative techniques those most suited to the analysis in a specific context.

- Learn to apply the econometric methods studied in an empirical context, keeping a critical mind in evaluating uncertainty associated to the results.

- To develop the ability to evaluate the results of econometric analysis, starting to carry out empirical research to obtain such results.

- Establish a basic capability to develop alternative econometric methods adapted to the empirical context at hand.

- Develop the ability to use econometric software.

Syllabus

- The problem in Econometric Analysis - The econometric model - Properties of estimators. - Principles and properties of hypothesis testing - Factible econometric models.


49


– Introductory activities (under the guidance of the professor) – Theoretical activitities (under guidance of the professor): Classroom Lectures – Practical guided activities (under guidance of the professor): Classroom practical activities Computer lab Seminars/Tutorship (Personalized attention, under guidance of the professor) – Individual complementary practice (by the student):

Recommended reading. Problem sets, exercises and analysis Algebraic manipulation / theorem proofs. References

Basic references for the student Hendry, D.F. y B. Nielsen (2007), Econometric Modeling: A Likelihood. Oxford: Princeton University Press. Wooldridge, J.M. (2006), Introductory Econometrics: A Modern Approach. New York: Thomson.

Other references and materials OxMetrics (Econometric software freely available at http://press.princeton.edu/titles/8352.html). EViews (Econometric software available in the Computer lab)

Evaluation

General consideration

The course requires an average of 150 hours (6 ECTS), 45 hours (30%) correspond to presential time in the classroom and compulsory interaction with the professor, and 105 hours (70%) to individual work by the student.

Evaluation criteria A continuous evaluation system is in place that gives a 40% weight to the student course work (base grade) and 60% to a final examination Attendance to the lectures is compulsory and is therefore not part of the final evaluation. The student is required to have attended at least 80% of the lectures and activities in order to be evaluated. The base grade will be available before the final examination. A mínimum of 4/10 is required in the final examination to obtain a passing grade.

Evaluation instruments - Written problem sets and exercises. - Class quizzes.

50

- Class participation. - Final examination.

Recommendation for evaluation The student is encouraged to make every effort to obtain a passing base grade in the continuous evaluation.


51

APPLIED ECONOMICS: SPANISH ECONOMY (ECONOMÍA ESPAÑOLA)

Course Details


Code (Código)

103719 Plan (Plan)

237 ECTS 6

Type (Carácter)

Basic (Básica)

Year (Curso)



Área (Área)




Course Staff


JOSÉ MARÍA ELENA IZQUIERDO


-



Área (Área)


Center (Centro)


Office (Despacho)



Monday: 11.00-13.00 Tuesday: 10.00-11.00 and 13.00-14.00

URL Web -


+34923294500 Extension: 1653

52

Objectives

The main goal of the subject is to provide the student with the tools to realize deep analysis on the Spanish economic state and on its recent developments. It studies the defining features of the principal economic sectors and markets in current Spain so as the economic policies that shape them. As an instrument, students will learn how to understand and handle the main data banks at different levels of aggregation (industry, sectorial or macroeconomic) in order to treat the data, summarize them and clearly expose their conclusions. Syllabus

The syllabus is divided in three parts.

I. INTRODUCTION Lecture 1. Measuring Spanish economic activity. Real activity: GDP, Disposable Income, volume indexes. Measuring inflation: CPI. Labor market: labor market data. Foreign sector: the balance of payments. Monetary and financial figures. Other statistical indicators.

Lecture 2. Spanish economic growth and development. Stages of Spanish economic growth. Sources of economic growth. Economic growth and development. Natural and human resources. Physical capital and technology.

II. SPANISH ECONOMIC STRUCTURE Lecture 3. Agriculture. Introduction. Stages. Specialization. Productive efficiency. The Common Agrarian Policy.

Lecture 4. Manufacturing. Introduction. Definitions and stages. Structure and specialization. Productive efficiency. Industrial policy.

Lecture 5. Energy. Introduction. Delimitation. Structure and specialization. Productive efficiency. Energy policy.

Lecture 6. Construction. Introduction. Divisions and delimitation. Historic

Development. The housing market. Policies and infrastructures.

Lecture 7. Services. Definitions and stages. Structure and specialization. Productive efficiency. Economic policies in services branch.

III. ECONOMIC POLICY Lecture 8. Income distribution. Introduction. Functional distribution. Personal income distribution. Regional income distribution. Poverty in Spain.

Lecture 9. Microeconomic policies. Introduction. Theoretical foundations. Commercial distribution. Network markets: transport and communications. Technological innovation.

Lecture 10. Macroeconomic policies. Introduction. Monetary policy. Fiscal policy. Exchange policy.

53


Textbooks GARCÍA DELGADO, J.L. Y MYRO, R. (COORD.) Y OTROS (2011): Lecciones de economía española,

10ª ed., Ed. Thomson-Civitas.

CUADRADO ROURA, J.R., (DIR.) Y OTROS (2009): Política Económica. Elaboración, objetivos e instrumentos, 4ªed., Ed. McGraw-Hill

MARTÍN MAYORAL, FERNANDO (COORD.) Y OTROS (2009): Manual de Economía Española. Teoría y estructura, 1ª ed., Pearson.

VALLÉS FERRER, J. (DIR.) Y OTROS (2009): Economía Española, 2ª ed., Ed. McGraw-Hill

Other references -

54

APPLIED ECONOMICS: PUBLIC FINANCE I (HACIENDA PÚBLICA I)

Course Details


Code (Código)

103720 Plan (Plan)

238 ECTS 6

Type (Carácter)


Year (Curso)



Área (Área)




Course Staff


Pablo Gutiérrez Junquera


-



Área (Área)


Center (Centro)


Office (Despacho)



-

URL Web -


+34923292500 Extension: 1692

55

Objectives

To introduce the student in the analysis and evaluation of the public intervention in the economy identifying questions of equity and efficiency that give rationale to such intervention and the different public policies. Syllabus

I. Introduction

Lecture 1. State and public financing. Rationale for the State intervention based on efficiency and equity. Public accounting. Historic trends of public expenditure and revenue. Lecture 2. Efficiency and Economic Welfare. Concept and measure of Economic Welfare in markets. Social Welfare and Economic Welfare. Lecture 3. Public intervention and equity: equity criteria. Public intervention based on equity. Social Welfare and equity. The equity justification for the intervention in education, healthcare and social benefits.

II. Efficiency and market failures

Lecture 4. Imperfect competition. Welfare loss in the monopoly. Public intervention in monopolies. Lecture 5. Public goods. Definition of public goods. Market failure in public goods. Efficient provision: public vs. private. Problems for the efficient provision of public goods. Collective choice and voting. Lecture 6. Externalities: definition and categories. Inefficiency stemming from externalities. Public and private solutions. Commons. Lecture 7. Efficiency in public sector performance. Cost-Benefit analysis. Comparative efficiency among public agencies. Average expected behavior and frontier analysis. Efficiency and management. Lecture 8. Social choice.

III. Public revenues

Lecture 9. Public revenues: classification. Basic elements in a tax. Spanish fiscal system. Real and legal progressiveness. Tax incidence. General principles of taxation. Equity, efficiency, simplicity, sufficiency and flexibility. Lecture 10. Personal income tax. Taxable income. Regular and non-regular income. Taxable unit. Inflation and income tax. Tax base and deductions. Progressiveness. Deductions in the tax liability. Outline of the Spanish personal income tax. Economic effects. Reforming personal income tax. Lecture 11. Corporate tax and tax on wealth. Rationale for the corporate tax. Outline of corporate tax and economic effects. Rationale for the tax on wealth. Different wealth taxation in Spanish fiscal system. Lecture 12. Indirect taxation. Excise taxes. Single-phase and multi-phase indirect taxation. Sales taxation and value added tax.

56


Textbooks - Albi, González y Zubiri: Economía Pública, I y II. Editorial Ariel; 3ª edición. Barcelona, 2009. - Bustos, Antonio: Lecciones de Hacienda Pública. 5ª edición. Editorial Colex. Madrid, 2010. - Gutiérrez Junquera, Pablo: Curso de Hacienda Pública. 2ª edición. Universidad de Salamanca. - Costa, Mercé y otros: Teoría Básica de los Impuestos: un enfoque económico. Ed. Thomson-Cívitas. 2ª edición. Madrid, 2005. - Stiglitz, J.E.: La Economía del Sector Público. 3ª edición. Antoni Bosch Ed. Barcelona, 2002.

Other references Materiales adicionales se pondrán a disposición en Studium.

57

THIRD YEAR FALL SEMESTER

ECONOMIC THEORY: MACROECONOMICS III

(MACROECONOMICS III)

Course Details


Code (Código)

103721 Plan (Plan)

237 ECTS 6

Type (Carácter)


Year (Curso)



Área (Área)




Course Staff


Ramón J. Torregrosa


-



Área (Área)


Center (Centro)


Office (Despacho)

220 (FES Building)



URL Web http://web.usal.es/~rtorregr/


Phone (Tlf.)

+34923294640 Extension: 3512

58

Recommended Background It is highly recommended to have a good command of Microeconomics I and II, and Mathematical Analysis, Algebra and Statistics, but it is not strictly mandatory. Objectives


1. Understanding the economic roots of current social and political problems. 2. Using properly basic economic concepts. 3. Understanding of the main economic theories and how they can be used for real

problems. 4. Applying main theoretical concepts of economic analysis.

Syllabus 1. Welfare Theorems 2. Externalities 3. Public Goods 4. Choice under Uncertainty 5. Asymmetric Information References (in Spanish)

Textbooks Microeconomía. R.S. Pindyck and D.L. Rubinfeld, Prentice Hall.

Other references Microeconomía Intermedia. H. Varian. Antoni Bosch Editor.

59

STATISTICS AND ECONOMETRICS: ECONOMETRICS II (ECONOMETRÍA II)

Course Details


Code (Código)

103722 Plan (Plan)

237 ECTS 6

Type (Carácter)


Year (Curso)



Área (Área)




Course Staff


Rebeca Jiménez Rodríguez


Julia Campos Fernández



Área (Área)


Center (Centro)


Office (Despacho)



See web page

URL Web http://web.usal.es/~rebeca.jimenez/


Phone (Tlf.)

+34923294640 Extension: 3514

60




Economist

Recommended background Required knowledge of algebra, mathematical analysis, statistics, economics and basic econometrics. It is recommended to have previously passed courses on Algebra, Mathematical Analysis, Statistics I, Statistics II, Microeconomics I and II, Macroeconomics I and II, and Econometrics I. Basic computer knowledge recommended (Windows environment).

Objectives

- To deepen knowledge of econometric methods for data analysis. Their application is basic for economic policy making in the private and public sectors.

- To strengthen the student’s capability to choose among alternative techniques those most suited to the analysis in a specific context, keeping a critical mind in evaluating uncertainty associated to the results.

- Establish a basic capability to develop alternative econometric methods adapted to the empirical context at hand.

- Extend the ability to use econometric software for the new methods studied.

Syllabus

SUMMARY CONTENT - Econometric techniques for limited dependent variables. - Econometric techniques for panel data. - Joint modelling of time series data. - Identification. - Factible econometric models.


61



Recommended reading.

References

Basic references for the student C. Hsiao (2007). Analysis of Panel Data. Cambridge University Press. M. Verbeek (2004). A Guide to Modern Econometrics. Wiley & Sons. Wooldridge, J.M. (2006), Introductory Econometrics: A Modern Approach. New York: Thomson. Wooldridge, J.M. (2010). Econometric Analysis of Cross Section and Panel Data Modeling. The MIT Press.

Other references and materials Software OxMetrics (Econometric software freely available at http://press.princeton.edu/titles/8352.html). EViews (Econometric software available in the Computer lab)

Evaluation



Evaluation criteria A continuous evaluation system is in place that gives a 40% weight to the student course work (base grade) and 60% to a final examination Attendance to the lectures is compulsory and is therefore not part of the final evaluation. The student is required to have attended at least 80% of the lectures and activities in order to be evaluated. The base grade will be available before the final examination. A mínimum of 4/10 is required

62

in the final examination to obtain a passing grade.

Evaluation instruments - Written problem sets and exercises. - Class quizzes. - Class participation. - Final examination.



63

APPLIED ECONOMICS: ECONOMIC GROWTH AND DEVELOPMENT (DESARROLLO Y CRECIMIENTO)

Course Details


Code (Código)

103723 Plan (Plan)

238 ECTS 6

Type (Carácter)


Year (Curso)



Área (Área)




Course Staff


Rafael Muñoz de Bustillo Llorente


-



Área (Área)


Center (Centro)


Office (Despacho)



Monday: 18h-20h

URL Web http://web.usal.es/bustillo


Phone (Tlf.)

+34923292500 Extension: 3125

64

Objectives

To provide students with the initial knowledge about less developed countries features. The student will learn how to analyze as much the development mechanisms as the main policies and strategies of development applied in the past and currently. More in detail:

‐ Learning the changing evolution of economies in the long run

‐ Learning the main variables affecting economic growth from different theoretical views.

‐ Learning the different ways development process is seen throughout history by studying the prominent economic literature on that issue.

‐ Working with development indicators

‐ Working with data banks on economic development

The ability to perform historic and present situation research concerning less developed countries. Syllabus

‐ Stylized facts of economic growth

‐ Introduction to theories of economic growth

‐ Features of developed

‐ Income distribution and development

‐ The role of capital investment

‐ Agriculture and development

‐ Natural resources and development

‐ The role of international trade

‐ Demography and economic development

‐ The role of institutions

65


Textbooks

Banco Mundial. Informe sobre el Desarrollo Mundial. Varios años.

Easterly W. (2001) En busca d crecimiento. Andanzas y tribulaciones de los economistas del desarrollo A. Bosch. Barcelona.

Muñoz de Bustillo, R. (2005) “Cincuenta años de políticas de desarrollo económico: situación y perspectivas”. Principios. Estudios de Economía Política, vol.1, pp. 115-131.

Ray. D. (1998) Desarrollo Económico A. Bosch. Barcelona.

Sen A. (2000) Libertad y Desarrollo. Planeta. Barcelona.

Thirlwall A. P. (2005) Growth and Development. With Special Reference to Developing Economies. Palgrave Macmillan. London.

UNDP Informe sobre el Desarrollo Humano. Varios años.

Other references En las presentaciones de clase se ofrecerán las referencias específicas de cada tema. - BANCO MUNDIAL: http://www.worldbank.org/ - PORTAL DE TEMAS DE DESARROLLO DEL INSTITUTE FOR DEVELOPMENT STUDIES DE SUSSEX: http://www.ids.ac.uk/ids/researchgateway/agriculture.html - ORGANIZACION DE NACIONES UNIDAS (ONU). Portal de acceso: http://www.unsystem.org - UNICEF (FONDO DE LAS NACIONES UNIDAS PARA LA INFANCIA): http://www.unicef.org - OMS (ORGANIZACIÓN MUNDIAL DE LA SALUD): http://www.who.org - OIT(ORGANIZACIÓN INTERNACIONAL DEL TRABAJO): http://www.ilo.org - OMC(ORGANIZACIÓN MUNDIAL DEL COMERCIO) Y UNTACD (CONFERENCIA DE LAS NACIONES UNIDAS PARA EL COMERCIO Y EL DESARROLLO): http://www.intracen.org/http://www.wto.org - UNFPA (FONFO DE LA NACIONES UNIDAS PARA LA POBLACION): http://www.unfpa.org - UNDP (PROGRAMA PARA EL DESARROLLO DE LAS NACIONES UNIDAS): http://www.undp.org

66

APPLIED ECONOMICS: PUBLIC FINANCE II (HACIENDA PÚBLICA II)

Course Details


Code (Código)

103724 Plan (Plan)

238 ECTS 6

Type (Carácter)


Year (Curso)



Área (Área)




Course Staff


Francisco Javier Braña Pino


-



Área (Área)


Center (Centro)


Office (Despacho)



-

URL Web -


Phone (Tlf.)

+34923292500 Extension: 1607

67

Objectives

This subject offers a detailed analysis the theoretical and conceptual tools that support public sector intervention in the economy by learning its role in market economies using factual data. Syllabus

I. Public budget and policies.

1. Public budget: classic approach and crisis.

2. Budgetary structures and schemes.

3. Macroeconomic issues in public policies.

II. Multi‐tiered public sector.

4. State functions in a multi‐tiered public sector

5. Fiscal autonomy

6. International public finance and economic integration

III. Analysis of public expenditures

7. Public expenditure dynamics

8. Analysis of public spending programs

9. National defense

10. Health care

11. Social Security

12. Income redistribution and social protection programs

13. Anti‐poverty programs

14. Education


Textbooks - Albi, González y Zubiri: Economía Pública, I y II. Editorial Ariel; 3ª edición. Barcelona, 2009. - Álvarez, Fernando, Corona, Juan F. y Díaz, Amelia: Economía Pública. Una introducción. Ariel. Barcelona, 2007. - Braña, F. J.: “Descentralización y eficiencia. Los límites del federalismo económico”. Mediterráneo Económico, nº 10, 2006. Fundación Cajamar. - Bustos, Antonio: Lecciones de Hacienda Pública. 5ª edición. Editorial Colex. Madrid, 2010.

68

- Stiglitz, J.E.: La Economía del Sector Público. 3ª edición. Antoni Bosch Ed. Barcelona, 2002.

Other references Presentaciones de los temas en el portal Studium.

69

BUSINESS ORGANIZATION: PRINCIPLES OF ORGANIZATION (PRINCIPIOS DE ORGANIZACIÓN)

Course Details


Code (Código)

103725 Plan (Plan)

238 ECTS 6

Type (Carácter)


Year (Curso)



Área (Área)




Course Staff


Jose David Vicente Lorente




Área (Área)


Center (Centro)


Office (Despacho)

117 (FES Building)


-

URL Web http://www.usalempresa.es


+34923294640 Ext. 3002

70

Objectives

This subject provides the student with the skills necessary to identify the basic characteristics of the problem of organizing and physical and human resources in order to develop economic activities and being able to solve organizational design problems according to the context and the nature of the problems. Syllabus

Part I. Introduction to organizational economics

1. The economic problem: basic assumptions and solutions

2. Markets and organizations

3. The firm as a nexus of contracts

Part II. Organizational design

4. Coordination mechanisms: the team

5. Coordination and conflict: the coalition

6. Vertical specialization: the employment relationship

7. Delegating decision making: the agency relationship


Textbooks Salas Fumás, V. (1996): “Economía de la Empresa: Decisiones y Organización”, Ed. Ariel, 2ª edición, Barcelona.

Other references

Brickley, A., Smith C.W. y Zimmerman, J. L. (1997): “Managerial Economics and Organizational Architecture”, Ed. Irwing, Chicago.

Douma, S. y H. Schreuder (1998): “Economic Approaches to Organizations”, 2ª ed., Prentice Hall, London.

Milgrom, P. y Roberts, J. (1992): “Economía, Organización y Gestión de la Empresa”, Ed. Ariel, Barcelona

Putterman, L. (ed.) (1994): “La Naturaleza Económica de la Empresa. Alianza”, Madrid.

71

Rasmusen, E. (1989): “Juegos e Información”, Ed. Fondo de Cultura Económica, México.

Serra, A. (1993): “La Empresa. Análisis Económico”, Ed. Labor, Madrid

Sutherland, S. (1996): “La irracionalidad: el enemigo interior”, Alianza Editorial,Madrid.

72

THIRD YEAR SPRING SEMESTER

ECONOMIC THEORY: MACROECONOMICS III

(MACROECONOMICS III)

Course Details


Code (Código)

103726 Plan (Plan)

237 ECTS 6

Type (Carácter)


Year (Curso)



Área (Área)




Course Staff


Miguel Ángel Malo


-



Área (Área)


Center (Centro)


Office (Despacho)

218 (FES Building)



URL Web http://web.usal.es/~malo/


+34923294640 Extension: 3512

73

Recommended Background It is highly recommended to have a good command of Macroeconomics I and II, and Econometrics I, but it is not strictly mandatory. Language: Working language is Spanish. However, there will be references and some readings in English. Objectives


1. Using properly microeconomic foundations of macroeconomic models. 2. Understanding how the main macroeconomic models can be used for real

problems. 3. Using statistical information related with the main macroeconomic problems.

Syllabus I. Microfoundations of Macroeconomics. Intertemporal Choice. 1. Intertemporal Choice: The private sector. 2. Intertemporal Choice: The public sector. Ricardian Equivalence II. Microfoundations of Macroeconomics. Labour Market and Aggregate Supply 3. The Lucas Model. Intertemporal Substitution. 4. Search Theory. Insider-Outsider Models. III. Microfoundations of Macroeconomics. Consumption and Aggregate Demand 5. Permanent Income and Life Cycle Theories. Liquidity Restrictions. Precautionary saving. IV. Microfoundations of Macroeconomics. Investment and Aggregate Demand 6. The user cost of capital. The Accelerator Principle. 7. The q-Theory of Investment V. Monetary Economy. 8. The Existence of Money. Money’s Demand. 9. Monetary Policy. Dynamic Inconsistency. The Independence of Central Banks. 10. Interaction between Monetary and Fiscal Policies. The Public Debt Sustainability. References (in Spanish)

Textbooks García de Paso, I. (1999): Macroeconomía Superior, Editorial Pirámide, Madrid. Novales, A. y Sebastián, C. (1999): Análisis Macroeconómico, Volumen I, Editorial Marcial Pons, Madrid. Romer, D. (2006): Macroeconomía Avanzada, 3ª edición, Editorial McGraw Hill, Madrid.

74

Other references

DATOS: Página web del Instituto Nacional de Estadística: http://www.ine.es Página web del Banco de España: http://www.bde.es Página web de la OCDE: http://www.oecd.org Página web de EUROSTAT: http://epp.eurostat.ec.europa.eu/portal/page/portal/eurostat/home/ Página web del Bureau of Economic Analysis del Departamento de Gobierno de Estados Unidos: http://www.bea.gov/

75

ECONOMIC HISTORY: HISTORY OF ECONOMIC THOUGHT (HISTORIA DEL PENSAMIENTO ECONÓMICO)

Course Details


Code (Código)

103727 Plan (Plan)

237 ECTS 6

Type (Carácter)


Year (Curso)



Área (Área)




Course Staff


Mar Cebrian Villar


-



Área (Área)


Center (Centro)


Office (Despacho)

232 (FES Building)


Monday and Tuesday: 11:00-12:00

URL Web -


Phone (Tlf.)

+34923294640 Extension: 3179

76

Objectives

1. Learn, work and study the economic thought before and after the Industrial Revolution with respect to theories and models listed:

- The scarcity and resource allocation, the price system, theory of consumption and production, competitive balance, non-competitive markets, economic efficiency and welfare theory. - Alternative models of income determination in an open economy, money, inflation, unemployment, growth and economic policy instruments. Strengths and limitations of the models. - Basic theory of the firm. - Microeconomic models, industrial economy, markets imperfectly competitive, corporations and economic regulation. - Models of macroeconomic growth and economic development, urban and regional economics. - International economy: international trade as a determinant of resource allocation and macroeconomic stability. Economic integration. Economic development - Public Economics: nature, justification and objectives of public sector intervention in the economy, public finance, taxation, social services, health, education, pensions, etc. The development of economic policies.

2. Ability to read carefully and interpret texts from a variety of eras and traditions, context-

sensitive Syllabus 1. The origins of political economy: the School of Salamanca and the Mercantilism 2. The foundations of classical economics: population and labor, technological change, and international trade 3. Review and refinement of classical economics: the Marginalist Revolution to the Neoclassical Tradition 4. The modern Monetarism: Milton Friedman 5. Criticisms of the Neoclassical Theory: The theory of the business cycle, the ruptures of institutionalism and Keynesian thinking (Schumpeter, Veblen, and Keynes) 6. The heterodox economic thought References (in Spanish)

Textbooks Robert B. Ekelund y Robert F. Hebert: Historia de la teoría económica y de su método, McGraw-Hill, Madrid, 1991. Ingrid H. RIMA: Desarrollo del Análisis Económico. Madrid, Irwin, 1995

Other references Roger Backhouse: Historia del análisis económico moderno, Alianza, Madrid, 1988 Además de los libros citados, especialmente los de Ekelund-Hebert y de Rima, para el período contemporáneo son una buena guía los siguientes: Barbé, LL.: El curso de la economía. Grandes escuelas, autores y temas del discurso

77

económico. Barcelona, Ariel, 1996. B.B. Seligman: Principales corrientes de la ciencia económica moderna (El pensamiento económico después de 1870). Barcelona, Oikos Tau, 1967, de clara orientación institucionalista. E. Roll: Historia de las doctrinas económicas. FCE, México 2002. Ernesto Screpanti y Stefano Zamagni: Panorama de historia del pensamiento económico, Ariel, Barcelona,1997. Heilbroner, R.-Milberg, W.: La crisis de visión en el pensamiento económico moderno. Barcelona, Paidos (Muy deficiente traducción, lo que también ocurre a otro nivel con los libros citados de RIMA y BLAUG). Más recientemente, se pueden hallar varios materiales en Crítica a la economía ortodoxa. Universitat Autònoma de Barcelona, Bellaterra, 2004. Luis Angel Rojo: Ensayos de Economía y pensamiento económico. Universidad de Alicante, Valencia, 2004. (Muy útil para Marx. Veblen y Keynes)

78

APPLIED ECONOMICS: SPANISH PUBLIC SECTOR (SECTOR PÚBLICO ESPAÑOL)

Course Details


Code (Código)

103728 Plan (Plan)

238 ECTS 6

Type (Carácter)


Year (Curso)



Área (Área)




Course Staff




-



Área (Área)


Center (Centro)


Office (Despacho)



-

URL Web -


+34923292500 Extension: 1607

79

Objectives

This subject studies the Spanish public sector applying tools acquired in Public Finance I and II. More specifically it focuses on public budget, regional and local public finances, macroeconomic issues of the tax system (the main elements of which were studied in the subject “Tax Law”), public spending structure, public corporations, and the economic effects of Spanish public sector activity. Syllabus

1. The Spanish public sector

2. General Government Budget (I)

3. General Government Budget (II)

4. Spanish fiscal system: an overview

5. Regional finance (I)

6. Regional finance (II)

7. Historic development and structure of public expenditures

8. Spanish public corporations

9. The impact of public sector activity on the economy.


Textbooks - Argimón, Gómez, Hernández y Martí: El sector de las administraciones públicas en España. Banco de España, Servicio de Estudios. Estudios Económicos nº 68. Madrid, 1999. (Versión electrónica en www.bde.es/informes/be/sazul/azul68.pdf). - Braña Pino, Francisco Javier: Los Presupuestos Generales del Estado. Documentos de Trabajo del Departamento de Economía Aplicada. Universidad de Salamanca, 2010. (Versión electrónica en Studium). - Fernando Martín (Editor): “Sector Público Español”. Manual de Economía Española (Teoría y estructura). Capítulo 6. Ed. Person. Madrid, 2009. - Cantarero, David: “Descentralización y financiación autonómica”. Información Comercial Española, nº 828, Enero-Febrero 2006. (Accesible electrónicamente en http://www.revistasice.com). - Gámir, L.: “La empresa pública en España: pasado, presente y futuro”. Información Comercial Española, nº 826, noviembre de 2005. (Versión electrónica en www.revistasice.com/). - Gonzalo, L.: El sector público en España: el sujeto y el campo de actividad financiera pública: régimen presupuestario de las Administraciones Públicas. (3ª Ed.). Dykinson. Madrid, 2005.

80

- Hernández de Cos. P.: Empresa pública, privatización y eficiencia. Banco de España, Servicio de Estudios. Estudios Económicos nº 75, 2004. (Versión electrónica en http://www.bde.es/informes/be/sazul/azul75.pdf).

- Navarro, V. (Editor): La situación Social de España. Volumen III. Biblioteca Nueva, 2009.

Other references Presentaciones de los temas en el portal Studium.

81

APPLIED ECONOMICS: EUROPEAN UNION ECONOMICS (ECONOMÍA DE LA UNIÓN EUROPEA)

Course Details


Code (Código)

103729 Plan (Plan)

238 ECTS 6

Type (Carácter)


Year (Curso)



Área (Área)




Course Staff


Miguel Angel Hernández Martín


-



Área (Área)


Center (Centro)


Office (Despacho)



-

URL Web -


+34923292500

82

Objectives

In general terms, the objective is to learn about the importance and consequences of the European Union (EU) in the economic policy design in our country. These effects might be visible not only in the conditioning on fiscal policies (art. 135 Spanish Constitution) but also in the regulatory design in specific economic branches that are subject to harmonization requirements stemming from the single market, the monetary union and the strategic goals of the EU. The subject attempts to deepen into the theoretical rationale of the economic and monetary integration as much as to offer an overview of the EU’s institutional framework, the main policies and their most recent changes. Syllabus

Lecture 1. General introduction. Facts and figures about the EU. Economic integration theory: models and benefits of integration. International economic integration. The EU as a singular model of integration.

Lecture 2. Historic development of the EU. From the origins to current situation: stages and difficulties in the European shaping. Economic crisis and European crisis: Europe 2020 growth strategy and recent proposals.

Lecture 3. Institutions and legal aspects. Main European institutions, advisory bodies and agencies. Legal acts and ordinary legislative procedures.

Lecture 4. Community budget. The EU and fiscal federalism. Revenue and spending in the community budget. Fiscal balances and the pending budgetary reform: financial prospects for 2014-2020.

Lecture 5. Common Agricultural Policy (CAP) and common fishing policy. Rationale for the CAP and historic development. Continuous reform and current state. Fishing policy: rationale and goals.

Lecture 6. Regional policy. Regional income distribution. Rationale and tools for the regional policy. Assessment and future of the regional policy.

Lecture 7. Single market and competition. Economic growth, scale economies and the rest of benefits from market unity. The single market as an incomplete project. Competition policy.

Lecture 8. European monetary integration. The theory of monetary integration. Fiscal policy in a monetary union. The European Monetary Union (EMU): backgrounds and current crisis.

Lecture 9. Social policy and sectorial policies harmonization. The discussion about the EU social policy. Labor force mobility. Migratory policy. Energy and environment. Common trade policy.

Lecture 10. Crisis and prospects for the European Union. Reinforcing the Stability and Growth Pact. The Six-Pack and the excessive macroeconomic imbalances. The European Stability Mechanism treaty and the future of the European Union.

83


Textbooks Manuales de referencia:

Artis, Michael John; Frederick I. Nixson. 2007. The economics of the European Union. Oxford (England): Oxford University Press.

Baldwin, Richard E.; Charles Wyplosz. 2012. The economics of European Integration. New York: McGraw-Hill Higher Education.

El-Agraa, A. M. 2011. The European Union: economics and policies. Cambridge, UK: Cambridge University Press.

Jordaìn Galduf, Josep María; Isidro AntunÞano Maruri. 2008. Economiìa de la Unioìn Europea. [Madrid]: Thomson Civitas.

Lelieveldt, Herman, and Sebastiaan Princen. 2011. The politics of the European Union. Cambridge: Cambridge University Press.

MunÞoz de Bustillo Llorente, Rafael; Rafael Bonete Perales. 2009. Introduccioìn a la Unioìn Europea: un anaìlisis desde la economiìa. Madrid: Alianza.

Staab, Andreas. 2011. The European Union explained: institutions, actors, global impact. Bloomington, Ind: Indiana University Press.

Other references Se sugerirán en clase para cada tema. Con carácter general se recomienda acceder a la información disponible en las páginas web oficiales de la Unión Europea.

84

FISCAL LAW: FISCAL LAW (DERECHO TRIBUTARIO)

Course Details


Code (Código)

103730 Plan (Plan)

237 ECTS 3

Type (Carácter)


Year (Curso)



Área (Área)

Derecho Financiero y Tributario


Derecho Administrativo, Procesal, y Financiero-Tributario


85

ECONOMIC ADMINISTRATIVE LAW: ECONOMIC ADMINISTRATIVE LAW (DERECHO ADMINISTRATIVO ECONÓMICO)

Course Details


Code (Código)

103731 Plan (Plan)

237 ECTS 3

Type (Carácter)


Year (Curso)



Área (Área)

Derecho Administrativo Económico




86

FOURTH YEAR FALL SEMESTER

STATISTICS AND ECONOMETRICS: ANÁLISIS ECONÓMICO DE DATOS

(ECONOMIC ANALYSIS OF DATA)

Course Details


Code (Código)

103733 Plan (Plan)

237 ECTS 6

Type (Carácter)

Elective (Optativa)

Year (Curso)



Área (Área)




Course Staff


Rebeca Jimenez Rodriguez





Área (Área)


Center (Centro)

Faculty of Economics and Business. (Facultad de Economía y Empresa)

Office (Despacho)

212 (FES Building).


See web page.

URL Web http://web.usal.es/~rebeca.jimenez/


Phone (Tlf.)

+34923294640 Extension: 3514

87

Objectives

To strengthen the students abilities to choose and apply techniques for the econometric

analysis of economic data. Syllabus

Empirical applications of techniques for econometric modelling of limited dependent variables and panel data. Empirical applications of techniques for econometric modelling of time series data. References (in Spanish)

Textbooks Baltagi, B.H. (2008). Econometric Analysis of Panel Data. Wiley. Hamilton, J. (1994). Time Series Analysis. Princeton. Verbeek, M. (2012). A Guide to Modern Econometrics. Wiley. UK. Wooldridge, J.M. (2010). Econometric Analysis of Cross Section and Panel Data. Cambridge. The MIT Press.

Other references Software EViews .

88

ECONOMIC THEORY: ECONOMIC MODELLING (MODELIZACIÓN ECONÓMICA)

Course Details


Code (Código)

103734 Plan (Plan)

237 ECTS 6

Type (Carácter)

Elective (Optativa)

Year (Curso)



Área (Área)

Fundamentos de Análisis Económico


Economía e Historia Económica

Course Staff


Emma Moreno García




Área (Área)

Fundamentos del Análisis Económico

Center (Centro)


Office (Despacho)

216


Please send an email to [email protected]

URL Web https://moodle.usal.es


Phone (Tlf.)

+34923294640

89

Objectives

This course aims to increase and deepen different concepts and models on several issues on economic theory. Moreover, one of the main objectives is to relate subjects that have been studied in previous courses. Program

The program consists of a list of readings joint with their presentations. Chapters of books and academic articles on economic theory have to be studied and presented by the students. Every week the participants in the course have to do homework which will be part of the evaluation. References (in Spanish)

Textbooks Mas-Colell, A., Whinston, M.D., Green, J.R.: Microeconomic Theory. New York, Oxford. Oxford University Press. 1995. Varian, H.R.: Análisis Microeconómico. Barcelona. Antoni Bosch. 1986.

Other references The articles and other references that have to be studied will be provided at the beginning of the course.

90

APPLIED ECONOMICS: ECONOMICS OF EDUCATION (ECONOMÍA DE LA EDUCACIÓN)

Course Details


Code (Código)

103735 Plan (Plan)

2010 ECTS 6

Type (Carácter)

Elective (Optativa)

Year (Curso)



Área (Área)

APPLIED ECONOMICS (Economía Aplicada)



Course Staff


AGUSTÍN GARCÍA LASO


-



Área (Área)


Center (Centro)


Office (Despacho)

141 Faculty of Law


-

URL Web -


Phone (Tlf.)

+34923294640 1693

91

Objectives

The Economics of Education is a specilialized field of study that applies the principles of economics to education. The aim is a multidisciplinar and comparative approach through the main statistics available (OECD, EU). Economics of education covers several areas such as funding of education, educational costs, cost-benefit analysis or the role of the government in the education. Also, the education plays a central role in modern labor markets. The students must read some lectures about this subject. Syllabus

I. Introduction. 1. Historical evolution of the Economics of Education. 2. Education and growth. 3. Economic analysis of the education. 4. Statistical sources.

II. The theory of human capital.- 1. Main concepts. 2. Educational costs. 3. Returns of education.

III. Market and government in education. 1. The role of market in education. 2. Private fundings of education. 3. The role of government in education

IV. Efficiency and equity in education. 1. Efficiency in education. 2. The compulsory education. 3. The vocational training. 4. The transition to work in OECD.

V. Higher Education. 1. Organisation models in higher education. 2. Management and finances in OECD. 3. Higher education reforms in EU. 4. Higher education in U.S.


Textbooks Salas Velasco, M. (2008): Economía de la educación. Pearson. Prentice Hall. Brewer, D.J. and P.J. Ewan. (2010): Economics of Education, Elsevier.

Other references Carnoy, M. (2007): Economía de la educación. UOC. García Laso, A. (2010): “La financiación de la Universidad: los debates ocultos del Proceso de Bolonia”, en A. Corominas y V. Sacristán (coords.), Construir el futuro de la Universidad pública, Ed. Pirámide. Moreno Becerra, J.L. (1998): Economía de la educación, Pirámide Núñez,C. y Tortella,G. (1993): La maldición divina. Ignorancia y atraso económico en perspectiva histórica, Alianza Universidad.

92

FINANCE: FINANCIAL ECONOMICS (ECONOMÍA FINANCIERA)

Course Details


Code (Código)

103736 Plan (Plan)

237 ECTS 6

Type (Carácter)

Elective (Optativa)

Year (Curso)



Área (Área)

Economía Financiera y Contabilidad


Administración y Dirección de Empresas


93

ECONOMIC THEORY: INNOVATION ECONOMICS (ECONOMÍA DE LA INNOVACIÓN)

Course Details


Code (Código)

103737 Plan (Plan)

237 ECTS 6

Type (Carácter)

Elective (Optativa)

Year (Curso)



Área (Área)



Economy and Economic History (Economía e Historia Económica)

Course Staff


Alfonso Bravo Juega


_



Área (Área)


Center (Centro)


Office (Despacho)

222. FES Building


Tuesday, 10 to 13 h.

URL Web _


Phone (Tlf.)

+34923294640 Extension: 3129

94

Objectives

The basic objective of “Economy f Innovation” consists in the students realize the importance of the innovation for firms and public administrations. This is reached by means of the transmission of actualized information about the subject, the debate and the presentation of works by students in the Seminar. Moreover, part of the Seminar is imparted in English, with the aim of offering to students an international context of debate. For this reason, it is highly priority and valuated the attendance of ERASMUS students to the Seminar. Syllabus

The first part of the Seminary is given in English. 1. COUNTRY INNOVATION LESSONS: 1.1. What are Innovation and Scientific Research and Experimental Development (R&D)?. 1.2. How are measured Innovation and R&D?. 1.3. How is constituted an innovation system?. 1.4. The Spanish system of innovation. The second part of the Seminar is given in Spanish. 2. FIRM INNOVATION LESSONS: 2.1. The Logical Framework Methodology for designing innovation projects in firms. 2.2. Case studies about innovation projects of firms. 2.3. Diagnosis Methodology on the constitution of firms for innovation. 2.4. Case studies about innovative firms diagnosis. References (in Spanish)

Textbooks Informe Cotec 2012. Tecnología e Innovación en España. Madrid. INSTITUTO LATINOAMERICANO Y DEL CARIBE DE PLANIFICACIÓN ECONÓMICA Y SOCIAL, 2004. Metodología del Marco Lógico. Boletín del Instituto. Santiago, Chile. OECD, 2002. Proposed Standard Practice for Surveys of Research and Experimental Development. Frascati Manual. Paris. Sixth Edition. OECD, 2005. Proposed Guidelines for Collecting and Interpreting Technological Innovation Data. Oslo Manual. Paris. Third Edition. RICYT, 2001. Normalización de Indicadores de Innovación Tecnológica en América Latina y el Caribe. Manual de Bogotá.

Other references -

95

APPLIED ECONOMICS: ENVIRONMENTAL ECONOMICS (ECONOMÍA DEL MEDIO AMBIENTE)

Course Details


Code (Código)

103738 Plan (Plan)

237 ECTS 6

Type (Carácter)

Elective (Optativa)

Year (Curso)



Área (Área)




Course Staff


Fernando Rodríguez-López


-



Área (Área)


Center (Centro)


Office (Despacho)

139 Law Building


Monday to Thursday, 11:00 to 12:00, by appointment

URL Web http://diarium.usal.es/frodriguez


Phone (Tlf.)

923294500 extension 1625

96

Objectives

The main goal of the course Environmental Economics is to enhance the knowledge and analysis skills on: 1. Environmental externalities as part of market failure theory, in order to better understand the theoretical formulation of efficiency solutions. 2. Economic valuation of environmental amenities. 3. Limits to the application of efficiency solutions to the problem of environmental externalities. 4. Justification of scale and sustainability objectives as a second best. 5. Introduction to management models for renewable and non-renewable natural resources. Syllabus

1. Environment and market failures. 2. Efficiency solutions to environmental externalities. Pigouvian taxes. Coasian solutions. 3. Scale solutions. Transferable permits. 4. Environmental sustainability. 5. Economic valuation of the environment. 6. Natural resource economics. Arbitrage rule. Non-renewable resources. Renewable resources. References (in Spanish)

Textbooks LABANDEIRA, X., C. LEÓN y M. X. VÁZQUEZ: Economía Ambiental, ed. Pearson, 2007

Other references HANLEY, N, J. SHOGREN y B. WHITE: Environmental Economics, 2ª ed., Palgrave, 2006. TIETENBERG, T. y L. LEWIS: Environmental and Natural Resources Economics, 9.ª edición, Prentice Hall, 2011.

97

APPLIED ECONOMICS: INTERNATIONAL ECONOMICS (ECONOMÍA INTERNACIONAL)

Course Details


Code (Código)

103739 Plan (Plan)

237 ECTS 6

Type (Carácter)

Elective (Optativa)

Year (Curso)



Área (Área)




Course Staff


Victoria Muriel-Patino


-



Área (Área)


Center (Centro)


Office (Despacho)

130 Law Building


Monday to Thursday, 11:00 to 12:00, by appointment

URL Web http://diarium.usal.es/mvmuriel


Phone (Tlf.)

923294500 extension 1625

98

Objectives

1. Get to know the basic theoretic elements on international trade, exchange rates and international macroeconomic policy. 2. Get used to the application of economic analysis tools in an international framework. 3. Analyze the effects of free trade, globalization and commercial policy on welfare. 4. Get a deeper knowledge on the exchange rate models and their effects on the economy. 5. Know the effects and limits of macroeconomic policy in an international framework. Syllabus

1. Theory of international trade. 2. International commercial policy. 3. Open macroeconomics and exchange rates. 4. International macroeconomic policy. 5. Financial globalization and international crises. References (in Spanish)

Textbooks KRUGMAN, P., M. OBSTFELD y M. MELITZ: Economía Internacional, 9ª edición, ed. Pearson, 2012

Other references GROSSMAN, G. y K. ROGOF: Handbook of international economics, Elsevier, 1995. KING, P. y S. KING: International Economics, Globalization, and Policy: A Reader, McGraw, 2008. TUGORES, J.: Economía Internacional, 6ª ed., McGraw Hill, 2007.

99

ECONOMIC THEORY: ECONOMIC FLUCTUATIONS (FLUCTUACIONES ECONÓMICAS)

Course Details


Code (Código)

103740 Plan (Plan)

237 ECTS 6

Type (Carácter)

Elective (Optativa)

Year (Curso)



Área (Área)

Fundamentos de Análisis Económico




100

MARKETING: INTRODUCTION TO MARKETING (FUNDAMENTOS DE MARKETING)

Course Details


Code (Código)

103741 Plan (Plan)

237 ECTS 6

Type (Carácter)

Elective (Optativa)

Year (Curso)



Área (Área)

Marketing and Market Research (Comercialización e Investigación de Mercados)



Course Staff


Martín García Martín [email protected]


Eva Lahuerta Otero [email protected]



Área (Área)


Center (Centro)


Office (Despacho)

302 (FES Building)


Mondays 12.00h. a 13.00 h.

URL Web http://web.usal.es/mgarcia


Phone (Tlf.)

+34923294500 Extension: 3515

101

Objectives

Learn how to solve commercial problems and learn how to take strategic decisions in order to reach the marketing plan objectives. Syllabus

THEME 1.- Marketing. Definition and concepts THEME 2.- Global demand and market environment. THEME 3.- Customer behavior. THEME 4.- Marketing research. THEME 5.- Market segmentation. THEME 6.- Product. THEME 7.- Price. THEME 8.- Distribution. THEME 9.- Communication. References (in Spanish)

Textbooks Amstrong, G. y otros. (2011): Introducción al Marketing. Peasron. 3ª Edición. Best, R. (2007): Marketing Estratégico. Peasron. 4ª Edición. Hernández Maestro, R.M: y otros. (2012): Ejercicios prácticos de Marketing. Ratio Legis. Kotler, P. y otros (2006): Dirección de Marketing. Prentice Hall. 12ª edición. Lambin, J.J., Gallucci, C. y Sicurello, C. (2009): Dirección de Marketing. McGraw Hill. 2ª Edición. Sainz de Vicuña, J. M. (2005): El plan de Marketing en la práctica. ESIC. 9ª edición. Santesmases Mestre, M. (2012): Marketing: Conceptos y Estrategias. Pirámide. 6º Edición. Santesmases Mestre, M. y otros (2009): Fundamentos de Marketing. Pirámide. Vázquez Casielles, R. y otros (2005): Marketing: Estrategias y Aplicaciones Sectoriales. Ed. Civitas. 4ª Edición.

Other references Will be communicated to the students along the course according to the teaching needs.

102

MATHEMATICS: DECISION MODELS (MODELOS DE DECISIÓN)

Course Details


Code (Código)

103750 Plan (Plan)

237 ECTS 6

Type (Carácter)

Elective (Optativa)

Year (Curso)



Área (Área)




Course Staff


Bernardo García-Bernalt Alonso / Mª Dolores García Sanz


-



Área (Área)


Center (Centro)


Office (Despacho)

208 / 202



URL Web -

E-mail [email protected] / [email protected]

Phone (Tlf.)

+34923294640 Ext. (Prof. García Sanz): 3112 Ext. (Prof. García-Bernalt): 3180

103

Objectives

1. Use of basic formal elements in economic modelling processes through mathematical methods

2. Ability to general abstract formulation of efficient resource allocation problems 3. Use of appropriate mathematical tools for handling and solving optimization

models 4. Using optimization software as recourse in solving optimization problems

Syllabus

• Convex sets. Convex functions • Differential convex optimization • Linear and integer programming: applications • Graph theory elements. Some models in networks • Finite difference equations. Applications in economic dynamics • Differential Equations. Applications in economic dynamics


Textbooks Balbas, A. et al. (1988). Análisis matemático para la Economia II. AC.

Barbolla, R. et al. (2006). Optimización., Cuestiones, ejercicios y aplicaciones a la Economía. Prentice Hll.

Chiang, A. (1987) Métodos fundamentales de economía matemática. Mc Graw Hill.

García C. et al (2002). Matemática discreta. Prentice Hall

Hanselman, D., Littlefield, B. (1998). Matlab. Prentice Hall.

Pérez Grasa, I. et al. (2001). Matemáticas para la Economía. Programación matemática y sistemas dinámicos. Mc Graw Hill.

Other references Bazaraa, M.S.; Shetty. C.M. (1979). Nonlinear Programming. John Wiley and sons.

Biggs, N.L. (2002). Discrete Mathematics. Oxford University Press.

Gandolfo, G. (1996). Economic dynamics. North Holland .

104

APPLIED ECONOMICS: LATIN AMERICAN ECONOMY (ECONOMÍA DE AMÉRICA LATINA)

Course Details


Code (Código)

103745 Plan (Plan)

237 ECTS 6

Type (Carácter)

Elective (Optativa)

Year (Curso)



Área (Área)




Course Staff


Miguel Carrera Troyano


-



Área (Área)


Center (Centro)


Office (Despacho)

138 (Law Faculty Building)


Wednesday and Thursday from 10:30 to13:30

URL Web


+34923294500 Extension: 1691

105

Objectives

• To know the main characteristics of the Latin American economy, its growth rate, the main economic and institutional sectors and foreign relations, besides the economic policy debate.

• To understand the theoretical frameworks of analysis that may be applied to the analysis of sectors and economic issues relevant to the economy of Latin America, in an autonomous way.

• To develop analytical ability, synthesis and critical thinking as well as expression skills, oral and written. Ability to solve problems and cases individually and as a team.

• To develop your ability to learn independently.

Syllabus

INTRODUCTION Lesson 1: Diversity in Latin America. Current situation and main problems of the Economy of Latin America. PART I - HISTORICAL ECONOMIC POLICY Lesson 2: The Import Substitution Industrialization (1950-1973) and the crisis of state intervention (1973-1982). Lesson 3: The debt crisis of 1982, the "Washington Consensus" and its failure. Lesson 4: The new agenda for Latin America. Latin America and the rich world crisis. PART II. - CHALLENGES AND PROBLEMS OF LATIN AMERICAN ECONOMY Lesson 5: Growth Lesson 6: Macroeconomic stability and inflation. The debate over exchange rates. Lesson 7: Inequality and poverty Lesson 8: Trade and development. Lesson 9: Economic integration in Latin America: NAFTA and Mercosur References (in Spanish)

Textbooks Bulmer-Thomas, V. (1998), La historia económica de América Latina desde la

independencia, Fondo de Cultura Económica, México. Ros, J y Ocampo, J.A. (Eds.) (2011) Oxford Handbook of Latin American Economics, Oxford

University Press, Oxford. Stiglitz, J.E. (2003): “El rumbo de las reformas. Hacia una nueva agenda para América

Latina”, en Revista de la CEPAL, núm. 80, agosto. Thorp, R. (1998), Progreso, pobreza y exclusión. Una historia económica de América Latina

en el siglo XX, Banco Interamericano de Desarrollo y Unión Europea, Washington.

Other references Williamson, J. (1990) “What Washington means by policy reform” en J. Williamson, Latin

American adjustment: how much has happened?, IIE, Washington. CEPAL (varios años) Estudio Económico de América Latina y el Caribe, CEPAL, Santiago de

Chile, disponible en www.cepal.org. CEPAL (varios años) Panorama social de América Latina, CEPAL, Santiago de Chile. Carrera, M. y Muñoz de Bustillo, R. (2008), “El reto de la pobreza y la desigualdad en América Latina”, Revista Sistema, núm. 208-209, diciembre.

106

FOURTH YEAR SPRING SEMESTER

ECONOMIC HISTORY: HISTORY OF INTERNATIONAL ECONOMIC

RELATIONS (HISTORIA DE LAS RELACIONES ECONÓMICAS INTERNACIONALES)

Course Details


Code (Código)

103742 Plan (Plan)

237 ECTS 6

Type (Carácter)

Elective (Optativa)

Year (Curso)



Área (Área)

Economic History (Historia Económica)



Course Staff


Esther M. Sánchez Sánchez



Área (Área)

Economic History (Historia Económica)

Center (Centro)


Office (Despacho)

229 (FES Building)


Wednesdays, 12-15h. Others days/hours by prior appointment (e-mail)

URL Web http://diarium.usal.es/esthersanchez


Phone (Tlf.)

+34923294640 Extension: 3179

107

Objectives

- Know the most important characteristics, trends and agents of international economic relations during the 19th and 20th centuries.

- Analyse the dynamics of growth and the processes of convergence/divergence of world economies, within the framework of different theories and debates.

- Demonstrate the interdependence of the national and regional economies, as well as the transmission of changes from one economy to another.

- Show the high importance of the political variable and the power relationships among countries/regions/leaders in the international economic environment.

- Be able to search and interpret the available information about historical events and processes (academic texts, press, quantitative data…), and also to present them in a coherent and organised manner.

Syllabus

SUBJECT 1. INTRODUCTION. Theories and discussions about International Relations. The post-revolutionary great powers: France, Great Britain and the United States. Spain’s position on the international scene. SUBJECT 2. IMPERIALISM AND INTERNATIONAL ECONOMIC RELATIONS IN THE 19th CENTURY. The European colonial expansion. Evolution and distribution of the foreign trade of goods and services. International mobility of capital and labour factors. The international monetary system: the Gold Standard. The Second Technological Revolution and the replacement of British leadership by U.S. leadership. SUBJECT 3. THE WORLD ECONOMY DURING THE INTER-WAR PERIOD. The consequences of the World War I. The crash of 1929 and the Great Depression of the 1930s. The U.S. and the New Deal. The European fascisms. The Russian Revolution and the formation of the USSR. Reordering international relations among powers: the rise of the U.S. and the nationalist claims around the world. SUBJECT 4. THE WORLD WAR II AND THE PROBLEMS OF RECONSTRUCTION. The consequences of the World War II. The U.S. and the reconstruction of Europe: Plan Marshall and Bretton Woods Agreements. The Cold War and the expansion of the American Way of Life in the Western bloc. SUBJECT 5. GROWTH AND AMERICANISATION. Growth factors and U.S. central role: trade, investment, technical assistance. Expansion of the consumer society and the “welfare state”. U.S. multinationals and products made in USA. Educational, scientific and technological influences. The U.S. and the process of European integration. Resistances to the Americanisation. SUBJECT 6. FROM THE OIL CRISIS OF THE 1970s TO THE CURRENT CRISIS. The oil crisis and its effects on the world economy. The collapse of the Bretton Woods monetary system. The evolution of the international exchanges of goods and factors. The dissolution of the Soviet bloc. New actors in the international economic relations: position of emerging countries and underdeveloped regions. SUBJECT 7. INTERNATIONAL ECONOMIC RELATIONS OF SPAIN. Convergence and divergence during the 19th and 20th centuries.

108


Textbooks VILLARES, R.; BAHAMONDE, A. (2003), El mundo contemporáneo: siglos XIX y XX, Madrid,

Santillana. FOREMAN-PECK, J. (1995), Historia de la economía mundial. Las relaciones económicas

internacionales desde 1850, Madrid, Prentice Hall. GRAZIE, V. de (2005), Irresistible Empire: America's Advance through Twentieth-Century

Europe, Cambridge, Harvard University Press. JUDT, T. (2006), Postwar: A History of Europe Since 1945, London, Penguin. MADDISON, A. (2002), La economía mundial. Una perspectiva milenaria, Madrid, OCDE/Mundi Prensa.

Other references AGHION, P.; WILLIAMSON, J. F. (1998), Growth, Inequality and Globalization. Theory,

History and Policy, Cambridge, CUP. ALDCROFT, D. H. (1985), De Versalles a Wall Street, 1919-1929, Barcelona, Crítica. ALDCROFT, D. H.; SUTCLIFFE, A. (1999), Europe in the international economy, 1500-2000,

Cheltenhan, Edward Elgar. BAIROCH, P. (1993), Economics and World History. Myths and Paradoxes, New York,

Harvester Wheatsheaf. BARJOT, D., dir. (2002), Catching up with America. Productivity Missions and the Diffusion of

American Economic and Technological Influence after the Second World War, Paris, Presses de l’Université de Paris-Sorbonne.

BONIN, H.; GOEY, F., eds. (2009), American Firms in Europe (1880-1980), Strategy, Identity, Perception and Performance, Genève, Droz.

CHENERY, H.; SRINIVASAN, T. N. (1995), Handbook of development Economics, 3 vols, Amsterdam, Elsevier.

CRAFS, N.; TONIOLO, G. (1995), Economic Growth in Europe since 1945, Cambridge, Cambridge University Press.

CRESPO, J. (2004), España en Europa, 1945-2000, del ostracismo a la modernidad, Madrid, Marcial Pons.

DELGADO, L. (2005), España y Estados Unidos en el siglo XX, Madrid, CSIC. EICHENGREEN, B. (2000), La globalización del capital. Historia del sistema monetario

internacional, Barcelona, Antoni Bosch. EICHENGREEN, B., ed. (1996), The Reconstruction of the International Economy, 1945-

1960, Cheltenham, Edward Elgard. FRIEDEN, J. A. (2006), Capitalismo global. El trasfondo económico de la historia del siglo

XX, Barcelona, Crítica. HARLEY, C. K., ed. (1996), The Integration of the World Economy, 1850-1914, 2 vols.,

Cheltenham, Edward Elgar. HERTNER, P.; JONES, G., ed. (1986), Multinationals: Theory and History, Vermont,

G.Aldershot. KENWOOD, A. G.; LOUGHEED, A. L. (1999), The growth of the international economy,

1820-2000, London, Routledge. KIPPING, M.; TIRATSOO, N., eds. (2001), Americanisation in 20th Century Europe:

Business, Culture, Politics, Lille, Université de Lille. LANDES, D. S. (1999), La riqueza y la pobreza de las naciones, Barcelona, Crítica. LEFFLER, M. P. (2008), La guerra después de la guerra. Estados Unidos, la Unión Soviética

y la Guerra Fría, Barcelona, Crítica. MADDISON, A. (1991), Historia del desarrollo capitalista. Sus fuerzas dinámicas, Barcelona,

Ariel. MADDISON, A.; PRASADA RAO, D. S.; SHEPHERD, W. F. (2002), The Asian Economies in

the Twentieth Century, Cheltenham, Edward Elgar. MARICHAL, C. (2010), Las grandes crisis financieras. Una perspectiva global, 1873-2008.

Barcelona, Debate. NIÑO, A. (2012), La americanización de España, Madrid, Los Libros de la Catarata.

109

PELLS, R. (1997), Not Like Us. How Europeans Have Loved, Hated, and Transformed American Culture Since World War II, New York, Bsic Books.

PEREIRA, J. C. (2010), La política exterior de España, de 1800 hasta hoy, Barcelona, Ariel. SCHENK, C. R. (2011), International Economic relations since 1945, London, Routledge. STIGLITZ, J. E. (2002), El malestar en la globalización, Madrid, Taurus. STRASSER, S.; McGOVERN, C; JUDT, M., eds. (1998), Getting and spending: European

and American consumer societies in the twentieth century, Cambridge, Cambridge University Press.

VAN DER WEE, H. (1986), Prosperidad y crisis. Reconstrucción, crecimiento y cambio 1945-1980, Barcelona, Crítica.

110

SOCIOLOGY: SOCIOLOGY (SOCIOLOGÍA)

Course Details


Code (Código)

103743 Plan (Plan)

237 ECTS 6

Type (Carácter)

Elective (Optativa)

Year (Curso)



Área (Área)

Sociology (Sociología)


Sociology and Comunication (Sociología y Comunicación)

Course Staff


Marta Lambea Ortega


-


Sociology and Comunication (Sociología y Comunicación)

Área (Área)


Center (Centro)


Office (Despacho)

405 FES


-

URL Web https://moodle.usal.es/course/view.php?id=6362


Phone (Tlf.)

+34923294640 Extension: 3114

Objectives

1. To initiate students into the sociological perspective 2. To introduce/provide concepts, approaches and methodologies that provides basic

sociology

111

3. To develop abilities to apply social theories to current economic reality. 4. To develop oral, written communication and critical abilities of students. Syllabus

Part 1: Actual society and sociological analysis 1. Introduction to sociology: main concepts. 2. Analysis of social actuality: key methods and techniques for social research 3. Societies evolution. The social change. From industrial society to the post-industrial one. Part 2: Social stratification and inequality. 4. The labour market in post-modern society 5. Gender inequality. Main indicators. 6. Birth of the Modern State: Welfare state and social policy Part 3: Demographic changes and population structure 7. Main demographic indicators. Fertility and aging of the population. Economic and social consequences 8. Family changes. New patterns of family 9. Migratory movements. Contemporary migration patterns Topics working Group work will address on the following topics to choose: - Society and Labour Market - Labour deregulation process - Employment and Gender - Forms of Employment - Employment and Immigration - Communication, Culture and Society - Sociological Analysis of Current Issues References (in Spanish)

Textbooks

CALHOUN, C.; LIGHT, D. y KELLER, S. (2000) Sociología. Madrid: McGraw-Hill

GARVIA, R. (1998). Conceptos fundamentales de sociología. Madrid: Alianza

GELLES, R.J. y LEVINE, A. (1996) Sociología. Madrid: McGraw-Hill

GIDDENS, A. (2004) Sociología. Madrid: Alianza

GINER, S. (1997). Sociología. Barcelona: Península

GINER, S; LAMO DE ESPINOSA, E. y TORRES, C. (eds). Diccionario de Sociología. Madrid: Alianza

KERBO, H.R. (2003).Estratificación social y desigualdad. Madrid. McGraw-Hill

KÖHLER, H.-D. y MARTIN ARTILES, A.(2007) Manual de la sociología del trabajo y de las relaciones laborales. Madrid: Delta Publicaciones

MACIONIS, J.J. y PLUMMER, K. (1999). Sociología. Madrid: Prentice Hall

112

Other references

‐ Instituto Nacional de Estadística: http://www.ine.es ‐ Centro de Investigación Sociológica http://www.cis.es ‐ Ministerio de empleo y Seguridad social http://www.meyss.es

113

FINANCE: ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL INFORMATION

(ANÁLISIS DE INFORMACIÓN FINANCIERA)

Course Details


Code (Código)

103744 Plan (Plan)

237 ECTS 6

Type (Carácter)

Elective (Optativa)

Year (Curso)



Área (Área)





114

ECONOMIC THEORY: LABOUR ECONOMICS

(ECONOMÍA LABORAL)

Course Details


Code (Código)

103746 Plan (Plan)

237 ECTS 6

Type (Carácter)

Elective (Optativa)

Year (Curso)



Área (Área)

Fundamentals of Economic Analysis (Fundamentos de Análisis Económico)



Course Staff


MIGUEL ANGEL MALO OCAÑA


-



Área (Área)


Center (Centro)


Office (Despacho)

218 (FES Building)


TBD

URL Web http://web.usal.es/~malo/


Phone (Tlf.)

+34923294640 Extension: 3512

115

Objectives

At the end of this course the students must be able: - To write clear and precise explanations using the main theoretical concepts of Labour Economics. - To apply these concepts to real labour markets. - To understand empirical information related to labour markets. - To look for by themselves empirical information on different labour markets. Syllabus

1. Introduction. Labour market as a social institution. 2. Labour demand. 3. Labour supply. 4. Wages and employment in perfect and imperfect labour markets. 5. Labor supply: Human capital. 6. Labour market regulation and labour market policies


Textbooks McConnell, C.R., S.L. Brue y D. McPherson (2007): Economía Laboral, 7ª edición adaptada, editorial McGraw Hill, Madrid. Boeri, T. y Van Ours, J. (2008): The Economics of Imperfect Labor Markets, Princeton University Press. I. Pérez Infante (2006): Las estadísticas del mercado de trabajo en España, Ministerio de Trabajo, Madrid. Booth, A. (1995): The Economics of Trade Unions, Cambridge University Press. Cahuc, P. y Zylberberg, A. (2004), Labor Economics, MIT Press. Garibaldi, P. (2006): Personnel Economics in Imperfect Labor Markets, Oxford University Press. Solow, R. (1992): El mercado de trabajo como institución social, Alianza editorial, Madrid.

Other references -

116

APPLIED ECONOMICS: HEALTH ECONOMICS (ECONOMÍA DE LA SALUD )

Course Details


Code (Código)

103747 Plan (Plan)

237 ECTS 6

Type (Carácter)

Elective (Optativa)

Year (Curso)



Área (Área)




Course Staff






Área (Área)


Center (Centro)


Office (Despacho)

167 (Law School)


Thursdays, 17-19 hrs.

URL Web


Phone (Tlf.)

+349232944400 Extension: 1607

117

Objectives

This course aims to apply the tools of economic analysis, from the methodological perspective of political economy, to the study of health as a good, the provision of which is part of the policies of the welfare state, analyzing the supply and demand of health care, the measurement of health, the economic evaluation of health policies, identifying existing market failures and the form and degree of government intervention. We will study in detail the Spanish health system, its strengths and weaknesses in comparative terms and the proposals for reform. Syllabus

1. Health economics and its components. 2. The demand for health and health care. 3. The supply of health care and insurance. 4. Market failures in the provision of health services. Public expenditure on health. 5. Economic evaluation of programs and technologies. 6. The cost-utility analysis and measurement of health. 7. Pharmaceutical spending and the industry. 8. Funding of health expenditure in Spain and the sustainability debate. 9. Proposals for reform of health systems from the economic analysis. References (in Spanish)

Textbooks Antelo, M.; J. Mª Fraga y J. C. Reboredo, Fundamentos de economía y gestión de la salud. Universidade de Santiago de Compostela, Servizo de Publicacións e Intercambio Científico. Santiago de Compostela, 2010. - Braña Pino, Francisco Javier: Temas de economía de la salud. TÍTULO DE EXPERTO EN GESTIÓN Y ORGANIZACIÓN SANITARIA. Universidad de Salamanca. Salamanca, 2013. - Gimeno, J. A.; Rubio, S.; Tamayo, P: Economía de la salud: fundamentos. Díaz de Santos, Madrid, 2006. - Gisbert, R.: Economía y salud. Masson, Barcelona, 2002. - Hidalgo, A.; Corugedo, I.; Llano, J. del: Economía de la salud. Ed. Pirámide. Madrid, 2000. - Martínez-Giralt, X. Economía de la Salud. Una guía para no economistas. Center for the Study of Organizations and Decisions in Economics (CODE). Universitat Autónoma de Barcelona. Mayo 2008. - Phelps, C. E.: Health Economics. Fourth Edition. Pearson, Adison-Wesley. New York, 2010.

Other references Presentations of the topics and bibliography in the portal Studium.

118

MATHEMATICS: COMPUTING FOR OPTIMIZATION (INFORMÁTICA PARA LA OPTIMIZACIÓN)

Course Details


Code (Código)

103748 Plan (Plan)

237 ECTS 6

Type (Carácter)

Elective (Optativa)

Year (Curso)



Área (Área)




Course Staff


José Manuel Cascón Barbero


José Guillermo Sánchez León



Área (Área)


Center (Centro)


Office (Despacho)

226 (FES Building)


By appointment

URL Web -


Phone (Tlf.)

+34923294640 Extension: 3513

119

Objectives

The aim of this course is to present an overall view of mathematical optimization, computer science, and their economic applications. The course will also provide students with experience using practical software tools for solving optimization problems. Syllabus

1. INTRODUCTION TO COMPUTING Foundations of computing. Algorithms and programs. Pseudocode. Introduction to Octave/Matlab. 2. LINEAR PROGRAMING Linear programming modelling. The simplex method. Duality. Sensitivity analysis. Shadow price. Integer programing. Economic applications. Excel/solver. 3. NONLINEAR PROGRAMING Problem statement and basic definitions. Unsconstrained optimization: Gradient, Newton, Rosen. Quadratic programing. Linear complemtary problem: Lemke, Nelder-Mead. Economic Applications. Introduction to Mathematica. 4. RECURSIVE METHODS Introduction to dinamic optimization. Discrete dynamic optimization. Bellman principle. Multi-agent system. Economic Applications. Mathematica/Matlab. 5. ECONOMICS SIMULATIONS. Applications to business and finance. Scenarios simulation. References (in Spanish)

Textbooks

1: N. L. Biggs. Discrete Mathematics. Oxford U.P., 2002. 2: M. S. Bazaraa, J. J. Jarvis, H. D. Sherali. Linear Programming and Network Flows. John Wiley & Sons, 1977. 3: M. S. Bazaraa, C. M. Shetty. Nonlinear Programming. Theory and Algorithms. John Wiley & Sons, 1979. 4: E. Cerdá. Optimización dinámica. Prentice Hall, 2001.

Other references

‐ B. Beavis. Optimization and stability theory for economic analysis. Cambridge University Press, 1990.

‐ M. A. Goberna, V. Jornet, R.O. Puente. Optimización lineal. Teoría, métodos y modelos. McGraw-Hill, 2004.

‐ D. Jungnickel. Graphs, Networks and Algorithms. Springer, 2004. ‐ D. G. Luenberger, Linear and nonlinear programming. Addison-Wesley, 1984 ‐ J. J. Salazar González. Programación Matemática. Díaz de Santos, 2001. ‐ N. L. Stokey y R. E. Lucas. Recursive Methods in Economic Dynamics. Harvard U.

P., 1989.

120

FINANCE: FINANCIAL MARKETS AND INSTITUTIONS (MERCADOS E INSTITUCIONES FINANCIERAS)

Course Details


Code (Código)

103749 Plan (Plan)

237 ECTS 6

Type (Carácter)

Elective (Optativa)

Year (Curso)



Área (Área)




Course Staff


MARIA JESUS MORO MARTIN


-



Área (Área)


Center (Centro)


Office (Despacho)

101 (FES BUILDING)


Apply through email

URL Web


Phone (Tlf.)

+34923294640 Extension: 3524

Requirements To have some basic knowledge on financial accounting, mathematics and statistics.

121

Objetives

In this course, my goal is that students have an overview of our financial system, to learn which are the assets, intermediaries and financial markets, as well as give an overview to the historical and Bank of Spain, meet the current and Monetary Policy governing bodies as the European Central Bank (ECB) and the European System of Central Banks (ESCB). In Topic 6, we make a brief study to determine the performance of the stock market and establish a system of work to know more about other issues such as official credit institutions and other financial intermediaries, which they developed and discussed in class, with my tutoring and help in presentations. In this year and given the special circumstances which has come under our Financial System, we have been in constant contact with today, trying to get the perspective not only from the theoretical point of view but knowing first hand as they develop situations in practice. Syllabus

1. SPANISH I FINANCIAL SYSTEM 2. SPANISH II FINANCIAL SYSTEM 3. THE BANK OF SPAIN AND MONETARY POLICY: MONETARY INDICATORS 4. MONEY MARKET MONEY OR. Definition, characteristics. - Private.-Interbank Market Treasury notes and bills. - Company Notes. - Market drafts. - Mortgage securities market. 5. CAPITAL MARKET: MARKET. Interbank market. - Public Debt Market. - Letters Securities Market. 6. CAPITAL MARKET: THE STOCK MARKET. OPERATION AND FEATURES. 7. PRIVATE BANKING, SAVINGS, CREDIT UNION, CREDIT INSTITUTIONS AND OTHER OFFICIAL FINANCIAL INTERMEDIARY. 8. SPANISH FINANCIAL SYSTEM AND INTERNATIONAL FINANCIAL MARKETS. SMI. Teaching Methodology Lectures Practice Lessons Works Exhibitions Discussions Exercises

122

Distribution forecast teaching methods

Teacher-led hours Actual

Hours Nonactual

Hours

Indepent Study hours Total Hours

Lectures 22,5 22,5 ‐ In class 22,5 22,5 ‐ In the laboratory ‐ In computer classroom ‐ In the field

Practices

‐ Display Seminaries Expositions and Discussions 4,5 4,5 Tutoríng 6 1,5 7,5 Follow-up online 15 15 Works 60 60 Other Activities Exams 3 15 18

TOTAL 60 90 150

References (In Spahish)

Text books � GITMAN Lawrence J. Mc. Daniel Carl, EL MUNDO DE LOS NEGOCIOS, México, 1ª. Edición, HARLA, S.A. DE C.V. 1995, 936pp. � BREALEY Richard A. Myers Stewart, C., FUNDAMENTOS DE FINANZAS CORPORATIVAS, España, Mc Graw Hill, 1ª. Edición, 1996, 771 pp. � RUGMAN M. Alana, NEGOCIOS INTERNACIONALES, México, 1998 1ª. Edición Mc Graw Hill, 707pp. � EMERY Douglas R. FINNERY John D, ADMINISTRACION FINANCIERA CORPORATIVA, PEARSON EDUCACION, MEXICO, México 1ª. Edición 2000, 999 pp. �

123

APPLIED ECONOMICS: Industrial Organization – Economics of Regulation

(Economía Industrial – Regulación de Mercados)

Course Details


Code (Código)

103751 Plan (Plan)

237 ECTS 6

Type (Carácter)

Elective (Optativa)

Year (Curso)



Área (Área)




Course Staff


Rafael Muñoz de Bustillo Llorente


-



Área (Área)


Center (Centro)


Office (Despacho)

145 School of Law (Facultad de Derecho)


Monday 10:00- 13:30 Tuesday 12:00-14:00 Wednesday 12:30 -13:00

URL Web web.usal.es/bustillo


Phone (Tlf.)

+34923294640 Extension: 3125

124

Objectives

Study of non competitive forms of markets. Behavior of big corporations in concentrated markets. Competition policy.

Syllabus

1. Origin of Industrial Economics. Concepts of competition2. Measures of concentration. Statistical sources3. Causes of market concentration4. Models of oligopoly: neoclassical and Post-Keynesian5. Characteristics of non competitive markets a large corporations6. Competition policy: EU and Spain.


Textbooks 1) Cabral L. (1997) Economía Industrial. McGraw Hill. Madrid3) Martin Stephen (1994) Industrial Economics. Macmillan. . New York4) Sherer F. M. y Ross D. (1990) Industrial Economics. Houghton Mifflin. Boston5) Shughart II W. F.(1990) The Organization of Industry . BPI. Irwin Homewood, IL.6) OECD Glosary of Industrial Organization Economics and Competition Law

Other references

Dirección General de Competencia de la Unión Europea: http://ec.europa.eu/competition/index_en.html

OCDE: http://www.oecd.org/competition/ Spanish National Competition Commission : http://www.cncompetencia.es/ Departament of Justice. Antitrust Division : http://www.usdoj.gov/atr/ Canadian Competition Bureau: http://www.competitionbureau.gc.ca/eic/site/cb-

bc.nsf/eng/home UK competition policy: Competition Commission: http://www.competition-commission.org.uk/ Office for Fair Trading: http://www.oft.gov.uk/

125

ACCOUNTING: INTERNAL ACCOUNTING INFORMATION SYSTEMS

(SISTEMAS DE INFORMACION CONTABLE INTERNOS)

Course Details


Code (Código)

103752 Plan (Plan)

237 ECTS 6

Type (Carácter)

Elective (Optativa)

Year (Curso)



Área (Área)



Adminstration and Business Economics (Administración y Economía de la Empresa)

Course Staff


MIGUEL ANGEL HERNANDEZ MARTIN


-


Adminstration and Business Economics (Administración y Economía de la Empresa)

Área (Área)


Center (Centro)


Office (Despacho)

301 (FES Building)


-

URL Web -


Phone (Tlf.)

+34923294640 Extension: 3515

126

Objectives

The main objective of this subject is to train students in the fundamentals and basic concepts of Internal or Cost Accounting, as well as in the process and methods for recording and reporting internal accounting information. In particular, students will learn all about accounting operations in relation to the internal transactions typically carried out in the business context. Additionally, students will develop certain skills that will allow them to know how the information provided in this subject is related to other subject matter in the business world. Syllabus

Unit 1. Cost systems and basic concepts. Unit 2. Circulation of costs in the firm: Stages of cost analysis. Unit 3. Criteria for classifying and aggregating costs. Unit 4. Costs by products and costs by centres. Unit 5. Management and assessment of materials. Unit 6. Determining labour costs. Unit 7. Costs of fixed assets. Unit 8. Distribution of indirect costs. Unit 9. Models in cost analysis. Unit 10.Standardization in the internal context. References (in Spanish)

Textbooks Aranda, A. (2003): Contabilidad Analítica. Ed. Síntesis. Álvarez-Dardet, Mª C. (2009): Contabilidad de gestión. Cálculo de costes. Ed. Pirámide. García, X., y Martín, F. (2003): Casos prácticos de costes, Universidad de Barcelona, Barcelona. Hernando, G. (2006): Contabilidad de costes. Determinación, análisis y control, TGD, Santander. Iruretagoyena, M.T. (2003): Contabilidad de costes. Ed. Pirámide. Martín, F., y Ros, J. (2003): Costes: contabilidad y gestión, Centro de Estudios Financieros. Madrid. Requena, J.M., y Vera, S. (2006): Contabilidad interna (Contabilidad de costes y de gestión), Ariel, Barcelona. Rocafort, A., y Ferrer. V. (2008): Contabilidad de costes: fundamentos y ejercicios resueltos, ACCID

Other references STUDIUM

127

BACHELOR DEGREE IN BUSINESS ADMINISTRATION AND MANAGEMENT

(GRADO EN ADMINISTRACIÓN Y DIRECCIÓN DE EMPRESAS)

2017-2018

128


MATHEMATICS: ALGEBRA (ALGEBRA)

Course Details


CCode (Código)

103800 Plan (Plan)

238 ECTS 6

Type (Carácter)

Basic (Básica)

Year (Curso)



Área (Área)




Course Staff




Bernardo García-Bernalt Alonso



Área (Área)


Center (Centro)


Office (Despacho)



Friday: 11h-12h (previous appointment)

URL Web -


Phone (Tlf.)

+34923294640 Ext. (Prof. García): 3513 Ext. (Prof. García-Bernalt): 3180

129

Objectives

• To acquire and to use the basic elements of Linear Algebra.• To develop skills so as to structure a problem by using appropriate mathematical

models.• To develop a critical attitude towards the results of applying quantitative methods in data

analysis.• To identify and to use mathematical software.

Syllabus

1. Introduction to the basic concepts of logic and set theory. Sets of real numbers.Polynomials.

2. Vectorial spaces and subspaces. Independence, basis and dimension.3. Linear mappings. Matrices.4. Diagonalization. Eigenvalues and eigenvectors.5. Symmetric bilinear forms. Quadratic forms. Classification of quadratic forms.


Textbooks


Other references

BIBLIOGRAFÍA COMPLEMENTARIA: Burgos, J. de (1993): Algebra Lineal. McGraw-Hill. Cairoli, R. (1987): Algebre Liniaire 1, 2. Presses Polytechniques Romandes. González del Mazo, A (2005). Álgebra y cálculo. Librería Cervantes. Sernesi, E. (1994): Linear Algebra. A Geometric Approach. Chapman and Hall. BIBLIOGRAFÍA PARA PROBLEMAS Alegre et al. (1995): Matemáticas empresariales. Editorial AC. Lipschutz, S. (1992): Algebra lineal (segunda edición). McGraw-Hill. López Cachero, M. y A. Vegas Pérez (1994): Curso básico de matemáticas para la economía y dirección de empresas. Problemas. Pirámide.

SOFTWARE ESPECÍFICO (se intentará que sea de acceso gratuito)

130

ECONOMIC THEORY: INTRODUCTION TO ECONOMICS (INTRODUCCIÓN A LA ECONOMÍA)

Course Details


Code (Código)

103801 Plan (Plan)

238 ECTS 6

Type (Carácter)

Basic (Básica)

Year (Curso)



Área (Área)




Course Staff


CARLOS SÁNCHEZ VACAS


JESUS CARLOS ALONSO ALONSO



Área (Área)


Center (Centro)


Office (Despacho)




URL Web -


Phone (Tlf.)

+34923294640 Extension (Prof. Sánchez): 3511 Extension (Prof. Alonso): 3129

Recommended Background

It is highly recommended to have a good command of basic mathematical tools.

131

Objectives


5. Understanding basic economic concepts, especially those useful for small firms. 6. Understanding of the main economic theories and how they can be used for real

problems. 7. Applying main theoretical concepts of economic analysis to the field of small

businesses. Syllabus 1. The principles of Economics. 2. Demand and supply. 3. The Economic Context of Decisions in Small Firms. 4. The Efficiency of Markets. 5. Market Regulation 6. Labour Market: Demand 7. Labour Market: Supply 8. Labour Market: Wages’ Determination. The Role of Unions 9. Measuring the Economic Variables. 10. Unemployment and Inflation. 11. Balance of Payments and Exchange Rates. 12. The Impact of Economic Policies References (in Spanish)

Textbooks Economia, Teoría y Prácticas: Blanco, J. M.(Ed. Mc.Graw-Hill). Principios De Economía :Martín Simón, J.L.(Ed. Prentice Hall). Economía: Begg, D. y Otros.(Ed. Mc.Graw-Hill). Economía, Teoría Y Política :Mochón, F.( Ed. Mc.Graw-Hill).

Other references -CUALQUIER OTRO MANUAL QUE EL PROFESOR CONSIDERE ADEACUADO -UTILIZACIÓN DE MEDIOS ON-LINE Y PRENSA Y REVISTAS ECONÓMICAS

132

ACCOUNTING: ACCOUNTING INFORMATION SYSTEM (SISTEMA DE INFORMACIÓN CONTABLE)

Course Details


Code (Código)

103802 Plan (Plan)

238 ECTS 6

Type (Carácter)

Basic (Básica)

Year (Curso)



Área (Área)




Course Staff


Isabel María García Sánchez


-



Área (Área)


Center (Centro)


Office (Despacho)

105 (FES Building)


Monday and Wednesday: 13:30 - 14:30

URL Web http://web.usal.es/~lajefa/


Phone (Tlf.)

+34923294640 Extension: 3133

133

Objectives

The main aim of this course is to train students in the basic concepts of Financial Accounting, as well as in the process and methods for the preparation of standardised accounting information. Students will know especially all of the accounting operations in relation to the more common business transactions. Additionally, students will develop their skills in accounting regulations, as well as in the new legal obligations related to the disclosure of information and in the monitoring mechanisms.

Syllabus

CHAPTER 1. INTRODUCTION TO THE ACCOUNTING INFORMATION SYSTEM 1.1. The company and its relation to the context 1.2. The accounting information system: financial accounting 1.3. Users and aims of the financial information 1.4. Circulation of values in the company

CHAPTER 2. ENTREPRENEURIAL WEALTH: ASSETS, LIABILITIES AND EQUITY 2.1. Concept of business assets 2.2. Elements of the balance-sheet: classification criteria 2.3. Assets 2.4. Liabilities 2.5. Shareholders' Equity 2.6. The balance-sheet as a mean of expression of the equity balance

CHAPTER 3. A FIRST APPROACH TO THE NET PROFIT OF THE FINANCIAL YEAR 3.1. The net profit of the financial year: Concept and types 3.2. Incomes: Concept, types and registration 3.3. Expenditures: Concept, types and registration 3.4. Accounting principles that affect the net profit 3.5. Profit and loss account 3.6. Distribution of the net profit

CHAPTER 4. THE ACCOUNTING METHOD 4.1. The accounting method 4.2. Identification of data: application of the duality principle 4.3. Measurement and valuation: quantification 4.4. Accounting representation 4.5. Aggregation and communication of information

CHAPTER 5. ANALYSIS AND REPRESENTATION OF THE ACCOUNTING INFORMATION 5.1. Accounting events 5.2. The “account” as an instrument of representation of accounting events 5.3. Book entry as a note of accounting events

CHAPTER 6. THE ACCOUNTING CYCLE 6.1. Accounting period: phases 6.2. Accounting in the initial stage: the initial stocktaking and opening of accrual-based accounts 6.3. Accounting during the accounting period: trial balance 6.4. Accounting in the final stage: regularisation process, the accounting close and the preparation of the Annual Accounts 6.5. Introduction to the accounting regularisation process

CHAPTER 7. THE ACCOUNTING RECORDING 7.1. Accounting Textbooks

134

7.2. Legal obligations and their consequences 7.3. Other types of business information 7.4. Control mechanisms of the reliability and quality of business information CHAPTER 8. THE GENERAL ACCOUNTING PLAN: CONCEPTUAL FRAMEWORK OF ACCOUNTING 8.1. Planning and normalisation process 8.2. The General Accounting Plan as an instrument of normalisation in Spain 8.3. Structure and content of the General Accounting Plan and the General Accounting Plan for SMEs 8.4. Conceptual framework of the accounting 8.5. Annual Accounts: Composition and "faithful image" 8.6. Requirements for the information of the Annual Accounts 8.7. Accounting Principles 8.8. Elements of Annual Accounts 8.9. Accounting record criteria of the elements of Annual Accounts 8.10. Valuation criteria 8.11. Accounting principles and rules generally accepted References (in Spanish)

Textbooks RQUERO MONTAÑO, J.L., JIMENEZ CARDOSO, S.M. y RUIZ ALBERTO, I. (2008): Introducción a la Contabilidad Financiera, Ed. Pirámide, Madrid. CAMACHO MIÑANO, M.M. y RIVERO MÉNENDEZ, M.J. (2010): Introducción a la contabilidad financiera, Pearson, Madrid. C.T.O. Hacienda (2009): Manual de Contabilidad Financiera, C.T.O. Hacienda GALLEGO DIEZ, E. y VARA Y VARA, M. (2008): Manual Práctico de Contabilidad Financiera, Ed. Pirámide, Madrid, 2ª edición. DOMINGUEZ CASADO, J., MARTIN ZAMORA, M.P. y JURADO MARTIN, J.A. (2011): Introducción a la contabilidad financiera I, Ed. Pirámide, Madrid. GOXENS ORESANZ, M.A., RODRIGUEZ GARCIA, F., OSES GARCIA, J. y LOSILLA RAMIRES, M.F. (2011): Introducción a la contabilidad financiera, Garceta, Madrid. LARRAN JORGE, M. (2009): Fundamentos de Contabilidad Financiera. Teoría y Práctica, Ed. Pirámide, Madrid. MONTESINOS JULVE, V. (coord) (2010): Fundamentos de contabilidad financiera, Ed. Pirámide, Madrid. MUÑOZ JIMENEZ, j. (2008): Contabilidad Financiera, Ed. Prentice Hall, Madrid. MUÑOZ MERCHANTE, A. (2010): Introducción a la contabilidad, Ediciones Académicas, UNED, Madrid. MUÑOZ MERCHANTE, A. (2010): Prácticas de introducción a la contabilidad, Ediciones Académicas, UNED, Madrid. Real Decreto 1514/2007, de 16 de noviembre, por el que se aprueba el Plan General de Contabilidad, BOE 20 de noviembre de 2007. Real Decreto 1515/2007, de 16 de noviembre, por el que se aprueba el Plan General de Contabilidad de Pequeñas y Medianas Empresas y los criterios contables específicos para microempresas. RODRIGUEZ ARIZA, L. y LOPEZ PEREZ, M.V. (2008): Contabilidad General. Teoría y Práctica, Ed. Pirámide, Madrid. SANCHEZ FERNANDEZ DE VALDERRAMA, J.L. (2008): Teoría y Práctica de la Contabilidad, Ed. Pirámide, Madrid, 3ª edición. SERRA SALVADOR, V., GINER INCHAUSTI, B. y VILAR SANCHIS, E. (2010): Sistemas Contables de Información Financiera, Ed. Tirant Lo Blanch, Valencia. SOCÍAS SALVÁ, A., JOVER ARBONA, G., LLULL GILET, A., HORRACH ROSELLÓ, P. y HERRANZ BASCONES, R. (2008): Contabilidad Financiera: el Modelo Contable Básico, Ed. Pirámide, Madrid, 2ª edición. SOLA, M. y VILARDELL, I. (2009): Introducción a la contabilidad general, McGrawHill,

135

Madrid. TRIGUEROS PINA, J.A., SANSALVADOR SELLES, M.E., REIG MULLLOR, J.,

GONZALEZ CARBONELL, J.F. y CAVERO RUBIO, J.A. (2009): Fundamentos y Práctica de Contabilidad, Ed. Pirámide, Madrid.

Other references BLANCO RICHARD, E. (2008): Contabilidad y Fiscalidad, Edición electrónica gratuita disponible en http:// www.eumed.net/libros/2008b/396/. GARCIA SANCHEZ, I.M. (2009): Introducción a la contabilidad, Edición electrónica gratuita disponible en http:// www.eumed.net/libros/2009c/576/.

136

BUSINESS ORGANIZATION: INTRODUCTION TO ADMINISTRATION (INTRODUCCIÓN A LA ADMINISTRACIÓN)

Course Details


Code (Código)

103803 Plan (Plan)

238 ECTS 6

Type (Carácter)


Year (Curso)



Área (Área)




Course Staff

Course Coordinator Jesús Galende del Canto


Gabriel Hidalgo

Departament (Departamento)


Area (Área)


Center (Centro)


Office (Despacho)

131 (FES Building)



E-mail [email protected] Teléfono 3009

137

Objectives

To allow the student acquire his/her first knowledge skills in business administration. It aims to encourage the student's curiosity and interest for the business world

Syllabus Lesson 1. Firm and entrepreneur. Lesson 2. Nature of the firm Lesson 3. Business objectives Lesson 4. Business organizational forms Lesson 5. Business management Lesson 6. Organizational design Lesson 7. Strategy and Strategy development Lesson 8. Business functions Lesson 9. Human Resources. References

Textbooks

Cuervo, A. (2008): Introducción a la Administración de Empresas, Thomson Civitas, Cizur

Menor, Navarra

Triadó, X, Aparicio, P., Jaría, N. y Elasri, A. (2011): Administración de la Empresa. Teoría y Práctica, McGraw-Hill, Madrid.

i. ------

Fernández, E., Junquera, B. y del Brío, J.A. (2008): Iniciación a los Negocios. Aspectos

Directivos, Paraninfo, Madrid

González, F.J. y Ganaza, J.D. (2007): Principios y Fundamentos de Gestión de Empresas,

Pirámide, Madrid

Iborra, M., Dasí, A., Dolz, C. y Ferrer, C. (2007): Fundamentos de Dirección de Empresas.

Conceptos y Habilidades Directivas, Thomson, Madrid

Jones, G.R. y George, J.M. (2010): Administración Contemporánea, McGraw-Hill, México

Koontz, H., Weihrich, H. y Cannice, M. (2008): Administración. Una Perspectiva Global y

Empresarial, McGraw-Hill, México

138

CIVIL PATRIMONIAL LAW: FUNDAMENTAL INSTITUTIONS OF CIVIL PATRIMONIAL LAW

(FUNDAMENTOS DE DERECHO CIVIL PATRIMONIAL)

Course Details


Code (Código)

103804 Plan (Plan)

238 ECTS 3

Type (Carácter)


Year (Curso)



Área (Área)




Course Staff




ASUNCIÓN DÍAZ PÉREZ & MARÍA LOURDES MARTÍN GUTIÉRREZ



Área (Área)


Center (Centro)


Office (Despacho)




URL Web -

E-mail [email protected] [email protected] [email protected]

Phone (Tlf.)

+34923294441 Extension: 1634

139


The Civil Law is the area of civil law that regulates all relations that have an economic background and consider the person in reference to his property, so that their bases are embedded within the economic system, the initiative of individuals and the free market. In this sense, the course Fundamentals of Civil Law focuses on the study of the rules governing the obligations and contracts, to the extent that these rules articulate the legal exchange of goods and services with economic significance. This corresponds well with basic training necessary for the student to understand other subjects of the degree, if Fundamentals of Commercial Law, its natural continuation, and taught later. Hence, the students have achieved a solid legal training that help you understand the legal operations affecting the Company and transfer that training to management and company management in civil society. Objectives

The course aims to provide students of the Bachelor Degree in Business Administration and the legal tools necessary for understanding the practical everyday problems in their own Civil Law (Obligations and Contracts), which focused on their training, they provide provide accurate legal means of face-to-be future professionals in Business Administration. Given the role of the jurist and the aims of the future graduate, the basic objectives of any course of civil law must ensure that students reach a reasonable level of knowledge for the scope of this discipline, and proper use of such knowledge in the solution practical problems. In this sense, the theory class is useful as a guide for the student to the study of the subject, as a means to explain the fundamental concepts, to clarify the more complex issues or to highlight the most important issues. As for the practical classes, should serve to make clear the close relationship in law between theory and practice to acquire the necessary critical sense that allows you to assess the various situations of legal court in this site are usually presented. Syllabus

LESSON 1. - CONCEPT AND SYSTEMATICS OF CIVIL LAW. LESSON 2. - CONCEPT, STRUCTURE AND SOURCES OF OBLIGATIONS. LESSON 3. - TYPES OF OBLIGATIONS AND COMPLIANCE. LESSON 4. - PERFORMANCE AND TERMINATION OF LIABILITY. LESSON 5. - CONCEPT AND COMPONENTS OF CONTRACT. LESSON 6. - CLASSIFICATION AND BIOLOGY OF CONTRACTS. LESSON 7. - EFFECTIVENESS OF CONTRACTS AND INEFFECTIVE. Competences and Habilities

SPECIFIC E.7. The student must be able to identify problems related to ethics and cultureand understand their impact on business organizations. E.13. The graduate must understand the details of the functions of business, corporate,geographic regions, company size, business sectors and linking them to theories andbasic knowledge. E.16. The student should understand ethical principles, identify the implications for business organizations, design scenarios (eg exploitation of human resources, environment).E.20. Students must know how to use tools for analyzing the business environment (eg industry analysis, market analysis).

140

TRANSVERSE F.1. The student must show ability for abstract thinking, analysis and synthesis F.2. The student must demonstrate ability to apply knowledge in practical situations F.10. In must show ability to investigate, process and analyze information from a variety of sources. F.31. It must show ability to make decisions that respect equal opportunities and gender.

Methodologies

In relation to the subject and its location within the training module was developed with the following contents: - The classes allow exposing the theoretical content of the different lessons that make up the program, following one or two reference Textbooks that reflect the rationale for the topics and skills related to those provided. - The practical classes are linked to the consequent understanding of concepts by students so that they will develop the solution of problems in the classroom. After class, the professor proposed to students carrying out work on theory and personal problems, for whose implementation will be supported by the teacher in supervised workshops.In these seminars students can share with their peers and the teacher are doubts, get solutions to them and start playing for themselves the powers of matter.


Textbooks:

- CONSTITUCIÓN ESPAÑOLA DE 1978, actualmente vigente.

- CÓDIGO CIVIL, a ser posible con legislación complementaria.

- Libro de texto para la teoría: * LASARTE ÁLVAREZ, Carlos, “Principios de Derecho Civil. Tomo II” (Ed. Marcial Pons,Tomo II, última edición).

Other references:

- LACRUZ BERDEJO, José Luis, actualizado por DELGADO ECHEVERRÍA, Jesús, y PARRA LUCÁN, María Ángeles, “Nociones de Derecho civil patrimonial e Introducción al Derecho” (Editorial Dykinson, última edición).

- DÍEZ PICAZO Y PONDE DE LEÓN, Luis, “Fundamentos de Derecho Civil Patrimonial I” (Civitas, Madrid, última edición).

- DÍEZ-PICAZO Y PONCE DE LEÓN, Luis, y GULLÓN BALLESTEROS, Antonio, “Instituciones de Derecho Civil I. 2: Doctrina general del contrato y de las obligaciones. Contratos en especial. Cuasi contratos. Enriquecimiento sin causa” (Tecnos, Madrid, última edición).

- DÍEZ-PICAZO Y PONCE DE LEÓN, Luis, y GULLÓN BALLESTEROS, Antonio, “Instituciones de Derecho Civil II. 1: Derechos reales” (Tecnos, Madrid, última edición).

- MORENO QUESADA y otros: “Derecho Civil Patrimonial. Conceptos y normativa básica” (Editorial Comares, Granada, última edición). Se proporcionará, a los alumnos y en el momento oportuno, diversos materiales relacionados con la materia del Curso que, a juicio del profesor, resulten necesarios para la evaluación de

141

la asignatura. Se proporcionará, a los alumnos y en el momento oportuno, diversos materiales relacionados con la materia del Curso que, a juicio del profesor, resulten necesarios para la evaluación de la asignatura. Asimismo, los alumnos dispondrán, en la página de Studium, de recursos suficientes para afrontar la materia desde el comienzo del Curso

142


Course Details


Code (Código)

103805 Plan (Plan)

238 ECTS 3

Type (Carácter)


Year (Curso)


Quarterly (Trimestral

(1º parte del 1º semestre))

Área (Área)




Course Staff


Amparo Bejarano Rubio




Área (Área)


Center (Centro)


Office (Despacho)

227 (FES Building)


Monday: 16:00-18:00

URL Web -


+34923294640 Extension: 3179

143

Objectives

Main course goals:

- Know classifying the main economic facts during the contemporary history - Relate and use basic economic concepts relating to historical events and the study of the territory.

Specific and operational goals:

- Develop essays and practice tests using the simple tools of the economic analysis - Analyze graphs and draw conclusions from data sets - Ability to present arguments in public - Develop teamwork and assume roles in simulations games - Ensure that the student interacted in the virtual campus.

Syllabus 1. - Overview Economic History of the West 2. - The Industrial Revolution (1750-1850) 3. - The first globalization (1870-1913) 4. - The interwar period (1913-1945) 5. - The Golden Age of growth (1950-1973) 6. - The economic crisis and its consequences in industrialized countries References (in Spanish)






Other references http://www.gapminder.org/ http://www.bbc.co.uk/history/ http://seneca.uab.es/historia/ http://estudios.universia.es/recursos/auladigital/historia/index.htm#contemporanea http://www.artehistoria.jcyl.es/ http://clio.rediris.es/ http://www.historiasiglo20.org/ http://www.educahistoria.com/javierosset/

144


MATHEMATICS: MATHEMATICAL ANALYSIS

(ANÁLISIS MATEMÁTICO)

Course Details


Code (Código)

103806 Plan (Plan)

238 ECTS 6

Type (Carácter)


Year (Curso)



Área (Área)




Course Staff




Bernardo García-Bernalt Alonso



Área (Área)


Center (Centro)


Office (Despacho)



Friday: 11h-12h (previous appointment)

URL Web -


Phone (Tlf.)

+34923294640 Ext. (Prof. García): 3513 Ext. (Prof. García-Bernalt): 3180

145

Objectives

• To acquire and to use the basic elements of Mathematical Analysis.• To get familiar with basic concepts of Financial Mathematics.• To develop skills so as to structure a problem by using appropriate mathematical

models.• To develop a critical attitude towards the results of applying quantitative methods in data

analysis.• To identify and to use mathematical software.

Syllabus

7. Euclidean topology.8. Sequences and series of real numbers.9. Functions of several variables:

i. Limits and continuity.ii. Directional and partial derivatives. Differentiable functions.iii. Unconstrained optimization. Constrained optimization. First and second order

conditions.10. Introduction to financial mathematics.


Textbooks


Other references

Bazaraa, M.S.; Shetty, C.M. (1979): Nonlinear Programming. Wiley. Besada, M.; García, J.M.; Mirás, M.A.; Vázquez, M.C. (2001): Cálculo en varias variables. Ejercicios y problemas resueltos. Prentice Hall. De Burgos, J. (1996): Cálculo infinitesimal de una y varias variables. McGraw Hill Demidovich, D. (1978): Problemas y ejercicios de Análsis Matemático. Paraninfo. Flett, (1966): Mathematical Analysis. McGraw-Hill. Fuertes García, J.; Martínez Hernando, J. (1997): Problemas de cálculo infinitesimal. McGraw-Hill. González del Mazo, A (2005). Álgebra y cálculo. Librería Cervantes. Marsden, J.E.; Hoffman, M.J. (1998): Análisis clásico elemental. Addison Wesley. Marsden, J.E.; Tromba, A.J. (1991): Cálculo vectorial. Addison-Wesley Iberoamericana. Nikaido, H. (1968): Convex Structures and Economic Theory. Academic Press. Sydsaeter, K.; Hammond, P. (1996): Matemáticas para el análisis económico. Prentice Hall.

SOFTWARE ESPECÍFICO (se intentará que sea de acceso gratuito)

146

APPLIED ECONOMICS: PUBLIC ECONOMICS AND FISCAL SYSTEM (PUBLIC ECONOMICS AND FISCAL SYSTEM)

Course Details


Code (Código)

103808 Plan (Plan)

238 ECTS 6

Type (Carácter)

Basic (Básica)

Year (Curso)



Área (Área)




Course Staff


Pedro Calero Pérez


-



Área (Área)


Center (Centro)


Office (Despacho)



Monday: 10:00-12:00

URL Web -


Phone (Tlf.)

+34923294500 Extension: 1683

147

Objectives

In general terms, the objective is to know the precise importance of the public sector in the economy that might be seen as much in the amount of resources managed (around 45% of GDP) as in deep impact of the public regulations. In particular, the subject aims to study the theoretical rationale for the public sector acts into the economic system and the implications in order to choose the tools of such public intervention. The student is supposed to learn the main public expenditures programs, the regulatory setup and the design of the basic elements in the Spanish tax system. Syllabus

I. Introduction. The role of the public sector in the economy.

Lecture 1. The public intervention in the economy. The concept of public economics. Historic evolution of the role of the public sector: allocation of resources, income re-distribution and stabilization policy. Definition limits and measurement of the public sector. [AB, chap 1, 2 and 3 ACD chap. 1,2 and 8]. Lecture 2. Public choice. Voting rules and their limits. The behavior of bureaucracy. Public finances in democracies: politicians, political parties and voters. Lobbies and regulatory capture. [AB chap 3, ACD, chap. 4 y 5].

II. Public budget and expenditure

Lecture 3. The public budget. Definition and content of the public budget. Classic budgetary principles and their revision. The budget cycle. [AB chap. 4, ACD chaps 6 and 7]. Lecture 4. Public spending and efficiency. The theory of market failures and the role for public intervention. Economic regulation: objectives, tools and problems. Public corporations and efficiency. Public sector and competition. [AB, chap 5] Lecture 5. Public spending and equity. Merit goods: healthcare, education and housing. Income redistribution programs: pensions system and unemployment insurance. [AB, chap 6; ACD chap. 10].


Textbooks [AB] Bustos, Gisbert, A. (2011): Curso Básico de Hacienda Pública, ed. Colex. Madrid

Other references Albi Ibáñez, E.; C. Contreras; J. M. González-Páramo; I. Zubiri (2009): Economía Pública I. Fundamentos, Presupuesto y Gasto Público, Aspectos Macroeconómicos. Ariel Economía. Barcelona. Albi Ibáñez, E.; C. Contreras; J. M. González-Páramo; II. Zubiri (2009): Economía Pública II. Teoría de la Imposición. Sistema Impositivo. Otros Ingresos Públicos. Economía Pública Internacional. Ariel Economía. Barcelona Albi Ibáñez, E.; González-Paramo, J. M.; López Casanovas, G. (1997): Gestión

148

Pública: Fundamentos, Técnicas y Casos. Ariel. Barcelona. Álvarez, F.; J. F. Corona y A. Díaz (2007): Economía Pública. Una Introducción. Editorial Ariel Economía, Barcelona Costa, Mercè, et al. (2005): Teoría Básica de los Impuestos: Un Enfoque Económico. Ed. Thomson-Civitas, Madrid. 2ª edición. Rosen, H. S. (2007): Hacienda Pública. MacGraw Hill, Madrid.

149


Course Details


Code (Código)

103808 Plan (Plan)

238 ECTS 6

Type (Carácter)

Basic (Básica)

Year (Curso)



Área (Área)




Course Staff


Bernabé Calles Rodríguez


-



Área (Área)


Center (Centro)


Office (Despacho)



Group 1.-> Monday 11:45-12:15 Group 2.-> Wednesday: 17:00-17:30

URL Web -


Phone (Tlf.)

+34923294500 Extension: 3117

150

Objectives

The main goal of this subject is to get the students to learn about the economic environment around which firms and businesses develop in Spain from a historic, structural and institutional perspective. Applied economic policies are highlighted together with their effect over the real world so that students are able, on the one hand, to identify the main issues that shape Spanish economy performance and understand the initial conditions that have created recent changes in order to determine the fundamental challenges it presently faces. On the other hand, they should be capable to learn and handle the data sources and the literature so as to correctly analyze the Spanish economy drawing significant conclusions about it and interpreting the effects over firms and rest of economic agents’ activity. Syllabus

Part 1. Spanish economic growth and determinants

Lecture 1. Recent historic development and prospects about Spanish economy

Lecture 2. Factors of production: natural resources, population, capital formation and technical change and innovation

Part 2. Main Productive branches


Lecture 4. Manufacturing, energy and construction

Lecture 5. Services

Part 3. Institutions and income distribution

Lecture 6. The labor market

Lecture 7. Financial system and monetary policy

Lecture 8. The public sector

Lecture 9. The foreign sector and the integration in the European Union

Lecture 10. The income distribution: personal income distribution, factor income distribution and geographical income distribution.


Textbooks

151

Los textos que utilizaremos como manuales para la preparación de la asignatura son los siguientes:

GARCÍA DELGADO, J. L. y MYRO, R. (Directores): “Lecciones de Economía Española”; Thomson-Civitas; Cizur Menor (Navarra); 2011.

MARTÍN MAYORAL, F. (coordinador): “Manual de Economía Española. Teoría y estructura”; Pearson Educación, S.A.; Madrid; 2009.

Other references La bibliografía específica de cada tema así como los enlaces a distintos medios on-line, servidores estadísticos, prensa y revistas económicas, etc., será proporcionada a través de la plataforma “Studium” al iniciar su exposición

152

FISCAL LAW: FISCAL LAW (DERECHO TRIBUTARIO)

Course Details


Code (Código)

103809 Plan (Plan)

238 ECTS 3

Type (Carácter)


Year (Curso)



Área (Área)





153

STATISTICS AND ECONOMETRICS: STATISTICS I (ESTADÍSTICA I)

Course Details


Code (Código)

103810 Plan (Plan)

238 ECTS 3

Type (Carácter)


Year (Curso)



Área (Área)




Course Staff


Mercedes García Sánchez


Cristobal Rojas Montoya



Área (Área)


Center (Centro)


Office (Despacho)



-

URL Web -


Phone (Tlf.)

+34923294640 Ext. (Prof. García): 3514 Ext. (Prof. Rojas): 3158

154

Recommended background Basic knowledge of Algebra and Mathematical Analysis. Basic computing knowledge (Windows environment). Objectives

• Make the student capable of synthezising and analyzing population information and comparative analysis.

• Ability to apply statistical techniques for economic variables. • Ability to tabulate, graph and summarize economic data, and to interpret and evaluate

results. • Ability to identify contexts of uncertainty and to quantify it. • Ability to use statistical software.

Syllabus

BLOCK 1: DESCRIPTIVE STATÍSTICS - LESSON 1: Basic notions - LESSON 2: Univariate Distributions - LESSON 3: Bivariate Distributions - LESSON 4: Index numbers. BLOCK 2: PROBABILITY - LESSON 5: Basic probability concepts

. References

Basic references for the student - CAO ABAD, R y otros: Introducción a la Estadística y sus aplicaciones. Ed. Pirámide. - CASAS SÁNCHEZ, J.M. y SANTOS PEÑA, J.:Introducción a la Estadística para la



Economía y Administración de empresas. Ed. Pirámide - LIND y otros: Estadística aplicada a los negocios y a la Encomia. Ed. McGraw Hill. - MARTIN PLIEGO, F.J : Introducción a la estadística económica y empresarial (Teoría y

ejercicios). Ed. AC


Universidad Complutense de Madrid, 2001 (descargable de la página web

155

http://www.sisoft.ucm.es/Manuales/SPSSV10.pdf). - LIZASOAIN, L. y JOARISTI, L.: Gestión y análisis de datos con SPSS, versión 11,

Thomson - PEREZ, C.: Estadística aplicada a través de Excel. Ed. Pearson-Prentice Hall - PEREZ, C.: Técnicas estadísticas con SPSS: aplicaciones al análisis de datos. Ed


156

COMMERCIAL LAW: COMMERCIAL LAW (DERECHO MERCANTIL)

Course Details


Code (Código)

103811 Plan (Plan)

238 ECTS 3

Type (Carácter)

Basic (Básica)

Year (Curso)



Área (Área)

Derecho Mercantil


Derecho Privado


157


STATISTICS AND ECONOMETRICS: STATISTICS II

(ESTADÍSTICA II)

Course Details


Code (Código)

103812 Plan (Plan)

238 ECTS 6

Type (Carácter)

Basic (Básica)

Year (Curso)



Área (Área)




Course Staff


Rocío de Andrés Calle


-



Área (Área)


Center (Centro)


Office (Despacho)

215 (FES Building)


-

URL Web -


Phone (Tlf.)

+34923294640 Extension: 3514

158

Recommended background Basic knowledge of Algebra, Mathematical Analysis and Statistics I. Basic computing knowledge (Windows environment) Objectives

• Recognize the different uncertainty frameworks that originate the existing variety of probability distributions.

• Predict behavior and population characteristics based on a sample. • Ability to use statistical software.

Syllabus BLOCK 1: PROBABILITY

LESSON 1: Discrete probability distributions

LESSON 2: Continuous probability distributions

LESSON 3: Convergence of random variables

BLOCK 2: STATISTICAL INFERENCE

LESSON 4: Sampling and sampling distributions

LESSON 5: Point estimation

LESSON 6: Interval estimation

LESSON 7: Parametric hypothesis testing

LESSON 8: Non parametric hypothesis testing

References

Basic references for the student - CAO ABAD, R y otros: Introducción a la Estadística y sus aplicaciones. Ed Pirámide. - CASAS SÁNCHEZ, J.M. y SANTOS PEÑA, J.: Introducción a la Estadística para la



Economía y Administración de empresas. Ed. Pirámide - LIND y otros: Estadística aplicada a los negocios y a la Economía. Ed. McGraw Hill.


Universidad Complutense de Madrid (descargable de la página web http://www.sisoft.ucm.es/Manuales/SPSSV10.pdf).


159



160

ACCOUNTING: ANALYSIS OF ECONOMIC OPERATIONS (ANALISIS DE OPERACIONES ECONÓMICAS)

Course Details


Code (Código)

103813 Plan (Plan)

238 ECTS 6

Type (Carácter)


Year (Curso)



Área (Área)




Course Staff


M. Isabel González Bravo


Arjola Mecaj



Área (Área)


Center (Centro)


Office (Despacho)



-

URL Web http://web.usal.es/lola


Phone (Tlf.)

+34923294640 Extension (Prof. Gónzalez): 3007; Extension (Prof. Mecaj): 3134

161

Objectives

As general results of the learning, it is expected that students gain:

- Knowledge and application of the regulation about the financial reporting process in the national and international context.

- Knowledge and application of specific and adequate valuation criteria for the different economic operations of the company, in relation to the obligation and fiscal regulation.

Syllabus Chapter 1. The accounting context of the financial information Chapter 2. Accounting treatment of tangible fixed assets transactions Chapter 3. Accounting treatment of intangible assets transactions Chapter 4. Financial instruments 1: accounting treatment of financial assets transactions Chapter 5. Financial instruments 2: accounting treatment of financial liabilities transactions Chapter 6. Accounting treatment of inventories and trade transactions Chapter 7. Accounting treatment of transactions that affect the shareholders’ equity Chapter 8. The net profit of the activity: expenditures and revenues Chapter 9. Preparation of the Annual Accounts References (in Spanish)

Textbooks Real Decreto 1514/2007 Por el que se aprueba el Plan General de Contabilidad. Real Decreto 1515/2007 por el que se aprueba el Plan General de Contabilidad de Pequeñas y Medianas Empresas. Arquero Montaño, J.L. (y otros) (2008): Introducción a la contabilidad financiera. Ed. Pirámide. Gallego Díez, E y Vara y Vara, M (2008): Manuel Práctico de contabilidad Financiera. Ed. Pirámide. Wanden-Berghe Lozano, J.L (Coord) (2008): Contabilidad financiera. Nuevo Plan General de Contabilidad y de PYMES. Ed. Pirámide. Rejón López, M. (2008): Manual Práctico del Nuevo Plan Genral de Contabilidad 2008. Ed. Grupo Editorial Universitario. Sánchez Fernández de Valderrama, J.L (2008): Teoría y práctica de la contabilidad. Ed. Pirámide. Socías Salvá, Antonio y otros (2008): Contabilidad Financiara. El Plan General de Contabilidad de 2007. Ed. Pirámide. Wanden-Berghe Lozano, J.L (Coord) (2008): Contabilidad financiera. Nuevo Plan General de Contabilidad y de PYMES. Ed. Pirámide

Other references González Bravo e García Sánchez:(2010) Aplicación práctica del PGC/2008, Edición electrónica gratuita. Texto completo enwww.eumed.net/libros/2010d/767/

162

ECONOMIC THEORY: MICROECONOMICS I (MICROECONOMICS I)

Course Details


Code (Código)

103814 Plan (Plan)

238 ECTS 6

Type (Carácter)

Basic (Básica)

Year (Curso)



Área (Área)




Course Staff


Alfonso Bravo Juega


-



Área (Área)


Center (Centro)


Office (Despacho)

222 (FES Building)


Monday and Tuesday: 11h-14 h.

URL Web -


+34923294640 Extension: 3129

163

Objectives

The objective consists of analyzing choice problems of economic agents, mainly consumers and firms. These analyses will give to the students a good command of core concepts of economic theory, useful to understand a great variety of relevant economic problems. Syllabus 1. Cardinal Utility Theory. 2. Ordinal Utility Theory. 3. Consumer’s Optimization. 4. Types of Utility Functions. 5. Demand Functions. 6. Demand Elasticities. 7. Income and Substitution Effects 8. Demand and Indirect Utility: The Roy’s Identity 9. Compensated Demand and Minimum Expenditure Function. The Shephard’s Lemma. 10. Demands Functions and their relationships. 11. Welfare Analysis. 12. Revealed Preference Theory. 13. Cost of Living Indicators. 14. Production Theory. 15. Costs Theory. 16. Joint Production. 17. Costs Functions. References (in Spanish)

Textbooks Henderson, J.M. – Quandt, R.E., 1985. Teoría Microeconómica. Ariel Economía. Nicholson, W, 2006. Microeconomía Intermedia y Aplicaciones. Thompson Paraninfo. OECD, 2005. Proposed Guidelines for Collecting and Interpreting Technological Innovation Data. Oslo Manual. Paris. Third Edition. OECD, 2002. Proposed Standard Practice for Surveys of Research and Experimental Development. Frascati Manual. Paris. Sixth Edition.

Other references -

164

FINANCE: FINANCIAL VALUATION (VALORACIÓN FINANCIERA)

Course Details


Code (Código)

103815 Plan (Plan)

238 ECTS 6

Type (Carácter)


Year (Curso)



Área (Área)

Financial Economics and Accounting (Economía Financiera y Contabilidad)



Course Staff

Course Coordinator (Profesor Coordinador))

Alberto de Miguel Hidalgo

Other teachers: (Profesores con responsabilidad docente

Esther B. del Brío



Área (Área)


Center (Centro)


Office (Despacho)



Wednesday and Thursday: 11h-14h

URL Web http://diarium.usal.es/edelbrio


Phone (Tlf.)

+34923294500 Ext. (Prof. de Miguel): 3006 Ext. (Prof. del Brío): 3515

165

Requirements To have some basic knowledge on financial accounting, mathematics and statistics. Objectives

The main objective of the course is to explain the principles of financial valuation with special emphasis on the different elements that influence the financial valuation process. In particular, upon completion of the course, the student should be able to: • Understand what corporate finance is and the role of financial management in relation with the value of the firm. • Understand the ownership structure of the firm, how it interacts with the board of directors and the finance department to take financial decisions. • Understand the process that links financial decisions: financing, investment and dividends, and the objective that these decisions should pursue to achieve an efficient performance. • Identify the main responsibilities of the chief financial officer (CFO). • Understand the role of information as a basic element that links the company with capital markets and that allows investors to value a firm. • Understand the principles of financial valuation such as the importance of time for valuing cash flows and the effect of risk on value. • Understand the environment in which the valuation process takes place. • Understand the main characteristics and workings of efficient capital markets. • Understand the different models for financial valuation. Syllabus

1. Financial management and the main financial decisions 2. Structure and workings of financial markets 3. The theory of efficient capital markets 4. The portfolio or financial investment theory 5. The Capital Asset Pricing Model (CAPM) 6. The theory of financial asset valuation 7. The Arbitrage Pricing Theory (APT) 8. Valuing options and futures


Textbooks

Hull, J.C. (1996): Introducción a los mercados de futuros y opciones. Prentice Hall, Hemel Hempstead.

Miguel Hidalgo, A.: Las Decisiones de Inversión, Financiación y Dividendos en la Empresa. Universidad de Valladolid.Valladolid, 1990.

Sharpe, W.F.; Alexander, G.J. y Bailey, J.V. (1995): Investments. Prentice Hall International, New Jersey.

Suárez Suárez, A.S. (2005): Decisiones óptimas de inversión y financiación en la

166

empresa. Ediciones Pirámide, Madrid. Weston, J.F. y Copeland, J.F. Finanzas en Administración. McGrawHill, México, 1995.

Other references

García Gutiérrez, C y Otros: Casos Prácticos de Inversión y Financiación de la Empresa. Pirámide, Madrid, 1988.

Keown, A.J.; Petty, J.W.; Scott, D.F. y Martin, J.D. (1999): Introducción a las finanzas. La práctica y la lógica de la administración financiera. Prentice Hall, Madrid.

Martín Marín, J.L. y Trujillo Ponce, A. (2004): Manual de mercados financieros. Thomson, Madrid. Páginas web oficiales: www.cnmv.es www.bolsasymercados.com www.meff.es Prensa financiera:

http://www.eleconomista.es http://www.ft.com http://www.economist.com

167

BUSINESS ORGANIZATION: OPERATIONS MANAGEMENT (DIRECCIÓN DE OPERACIONES)

Course Details


Code (Código)

103816 Plan (Plan)

238 ECTS 6

Type (Carácter)


Year (Curso)



Área (Área)




Course Staff


Javier González Benito


Roberto Sánchez Gómez



Área (Área)


Center (Centro)


Office (Despacho)

116 (FES Building)


-

URL Web -


Phone (Tlf.)

+34923294640 Ext. (Prof. González): 3002 Ext. (Prof. Sánchez): 3329

168

Objectives

This subject introduces the main structural and infrastructural decisions that must be made to configure, plan and control the operations function of a company. The students will be able to identify the different alternatives for each decision and the potential implications of each of such alternatives. Syllabus 1. The operations subsystem of the company: objectives and decisions PART I: Operations design 2. Product design 3. Process design: Facility dimension and long-term capacity 4. Process design: Facility location 5. Process design: Plant Layout 6. Process design: Technology 7. Process design: Job design and organization PART II: Operations planning and control 8. Basic concepts of planning and control 9. Push systems: materials requirement planning 10. Pull systems: Just-in-time 11. Logistics and supply chain management 12. Quality management References (in Spanish)

Textbooks Chase, R.B., Jacobs, F.R. y Aquilano, N.J. (2009): Administración de producción y operaciones, 12ª edición, McGraw-Hill Davis, M.M., Aquilano, N.J. y Chase, R.B. (2001): Fundamentos de dirección de operaciones, 3ª edición, McGraw-Hill Fernandez, E., Avella, L. y Fernández, M. (2006): Estrategia de producción, 2ª edición, McGraw Hill, Madrid. Gaither, N. y Frazier, G. (2000): Administración de producción y operaciones, 4ª edición, Thompson Heizer, J. y Render, B. (2001a): Dirección de la Producción: Decisiones Estratégicas, 6ª edición, Prentice Hall, Madrid. Heizer, J. y Render, B. (2001b): Dirección de la Producción: Decisiones Tácticas, 6ª edición,, Prentice Hall, Madrid. Krajewski, L.J. y Ritzman, L.P. (2000): Administración de Operaciones, 5ª edición, Prentice Hall Machuca, J.A.D., Álvarez, M., García, S., Domínguez, M. y Ruiz, A. (1995a): Dirección de Operaciones: Aspectos Estratégicos en la Producción y los Servicios, McGraw-Hill, Madrid. Machuca, J.A.D., García, S., Domínguez, M., Ruiz, A. Y Álvarez, M. (1995b): Dirección de Operaciones: Aspectos Tácticos y Operativos en la Producción y los Servicios, McGraw-Hill, Madrid.

169

Miranda, F.J., Rubio, S., Chamorro, A. y Bañegil, T.M. (2005): Manual de Dirección de Operaciones, Thomson

Other references Alfalla Luque, R., García Sánchez, M.R., Garrido Vega, P., González Zamora, M.M. y Sacristán Díaz, M. (2008): Introducción a la Dirección de Operaciones Táctico-Operativa: Un enfoque práctico”, Delta Publicaciones, Madrid. Fernández, E. y Vázquez, C. (1994): Dirección de la Producción II: Métodos Operativos, Cívitas, Madrid. Sánchez Gómez, Roberto y González Benito, Javier (2012): Administración de empresas: Objetivos y decisiones, McGraw-Hill, Madrid. (ISBN: 8448183088-9788448183080). Slack, N., Chambers, S., Harland, C., Harrison, A. y Johnston, R. (1998): Operations Management, 2nd edition, Pitman Publishing, Londres

170


ECONOMIC THEORY: MACROECONOMICS

(MACROECONOMÍA)

Course Details


Code (Código)

103817 Plan (Plan)

238 ECTS 6

Type (Carácter)

Basic (Básica)

Year (Curso)



Área (Área)




Course Staff


CARLOS SÁNCHEZ VACAS


ISABEL GARCIA MARTIN



Área (Área)


Center (Centro)


Office (Despacho)




URL Web -


Phone (Tlf.)

+34923294640 Extension (Prof. Sánchez): 3511 Extension (Prof. García): 3529

171

Recommended Background It is highly recommended to have a good command of Introduction to Economics and Mathematical Analysis, but it is not strictly mandatory. Objectives

The main objective consists of providing to students a clear understanding of the basic macroeconomic concepts and the main macroeconomic relationships according to simple models and their empirical evidence. Syllabus 1. Introduction. 2. The Aggregate Demand. 3. The Aggregate Supply. 4. Inflation and Unemployment. 5. Money Demand and Supply, and Monetary Policy. 6. The Aggregate Demand in an Open Economy References (in Spanish)

Textbooks

Abel, Andrew, B. y Bernanke, Bens,S.: Macroeconomía, Ed. Pearson Dornbusch, R/ Ficher, S.:Macroeconomía, Ed. Mcgraw- Hill Gamez, C, Mochon, F.: Macroeconomía, Ed. Mcgraw- Hill Krugman, P./ Wells, R.: Introducción a la Macroeconomía, Ed. Reverté. Blanco,J,M.:Economía, Teoría y Práctica, Ed McGraw-Hill Barreiro,F./Labeaga,J.M./Mochon,.F. Macroeconomia, Ed. McGraw-Hill


172

ACCOUNTING: INTERNAL ACCOUNTING INFORMATION SYSTEMS (SISTEMAS DE INFORMACIÓN CONTABLE INTERNOS)

Course Details


Code (Código)

103818 Plan (Plan)

238 ECTS 6

Type (Carácter)


Year (Curso)



Área (Área)




Course Staff


ISABEL GALLEGO ÁLVAREZ


MIGUEL ÁNGEL HERNÁNDEZ



Área (Área)


Center (Centro)


Office (Despacho)



ISABEL GALLEGO ÁLVAREZ.-> Thuesday: 11h-12h MIGUEL ÁNGEL HERNÁNDEZ.-> Thuesday: 19:30-20:30

URL Web http://web.usal.es/~igallego/


Phone (Tlf.)

+34923294640

173

Objectives

The main objective of this subject is to train students in the fundamentals and basic concepts of Internal or Cost Accounting, as well as in the process and methods for recording and reporting internal accounting information. In particular, students will learn all about accounting operations in relation to the internal transactions typically carried out in the business context. Additionally, students will develop certain skills that will allow them to know how the information provided in this subject is related to other subject matter in the business world. Syllabus Unit 1. Cost systems and basic concepts. Unit 2. Circulation of costs in the firm: Stages of cost analysis. Unit 3. Criteria for classifying and aggregating costs. Unit 4. Costs by products and costs by centres. Unit 5. Management and assessment of materials. Unit 6. Determining labour costs. Unit 7. Costs of fixed assets. Unit 8. Distribution of indirect costs. Unit 9. Models in cost analysis. Unit 10.Standardization in the internal context. References (in Spanish)

Textbooks Aranda, A. (2003): Contabilidad Analítica. Ed. Síntesis. Álvarez-Dardet, Mª C. (2009): Contabilidad de gestión. Cálculo de costes. Ed. Pirámide. García, X., y Martín, F. (2003): Casos prácticos de costes, Universidad de Barcelona, Barcelona. Hernando, G. (2006): Contabilidad de costes. Determinación, análisis y control, TGD, Santander. Iruretagoyena, M.T. (2003): Contabilidad de costes. Ed. Pirámide. Martín, F., y Ros, J. (2003): Costes: contabilidad y gestión, Centro de Estudios Financieros. Madrid. Requena, J.M., y Vera, S. (2006): Contabilidad interna (Contabilidad de costes y de gestión), Ariel, Barcelona. Rocafort, A., y Ferrer. V. (2008): Contabilidad de costes: fundamentos y ejercicios resueltos, ACCID

Other references http://web.usal.es/~igallego/ Studium

174

FINANCE: FINANCIAL MANAGEMENT OF WORKING CAPITAL (GESTIÓN FINANCIERA DEL CIRCULANTE)

Course Details


Code (Código)

103819 Plan (Plan)

238 ECTS 6

Type (Carácter)


Year (Curso)



Área (Área)




Course Staff

Course Coordinator (Profesor Coordinador))

ISABEL MATEOS RUBIO

Other teachers: (Profesores con responsabilidad docente

JULIO PINDADO GARCIA



Área (Área)


Center (Centro)


Office (Despacho)



Contact via email

URL Web -


Phone (Tlf.)

+34923294500 Ext. (Prof. Mateos): 3004 Ext. (Prof. Pindado): 3006

175

Requirements Having previous knowledge of financial valuation. Objectives

The main objective is that the student understands, identifies and is able to economically quantify all dimensions related with managing working capital inside the company. The student should acquire the capabilities that are necessary to decide on issues associated with the management of liquid assets, the credit policy of the company, short-term financing and stock management. The student should also learn how to negotiate with financial institutions. Syllabus Chapter 1. Introduction to financial management of working capital Chapter 2. Sales management: conditions and trade credit policy Chapter 3. Sales management: payments and cash control Chapter 4. Suppliers and stock management Chapter 5. Short-term financing Chapter 6. Banking relationships Chapter 7. Cash holdings Chapter 8. Models to manage cash holdings References (in Spanish)

Textbooks Pindado, J. (Dir) (2011): Finanzas Empresariales. Ed. Thomson.

Other references Arroyo, A.M. y otros (1996): Doscientos Ejercicios Resueltos de Dirección Financiera. Ed.

Deusto Bachiller, A. y Lafuente, V. (1987): Gestión Económico-Financiera del Circulante. Ed. Pirámide. Brealey, R.A., Myers, S.C. y Marcus, A.J. (2004): Fundamentos de finanzas corporativas. 4ª

edición, McGraw-Hill, Boston. Cantalapiedra, M. (2004): Como Gestionan la Relación de su Empresa con los Bancos. FC

Editorial. Delgado, J. I. (2000): Manual Práctico de Gestión de Tesorería de Empresas. Díaz Santos.

Madrid.

176

Hill, N. y Sartoris W. (1995): Short- Term Financial Management. Text and Cases. Prentice-Hall.

Hillier, D.; Ross, S.; Westerfield, R., Jaffe, J. y Jordan, B.(2010): Corporate finance. European Edition, McGraw-Hill.

López Martinez, F.J. (1990): Manual del Cash Management, Ediciones Deusto. Martín, M. y Martínez, P. (2000): Casos Prácticos de Dirección Financiera. Ed. Pirámide Miguel, A. y Pindado, J. (1995): “Propuesta de un orden de prioridad de la financiación del

circulante y evidencia empírica”. Análisis Financiero, nº 65, pp. 80-88. Parra, F. (2005): Gestión de stocks. ESIC Editorial, Madrid. Pindado, J. (2001): Gestión de Tesorería en la Empresa: Teoría y Aplicaciones Prácticas.

Ediciones Universidad de Salamanca. Salamanca. Rodríguez, A. e Iturralde, T. (2008); Modelización Financiera Aplicada: Modelos de

Planificación Financiera con Excel. Delta Publicaciones. Ross, S. A.; Westerfield, R. W. y Jaffe, J. F. (2000): Finanzas Corporativas. McGraw-Hill.

México. Sage – Varios Autores (2009): Gestión del Circulante. Bases Conceptuales y Aplicaciones

Prácticas. Ed. Profit. Barcelona Santomá, J. (2000): Gestión de Tesorería. Ed. Gestión 2000. Barcelona Santandreu, E. y Santandreu, P. (2000): Manual de Finanzas. Ed. Gestión 2000. Barcelona Scherr, F. (1989): Modern Working Capital Management. Text and Cases. Prentice Hall. Suarez, A. S. (2003): Decisiones Óptimas de Inversión y Financiación en la Empresa. Ed.

Pirámide, Madrid. Teba, J. y Ruiz, R. (2000): Inversión en Circulante: Análisis Económico y Financiero.

Supuestos Resueltos. Universidad de Sevilla. Sevilla. Tomás, J.; Amat, O. y Esteve, M. (1999): Cómo Analizan las Entidades Financieras a sus

Clientes. Gestión 2000. Tomas, J. y Batlle, E. (2008): Cómo Prevenir la Morosidad. Gestión 2000. Torre, L.J. (Coord) (1997): Manual de Tesorería. Instituto Superior de Técnicas y Prácticas

Bancarias. Tovar Jiménez, J. (1999): “Análisis y selección de fuentes de financiación operativa”, en Casos Prácticos de Finanzas. Centro de Estudios Financieros, Madrid.

Recommended texts: Barriocanal Muñoz, M. (2012): “Como tomar decisiones eficaces de cobro sin perder

clientes”, Estrategia Financiera, nº 290, pp. 39-43 Boronat Ombuena, G. J. (2009): “La relación entidades financieras-empresas en crisis: nuevo

esquema de negociación”, Estrategia Financiera, nº 265-266. Boronat Ombuena, G. J. (2010): “Negociación, riesgo, costes y financiación: las relaciones

con las entidades financieras”, Estrategia Financiera, nº 273, pp. 14-29. Boronat Ombuena, G. J. (2012): “Los efectos económicos y financieros de la morosidad en la

empresa”, Estrategia Financiera, nº 290. Calleja, J. L. (2003): “El fondo de maniobra y las necesidades operativas de fondos”, IE

Business School, Madrid. Candelario, I. (2000): “Comparación entre factoring y el seguro de crédito ante la situación de

insolvencia”, Revista Española de Seguros, nº 104, pp. 771-823. Cantalapiedra, M. (2006): “Claves para optimizar la gestión de stocks”, Estrategia Financiera,

nº 230, pp. 12-18. Cantalapiedra, M. (2006(: “Las claves del descuento comercial”, Estrategia Financiera, nº

233, pp. 20-24. Cantalapiedra, M. (2012): “Herramientas externas de gestión de la morosidad”, Estrategia

Financiera, nº 290. Cortes Ibañez, E. (2011): “El descuento pronto pago: cómo, cuándo y por qué?”, Estrategia

177

Financiera, nº 283, pp. 20-25. Cortes Ibañez, E. (2011): “Señales de alerta para prevenir la morosidad”, Estrategia

Financiera, nº 285, pp. 14-19. Creus Olgado, C. y Prieto Valero, B. (2011): “Cuadro de mandos de tesorería: previsiones,

presupuesto y medición de riesgos”, Estrategia Financiera, nº 281, pp. 42-45 Cuevas de Miguel, J. C. (2007): “Cómo manejar las claves para gestionar la relación

bancaria”, Estrategia Financiera, nº 240, pp. 54-59. Espejo- Saavedra, J.L y Ortega Verdejo, F. J. (2005): “Como negociar líneas de descuento y

anticipo de crédito”, Estrategia Financiera, nº 218, pp. 26-32. Faus, J. (1996): “Análisis del circulante en la empresa”, Finanzas y Contabilidad, nº 10, pp.

49-56. Fernández, P. (1998): “Cash-flow y beneficio”, IEEM Revista de Antiguos Alumnos, pp. 42-46 Fernández Pascual, A (1999): “La gestión de la tesorería día a día. Un modelo probabilístico

basado en el nivel suficiente de tesoreria”, Actualidad Financiera, vol. 4, nº 11, pp. 83-101.

Fernández Pascual, A (2000): “El tratamiento de la incertidumbre en las previsiones de tesorería”, Actualidad Financiera, nº 9, Septiembre, pp. 47-62.

Jiménez Rodríguez, J. I. (2009): “Gestión del riesgo a clientes, qué información necesito?”, Estrategia Financiera, nº 265.

Lafuente Robledo, M. y Soto Álvarez, J. M. (1998): “Descuento comercial: efecto de las comisiones sobre la TAE”, Actualidad Financiera, nº 9, pp. 43-50.

López Berrocal, F.J. (1997): “El crédito a clientes: Un activo o un riesgo?, Finanzas y Contabilidad, nº 19, pp. 38-43.

López Sánchez, F. (2011): “El descuento comercial, una práctica sujeta a revisión”, Harvard Deusto Business Finanzas & Contabilidad, pp. 70-80.

Martínez, P. (1998): “El confirming”, Finanzas y Contabilidad, nº 24, pp. 30-34. Merino, R. y Palao, J. (2010): “Gestión del cash-flow en entornos de falta de liquidez”,

Harvard Deusto Finanzas & Contabilidad, pp. 20-30. Miguel Hidalgo, A. de y Pindado, J.(1995): “Propuesta de un orden de prioridad en la

financiación del circulante y evidencia empírica”. Análisis Financiero, nº 65, pp. 80-88. Milla, A. (2003): “Las necesidades operativas de fondos y el fondo de maniobra”, Harvard

Deusto Finanzas & Contabilidad, nº 52 pp. 50-56. Mora, M.; Giner, Y.; Muriel, M.J. y Toledano, J. (2001): “Repercusiones de las malas

prácticas bancarias en las pequeñas y medianas empresas”, Actualidad Financiera, vol. 6, nº 10, pp. 27-34.

Nuñez Monedero, T. (2009): “La gestión eficaz de la tesorería: mejorar la gestión de la liquidez y la eficiencia de los procesos”, Harvard Deusto Finanzas & Contabilidad, pp. 15-24.

Ortega Verdugo, F. J. (2011): “Problemas de liquidez: señales de alerta y medidas paliativas”, Estrategia Financiera, nº 284.

Pestaña, R. (2000): “La financiación empresarial”, Actualidad Financiera, 1, monográfico, pp. 73-81.

Pindado, J. (1995): "Un análisis del proceso de creación de los flujos de caja". Actualidad Financiera. Nº 16, (abril), pp. C-627-C-639.

San José Sanz, L. (2007): “Técnicas de gestión de la liquidez: un reto en las empresas”, Estrategia Financiera, nº 242, pp. 38-42.

Sarasa Rodríguez, M. E. (2011): “Confirming: por qué ahora?”, Estrategia Financiera, nº 284, pp. 30-33.

Trias y Capella, R. (2011): “En qué piensa un banco cuando otorga un crédito?”, Estrategia Financiera, nº 287, pp. 42-47.

Vaca de Osuna, M. y Hernández Barreiro, M. D. (2009): “La gestión integral del riesgo, clave en el contexto económico actual”, Estrategia Financiera, nº 89, pp. 16-28.

178

MARKETING: INTRODUCTION TO MARKETING (FUNDAMENTOS DE COMERCIALIZACIÓN)

Course Details


Code (Código)

103820 Plan (Plan)

238 ECTS 6

Type (Carácter)


Year (Curso)



Área (Área)




Course Staff


Rosa M. Hernández Maestro


Álvaro Garrido Morgado



Área (Área)


Center (Centro)


Office (Despacho)



-

URL Web -


Phone (Tlf.)

+34923294640 Ext. (Prof. Hernández): 3124 Ext. (Prof. Garrido): 3202

179

Objectives

The course is intended to introduce the students to Marketing. In particular, the student should identify relevant information and decisions and be able to structure them as a Marketing Plan. Syllabus - What is marketing? - Strategic marketing - Environmental analysis - Market research - Consumer behaviour - Organisational buying bahaviour - Market segmentation Important note: The student should have substantial knowledge regarding mathematics (e.g. equations systems). There is no chance of changing exam dates. References (in Spanish)

Textbooks Manual básico de referencia: Armstrong, G. y otros (2011): Introducción al marketing. Tercera edición, Prentice Hall. Otros manuales: Kotler, P. y otros (2000): Introducción al marketing. Segunda edición europea, Prentice Hall. Kotler, P. y otros (2006): Dirección de marketing. 12ª edición, Prentice Hall. Sainz de Vicuña, Jose María (2005): El plan de marketing en la práctica. 9ª edición, ESIC. Santesmases Mestre, M. (2004): Marketing. Conceptos y estrategias. 5ª edición, Pirámide. Vazquez Casielles, R. y otros (2005): Marketing: Estrategias y aplicaciones sectoriales. 4ª edición, Civitas.

Other references -

180

BUSINESS ORGANIZATION: ORGANIZATION DESIGN (DISEÑO ORGANIZATIVO)

Course Details


Code (Código)

103821 Plan (Plan)

238 ECTS 6

Type (Carácter)


Year (Curso)



Área (Área)




Course Staff


José Ignacio Galán Zazo


Inmaculada Vicente



Área (Área)


Center (Centro)


Office (Despacho)

108 (FES Building)


-

URL Web http://web.usal.es/~jigalan/


+34923294640

181

Objectives

The purpose of this subject is to provide the student with the basic skills and knowledge concerning organizational design in order to guarantee him/her a solid education, focusing on the importance of entrepreneurship spirit, leadership, teamwork and ethical behaviour. Syllabus Part I. Basic concepts 1. Introduction to organizational design

1. Organizations and organization studies 2. Architecture and organizational behaviour 3. Organizational design process

2. Key concepts in relation to organizational design

1. The concept of efficacy 2. The concept of fit 3. The concept of complementarity 4. Decision theory 5. The teamwork problem and the value of information

3. The economic problem: a problem of organization

1. The nature of the economic problem 2. The market as a model of organization 3. Economic organizations 4. Specialization and exchange

Part II. Theoretical fundamentals 4. Organization theory

1. Classic views 2. Modern views 3. Post-modern views 4. The evolution of organization theory: a synthesis

5. The theory of the firm

1. The neoclassical theory of the firm 2. Transaction cost theory 3. Agency theory 4. Evolutionary economics 5. Main paradigms in the study of the firm: a synthesis

Part III. Design instruments 6. Coordination

1. Galbraith’s coordination mechanisms 2. Mintzberg’s coordination mechanisms 3. Milgrom and Roberts’ coordination mechanisms 4. Transfer prices

7. Motivation and incentives

1. Preliminary concepts 2. A general model of payment 3. Principles of incentive-based payment systems 4. Types of payment systems 5. Team technologies and incentives

182

Part IV. Organizational forms and strategic context 8. Organizational forms

1. The real evolution of organizational forms 2. The evolution of organizational form theory 3. The M-form 4. Towards the network form of the firm 5. New organizational models 6. Organizational designs focused on growth

9. Strategy and structure

1. Introduction 2. Organizational benefits and costs derived from the EER relationship 3. A model on the relationship between structure, strategy and results

Part V. Corporate social responsability and organizational design 10. Corporate social responsability and organizational design

1. Ethical principles for corporate government 2. Main measures and indicators of corporate social responsability 3. Organizational structure of the corporate social responsability 4. Impact of the corporate social responsability on efficiency, competitiveness and value

creation References (in Spanish)

Textbooks Galán Zazo, I. (2006). Diseño organizativo, Madrid: Thompson.

Other references

‐ Building the flexible firm : how to remain competitive / Henk W. Volberda.. -- Oxford : Oxford University, 1998

‐ Competing by design : the power of organizational architecture / David A. Nadler and Michael L. Tushman with Mark B. Nadler.. -- New York ; Oxford : Oxford University Press, 1997

‐ Diseño organizativo de la empresa / Juan Manuel de la Fuente Sabaté... [et al.]. -- Madrid : Civitas, 2000

‐ Economía de la empresa : decisiones y organización / Vicente Salas Fumás.. -- Barcelona : Ariel, 1987

‐ Economía, organización y gestión de la empresa / Paul Milgrom y John Roberts ; [traducción de Ernesto Jimeno]; Glosario: p. [703]-718.. -- Barcelona : Ariel, 1993

‐ For positivist organization theory : proving the hard core / Lex Donaldson.. -- London etc. : Sage, 1996

‐ La estructuración de las organizaciones / Henry Minzberg ; traducción de Deborah Bonner y Javier Nieto ; asesor Javier Nieto.. -- Barcelona : Ariel, 1999

‐ L'empresa : anàlisi econòmica / A. Serra i Ramoneda.. -- Bellatera,Barcelona : Publicacions de la Universitat Autònoma de Barcelona, 1993

‐ Managerial economics and organizational architecture / James A. Brickey, Clifford W.

183

Smith, Jerold L. Zimmerman.. -- Chicago etc. : Irwin, 1997

‐ Networks and organizations : structure, form, and action / edited by Nitin Nohria andRobert G. Eccles.. -- Boston : Harvard Business School Press, 1992

‐ Organization theory and design / Richard L. Daft.; XXI, 602 p : il. -- St. Paul, etc. :West Publishing Company, 1989

‐ Organizational theory : tex and cases / Gareth R. Jones.. -- Reading, Massachusetts :Addison - Wesley, 1995

‐ Teoría contractual de la empresa / Benito Arruñada. -- Madrid ; Barcelona : MarcialPons,Ediciones Jurídicas y Sociales, 1998

‐ The individualized corporation : a fundamentaly new approach to management /Sumantra Ghoshal and Christopher A. Bartlett.. -- London : William Heinemann, 1999

184


BUSINESS ORGANIZATION: STRATEGIC MANAGEMENT

(DIRECCIÓN ESTRATÉGICA)

Course Details


Code (Código)

103822 Plan (Plan)

238 ECTS 6

Type (Carácter)


Year (Curso)



Área (Área)




Course Staff

Course Coordinator

Jorge Matías Pereda


Juan David Arranz



Area (Área)


Center (Centro)


Office (Despacho)

101 (FES Building)



E-mail [email protected] Teléfono 3524

185

Objectives

The general objectives of the course are: • Understanding the nature of business strategy and the mechanisms that support the businesssurvival at the industry in which the business competes. • Seeking to understand and implement key strategic analytical tools.• Gain an overview of the business that integrates the knowledge and skills developed throughoutfunctional specialization and highlighting the need for internal consistency both horizontally, between business departments, and vertically, between different levels of analysis (corporate, competitive and functional). • The development of analytical skills that allow the student understand particular situations, forexample, the opportunities, threats, strengths and weaknesses involved, the competitive advantages and disadvantages needed to formulate and implement different strategies, etc. Also, of particular interest, is the development of critical and teamwork skills to analyze in depth case studies.

Syllabus

The fundamental objective is to give a glimpse over the strategic management process within the business, which allows firms to analyze the industry in which they compete and follow a feasible strategic option. Given the increasing complexity in which the firms are immersed today, It is important to highlight the impact of the environment and the role played by internal resources and capabilities. To do so, we will study the following lessons: Lesson 1. The strategic management process: Levels of strategy and decision-making. Lesson 2. Corporate governance: Goal setting in business and corporate social responsibility. Lesson 3. External analysis of the company: The general environment and competitive forces. Lesson 4. Internal analysis of the firm: The role of resources and capabilities. Types of resources and capabilities and its value to generate rents. Lesson 5. Generic competitive strategies: Cost leadership and differentiation. Lesson 6. Lifecycle sector: Strategies and stages.

References

Textbooks

Grant, R. M. (2006): Dirección estratégica: Conceptos, técnicas y aplicaciones, 2ª ed. Cívitas,

Madrid.

Navas López , J.L. y L. A. Guerras Martín (2007): Dirección Estratégica de la empresa. Teoría y Aplicaciones, Cívitas, 4ª ed., Madrid. http://www.guerrasynavas.com/

i. ------

Fernández, E. (2005): Dirección Estratégica de la Empresa. Fundamentos y puesta en práctica,

Delta Publicaciones, Madrid.

Hill, Ch. y Jones (2005): Administración estratégica . Un enfoque integrado. McGraw Hill, 6ª ed.,

México.

186

Hitt, M.a.; Ireland, D. y Hoskisson, R.E. (1999): Administración Estratégica. Conceptos,

Competitividad y Globalización, Thomson Paraninfo, Madrid.

Johnson, G. y Scholes, K. y Whittington, R. (2006): Dirección Estratégica, Prentice Hall, 7ª ed.,

Madrid.

Sánchez Gómez, R. y González Benito, J. (2012): Administración de empresas: Objetivos y decisiones, McGraw-Hill, Madrid.

Ventura Victoria, J. (2008): Análisis estratégico de la empresa, Paraninfo, Madrid.

187

ACCOUNTING: FINANCIAL STATEMENTS ANALYSIS (ANÁLISIS DE ESTADOS FINANCIEROS)

Course Details


Code (Código)

103823 Plan (Plan)

238 ECTS 6

Type (Carácter)


Year (Curso)



Área (Área)




Course Staff


José Manuel Prado Lorenzo


Doroteo Martín Jimenez



Área (Área)


Center (Centro)


Office (Despacho)



-

URL Web -


Phone (Tlf.)

+34923294640 Extension (Prof. Prado): 3001 Extension (Prof. Martín): 3007

188

Objectives

LEARNING OUTCOMES

1. Understand the compulsory and voluntary financial information disclosed by corporations

2. Identify the logic behind the process of analysis and interpretation of the financial

information revealed

3. Discuss the main contents of the annual report, obtaining conclusions to take investment and credit decisions

4. Explain the features of the main techniques applied to the analysis of corporate

information

5. Analyse the correlation and balance between the financial resources used by the companies and the investments made, both in the short term and the long term, from a static and a dynamic perspective

6. Interpret the equilibrium between investments and financing funds

7. Appreciate the importance of the main accounting ratios

8. Calculate the main accounting ratios and explain their significance

9. Explain the activity of the firm and assess its performance through the analysis of

profitability, risk, costs and productivity

10. Identify the main strengths and weaknesses of the firm compared to its competitors (sector)

11. Plan and implement overall reports about the economic and financial situation

12. Know the different methods of business valuation

Syllabus Unit 1. Corporate management from the accounting perspective. Reporting environment and nature and purpose of financial reporting. Unit 2. Analysis of the Balance Sheet in the short term. Analysing Investing Activities and Financing Activities. Unit 3. Analysis of the Activity. Return on Invested Capital and Profitability. Unit 4. Analysis of Cash Flow and Changes in Shareholder’s Equity. Unit 5. Financial analysis of current activities. Liquidity and short-term solvency. Unit 6. Analysis of the long-term financial structure. Long-term solvency. Unit 7. Business valuation

189


Textbooks Archel, P. Lizarraga Dallo, F. y Sánchez Alegría, S: Estados contables. Elaboración, análisis e interpretación.. Edita: Piramide 2008. Rojo Ramírez A. Las Cuentas Anuales en la Empresa. Alfonso A.. Edita: Garceta 2012 Rojo Ramírez, A. Análisis Económico-Financiero de la empresa. Un análisis desde los datos contables Edita: Garceta 2011 MARTINEZ GARCIA, F. J. y SOMOHANO RODRÍGUEZ: Análisis de estados contables. Comentarios y Ejercicios (incluye CDROM), Ed. Pirámide.Madrid, 2002. RIVERO TORRE, P.: Análisis de Balances y Estados Complementarios, Ed. Pirámide, Madrid, 2002. AMAT, O. Análisis de estados financieros. Fundamentos y aplicaciones. Gestión 2000 Ediciones S.A. 2002. AMAT, O.: Análisis de estados financieros. Fundamentos y aplicaciones. Con casos y ejercicios resueltos y cuestionarios de autoevaluación. 6ª.

edic. Ed. Gestión 2000, Barcelona, 2000.

Other references -

190

FINANCE: CORPORATE FINANCE I (DIRECCIÓN FINANCIERA I)

Course Details


Code (Código)

103824 Plan (Plan)

238 ECTS 6

Type (Carácter)


Year (Curso)



Área (Área)




Course Staff


Julio Pindado García Groups A y B


Javier Pérez Payno Groups A y B



Área (Área)


Center (Centro)


Office (Despacho)



-

URL Web www.usal.es/catedraef


Phone (Tlf.)

+34923294763

191

Requirements Previous knowledge of statistics and financial valuation. Objectives

The student must learn to identify, estimate their magnitude and assess corporate investment projects. Syllabus

CHAPTER 1 THE INVESTMENT PROCESS INSIDE THE COMPANY

CHAPTER 2 ASSESSING INVESTMENT PROJECTS IN A CERTAIN ENVIRONMENT

CHAPTER 3 ESTIMATING CASH FLOWS OF INVESTMENT PROJECTS

CHAPTER 4 SPECIAL CASES IN THE ANALYSIS OF INVESTMENT PROJECTS

CHAPTER 5 CONSIDERING UNCERTAINTY IN THE VALUATION OF INVESTMENT PROJECTS

CHAPTER 6

SEQUENTIAL INVESTMENT DECISIONS AND REAL OPTIONS References (in Spanish)

Textbooks Pindado, J. (director) (2012): Finanzas empresariales. Ediciones Paraninfo. Madrid.

Other references -

192

MARKETING: MARKETING RESEARCH (INVESTIGACIÓN DE MERCADOS)

Course Details


Code (Código)

103825 Plan (Plan)

238 ECTS 6

Type (Carácter)


Year (Curso)



Área (Área)




Course Staff


ÓSCAR GONZÁLEZ BENITO


MERCEDES MARTOS PARTAL



Área (Área)


Center (Centro)


Office (Despacho)



-

URL Web -


Phone (Tlf.)

+34923294640 Ext. (Prof. González): 3008 Ext. (Prof. Martos): 3124

193

Objectives

The course is intended to introduce students to the main procedures and techniques designed to assess, collect and analyze information necessary for making marketing decisions, so they know their characteristics, applications and implications, and are able to assess their convenience and apply them correctly. Syllabus - Introduction to marketing research. - Secondary data. - Qualitative techniques for collecting primary data. - Quantitative techniques for collecting primary data. - Questionnaire design. - Measures and scales. - Sampling. - Experimentation. - Basic techniques for analyzing market data. References (in Spanish)

Textbooks Kinnear, T.C. y Taylor, J.R. (1998): Investigación de Mercados. Un enfoque aplicado, 5ª edición, McGraw-Hill, Santafé de Bogotá. Malhotra, N.K. (2004): Investigación de Mercados: Un Enfoque Aplicado, 4ª edición, Pearson Education, México. Trespalacios, J.A.; Vázquez, R. y Bello, L. (2005): Investigación de Mercados. Métodos de recogida y análisis de la información para la toma de decisiones en marketing, Thomson, Madrid. Brodie, R. J. y Danaher, P. J. (2000): “Building models for marketing decisions: Improving empirical procedures” International Journal of Research in Marketing, 17 (2/3), 135-139. Hanssens, D.; Leeflang, P.S.H. and Wittink, D.R (2005): “Market Response Models and Marketing Practice”, Applied Stochastic Models in Business and Industry, 21, 423-434. Leeflang, P.S.H. and Wittink, D.R (2000): “Building Models for Marketing Decisions: Past, Present and Future”, International Journal of Research in Marketing, 17, 2-3, 105-126. La bibliografía por áreas temáticas del programa se aportará con cada tema.

Other references Se añadirán a lo largo del desarrollo de la asignatura según necesidades docentes.

194

STATISTICS AND ECONOMETRICS: ECONOMETRICS (ECONOMETRÍA)

Course Details


Code (Código)

103826 Plan (Plan)

238 ECTS 6

Type (Carácter)


Year (Curso)



Área (Área)




Course Staff




Rebeca Jiménez Rodríguez



Área (Área)


Center (Centro)


Office (Despacho)



-

URL Web -


Phone (Tlf.)

+34923294640 Extension: 3514

195




Business C.E.O. Recommended background Basic knowledge of linear algebra, mathematical analysis, statistics and economics is required. It is, therefore, recommended to have passed previously courses on: Algebra, Mathematical Analysis, Statistics I, Statistics II, Microeconomics I and Macroeconomics. In addition, elementary computing knowledge is recommended.

Objectives

- Learning econometric methods for data analysis. Their application contributes to the creation of the necessary knowledge base for business decision making.

- To develop the student’s capability to choose among alternative techniques those most suited to the analysis in a specific context.

- Learn to apply the econometric methods studied in an empirical context, keeping a critical mind in evaluating uncertainty associated to the results.

- To develop the ability to evaluate the results of econometric analysis, starting to carry out empirical research to obtain such results.

- Establish a basis conducive to the capability to develop alternative econometric methods adapted to the empirical context at hand.

- Develop the ability to use econometric software. Syllabus

- The problem in Econometric Analysis - The econometric model - Properties of estimators. - Principles and properties of hypothesis testing - Factible econometric models.


196



Recommended reading. Problem sets, exercises and analysis Algebraic manipulation / theorem proofs.

References

Basic references for the student Hendry, D.F. y B. Nielsen (2007), Econometric Modeling: A Likelihood. Oxford: Princeton University Press. Wooldridge, J.M. (2006), Introductory Econometrics: A Modern Approach. New York: Thomson.

Other references and materials OxMetric (Econometric software freely available at http://press.princeton.edu/titles/8352.html). EViews (Econometric software available in the Computer lab)

Evaluation



Evaluation criteria A continuous evaluation system is in place that gives a 40% weight to the student course work (base grade) and 60% to a final examination Attendance to the lectures is compulsory and is therefore not part of the final evaluation. The student is required to have attended at least 80% of the lectures and activities in order to be evaluated. The base grade will be available before the final examination. A mínimum of 4/10 is required in the final examination to obtain a passing grade.

Evaluation instruments - Written problem sets and exercises. - Class quizzes. - Class participation.

197

- Final examination.


Recommendations for the recuperation. The continuous evaluation cannot be recuperated. The final examination can be recuperated on the same criteria as the initial evaluation.

198


ACCOUNTING: BUSINESS COMBINATIONS

(COMBINACIONES DE NEGOCIOS)

Course Details


Code (Código)

103827 Plan (Plan)

238 ECTS 3

Type (Carácter)


Year (Curso)



Área (Área)




Course Staff


Luis Rodríguez Domínguez


-



Área (Área)


Center (Centro)


Office (Despacho)

301 (FES Building)


-

URL Web -


Phone (Tlf.)

+34923294640 Extension: 3515

199

Objectives

LEARNING OUTCOMES

- Identify the different transactions which imply different business combinations - Describe the main characteristics of the different business combinations - Know the specific accounting treatment for each type of business combination, specially

the acquisition method - Apply the appropriate method of consolidation to the business combination - Undertake the accounting process to obtain consolidated financial statements

Syllabus • Business combinations. Situations and regulation • Subsidiary companies • Consolidation methods • Measurement of acquired assets and liabilities • Process of obtaining consolidated financial statements • Consolidation of quoted groups • Consolidated financial statements References (in Spanish)

Textbooks ÁLVAREZ MELCÓN, S y CORONA ROMERO (2001): Cuentas anuales consolidadas. Ed. Pirámide. MARTÍNEZ CASTILLO, A. (2011): Consolidación de Estados Financieros. Editorial McGraw-Hill.

Other references LEY 16/2007, de 4 de julio, de reforma y adaptación de la legislación mercantil en materia contable para su armonización internacional con base en la normativa de la Unión Europea. REAL DECRETO 1514/2007, de 16 de noviembre, por el que se aprueba el Plan General de Contabilidad. REAL DECRETO 1515/2007, de 16 de noviembre, por el que se aprueba el Plan General de Contabilidad de Pequeñas y Medianas Empresas y los criterios contables específicos para microempresas. REAL DECRETO 1815/1991 del 20/12/91 por el que se aprueban las normas para la formulación de las cuentas anuales consolidadas Boletín AECA., nº 28, 1992 Normas Internacionales de Contabilidad y Normas Internacionales de Información Financiera adoptadas por la Unión Europea. Se pueden consultar la página del ICAC: http://www.icac.meh.es/reglanic.htm.

200

FINANCE: CORPORATE FINANCE II (DIRECCIÓN FINANCIERA II)

Course Details


Code (Código)

103828 Plan (Plan)

238 ECTS 6

Type (Carácter)


Year (Curso)



Área (Área)




Course Staff


Mª Belén Lozano García Groups A y B




Área (Área)


Center (Centro)


Office (Despacho)

126 (FES Building)


-

URL Web -


+34923294500 Extensión: 3007

Requirements Some previous knowledge of Corporate Finance I and Financial Valuation.

201

Objectives

- Learn and understand the different financial decisions that have to be taken inside the company with the aim of value creation. - Have the ability to critically assess the arguments related with corporate financing and to adapt finance theory to the business environment. Syllabus Chapter 1. The cost of capital Chapter 2. Factors that influence corporate capital structure Chapter 3. An adequate capital structure Chapter 4. Factors that influence corporate dividend policy Chapter 5. An adequate dividend policy Chapter 6. Mergers and acquisitions Chapter 7. Business failure and reorganization References (in Spanish)

Textbooks

Pindado (coord.) y otros (2012): Finanzas Empresariales, Paraninfo.

Brealey, R. y Myers, S.: Fundamentos de Financiación Empresarial. McGraw

Hill/Interamericana. Madrid.

Fernández Alvárez, a. I. (ed.) (1994): Introducción a las Finanzas. Civitas, Madrid.

Suárez Suárez, A.S.: Decisiones Optimas de Inversión y Financiación en la Empresa, Pirámide, Madrid.

Other references

Gómez y otros: Problemas de Dirección Financiera, Civitas, Madrid.

Keown, Petty, Scott y Martin, Introducción a las Finanzas, Prentice Hall, N. Y.

Lozano García, b: Las fusiones de empresas: un enfoque contractual, Servicio de

Publicaciones de la Universidad de Salamanca, 1999.

Miguel Hidalgo, A.: Las Decisiones de Inversión, Financiación y Dividendos en la Empresa,

Universidad de Valladolid, Valladolid.

Pérez A. y Vela, E.: Gestión Financiera de la Empresa. Alianza. Madrid.

Schall, L.D. y Halley, C.W.: Administración Financiera, McGraw Hill. Bogotá.

Van Horne, J.C.: Financial Management and Policy. Prentice Hall. Englewod Cliff. N.Y.

202

MARKETING: MARKETING RESEARCH (POLÍTICAS COMERCIALES)

Course Details


Code (Código)

103829 Plan (Plan)

238 ECTS 6

Type (Carácter)


Year (Curso)



Área (Área)




Course Staff


Martín García Martín


Marcelino Corcho Bragado Edwin Vilchez Medina



Área (Área)


Center (Centro)


Office (Despacho)



URL Web -


Phone (Tlf.)

+34923294640 Extension: 3515

203

Objectives

The course is intended that students get familiar with the main marketing actions and tactics (marketing mix), so they are able to integrate them into planning aimed at implementing the marketing strategy of the company and achieving its marketing objectives. Syllabus - Product - Price - Distribution - Communication References (in Spanish)

Textbooks Best, R. (2007): Marketing Estratégico. Peasron. 4ª Edición. Gary, A y otros. (2011): Introducción al Marketing. Peasron. 3ª Edición. Kotler, P. y otros (2006): Dirección de Marketing. Prentice Hall. 12ª edición. Lambin, J.J., Gallucci, C. y Sicurello, C. (2009): Dirección de Marketing. McGraw Hill. 2ª Edición. Sainz de Vicuña, J. M. (2005): El plan de Marketing en la práctica. ESIC. 9ª edición. Santesmases Mestre, M. (2012): Marketing: Conceptos y Estrategias. Pirámide. 6º Edición. Santesmases Mestre, M. y otros (2009): Fundamentos de Marketing. Pirámide. Vázquez Casielles, R. y otros (2005): Marketing: Estrategias y Aplicaciones Sectoriales. Ed. Civitas. 4ª Edición.


204

MARKETING: MARKETING STRATEGY (ESTRATEGIA COMERCIAL)

Course Details


Code (Código)

103830 Plan (Plan)

238 ECTS 3

Type (Carácter)


Year (Curso)



Área (Área)




Course Staff


Mercedes Martos Partal


Lucrecia González Jiménez



Área (Área)


Center (Centro)


Office (Despacho)



Wednesday: 16h-20h (previous appointment by e-mail)

URL Web -


Phone (Tlf.)

+34923294640 Ext. (Prof. Martos): 3124 Ext. (Prof. González): 3486

205

Objectives

The course is intended to give students a global overview of the main marketing strategies. The students are able to asses each strategy and the convenience to apply each strategy in order to reach the proposed aims. Syllabus - Marketing Strategy - Strategic Analysis: Models for the assessment of product portfolio. - Marketing strategy for growth. - Marketing strategy for innovation. - Marketing strategy for divestment. - Marketing strategy for differentiation. - Competitive marketing strategy. References (in Spanish)

Textbooks BEST, R.J. (2007), Marketing Estratégico, Pearson Prentice Hall 4ª edición HOOLEY, G.J.; SAUNDERS, J.A. y PIERCY, N.F. (2008): Marketing Strategy and Competitive Positioning, Financial Times Prentice Hall, 4ª edición. Kotler, P. y otros (2009). Dirección de Marketing, Prentice Hall, 12ª edición. LAMBIN, J.-J y otros (2009): Dirección de marketing : gestión estratégica y operativa del mercado, Ed. Mc Graw Hill, 2ª edición MUNUERA ALEMÁN, J.L. Y RODRIGUEZ ESCUDERO, A.I. (2007): Estrategias de marketing. Un enfoque basado en el proceso de dirección., Esic Editorial. VÁZQUEZ CASIELLES, R. y otros (2005): Marketing: Estrategias y Aplicaciones Sectoriales, Ed. Civitas, 4ª edición. WALKER, O. C., BOYD, H. W.; MULLINNS, J. and LARRÉCHÉ, J.C. (2005): Marketing Estratégico. Enfoque de toma de decisiones. Ed. MacGraw-Hill. 4ª edición.


206

BUSINESS ORGANIZATION: CORPORATE STRATEGY (ESTRATEGIAS CORPORATIVAS)

Course Details


Code (Código) 103831 Plan 238 ECTS 6

Type (Carácter) Compulsory (Obligatorio)

Year (Curso)


Semiannual (Cuatrimestral)

Area (Área)



Administration and Business Economics (Administración y Dirección de Empresas)

E-learning Platform (Plataforma):

Moodle Virtual Campus (Plataforma Virtual)

URL de Acceso:

http://studium.usal.es

Course Staff

Course Coordinator (Profesora Coordinadora)

Isabel Suárez González



Area (Área)


Faculty (Centro)


Office (Despacho)

118 Edificio FES (Campus Miguel de Unamuno, Salamanca)


(URL Web) http://www.usalempresa.es

(E-mail) [email protected] Phone Teléfono

3003

Professor (Profesor)

Roberto Sánchez Gomez Grupo / s

Department Administration and Business Economics

207

(Departamento) (Administración y Economía de la Empresa)

Area (Área)


Faculty (Centro)


Room (Despacho)




E-mail [email protected] Phone Teléfono

3329

Objectives

The general objectives of the course are: • Understanding the nature of business strategy and the mechanisms that support the business survival at the industry in which competes. • Seeking to understand and implement key strategic analytical tools. • Gain an overview of the business that integrates the knowledge and skills developed throughout functional specialization and highlighting the need for internal consistency both horizontally, between business departments, and vertically, between different levels of analysis (corporate, competitive and functional). • The development of analytical skills that allow the student understand particular situations, for example, the opportunities, threats, strengths and weaknesses involved, the competitive advantages and disadvantages needed to formulate and implement different strategies, etc. Also, of particular interest, is the development of critical and teamwork skills to analyze in depth case studies. Syllabus The overall objective is to give students an overview of the different growth options available to companies to operate in the market, and the method to implement these strategies. The lessons of the course are: Lesson 1: General notions of the growth and development of the Business. Lesson 2. The vertical integration strategy. Concept. Typology. Advantages and disadvantages compared to other alternatives. Lesson 3. The strategy of product diversification. Competitive advantages and impact on business results. The phenomenon of restructuring. The diversified company management. Lesson 4. The internationalization of the company. Forms of entry into foreign markets. Global strategies. Lesson 5. Methods for growth. Internal growth. Mergers and acquisitions. Lesson 6. Business cooperation. Types of agreements. Comparative perspective to other forms of development.

208

9.- References

Textbooks

Grant, R. M. (2006): Dirección estratégica: Conceptos, técnicas y aplicaciones, 2ª ed. Cívitas,

Madrid.

Navas López , J.L. y L. A. Guerras Martín (2007): Dirección Estratégica de la empresa. Teoría y Aplicaciones, Cívitas, 4ª ed., Madrid. http://www.guerrasynavas.com/

ii. -----

Fernández, E. (2005): Dirección Estratégica de la Empresa. Fundamentos y puesta en práctica,

Delta Publicaciones, Madrid.

Hill, Ch. y Jones (2005): Administración estratégica . Un enfoque integrado. McGraw Hill, 6ª ed.,

México.

Hitt, M.a.; Ireland, D. y Hoskisson, R.E. (1999): Administración Estratégica. Conceptos,

Competitividad y Globalización, Thomson Paraninfo, Madrid.

Johnson, G. y Scholes, K. y Whittington, R. (2006): Dirección Estratégica, Prentice Hall, 7ª ed.,

Madrid.

Sánchez Gómez, R. y González Benito, J. (2012): Administración de empresas: Objetivos y decisiones, McGraw-Hill, Madrid.

Ventura Victoria, J. (2008): Análisis estratégico de la empresa, Paraninfo, Madrid.

209

ECONOMIC THEORY: MICROECONOMICS II (MICROECONOMICS II)

Course Details


Code (Código)

103832 Plan (Plan)

238 ECTS 3

Type (Carácter)


Year (Curso)



Área (Área)




Course Staff


Alfonso Bravo Juega


-



Área (Área)


Center (Centro)


Office (Despacho)

222 (FES Building)


Monday and Tuesday: 11h-14 h.

URL Web -


+34923294640 Extension: 3129

210

Objectives

The objective consists of analyzing choice problems of economic agents, mainly firms under different types of markets. These analyses will give to the students a good command of core concepts of economic theory, useful to understand a great variety of relevant economic problems. Syllabus 1. Perfect Competition. 2. General Equilibrium. 3. Monopoly. 4. Monopolistic Competition. 5. Monopsony. 6. Oligopoly. 7. Bilateral Monopoly 8. Welfare Economics 9. Practices. - Innovation in firms. - Large Firms and innovation. - Innovation in medium and small firms. - Firms and universities. - Workshops on innovation cases. References (in Spanish)

Textbooks Henderson, J.M. – Quandt, R.E., 1985. Teoría Microeconómica. Ariel Economía. Nicholson, W, 2006. Microeconomía IIntermedia y Aplicaciones. Thompson Paraninfo. OECD, 2005. Proposed Guidelines for Collecting and Interpreting Technological Innovation Data. Oslo Manual. Paris. Third Edition. OECD, 2002. Proposed Standard Practice for Surveys of Research and Experimental Development. Frascati Manual. Paris. Sixth Edition.

Other references -

211

APPLIED ECONOMICS: EU ECONOMICS (ECONOMÍA DE LA UNIÓN EUROPEA)

Course Details


Code (Código)

103833 Plan (Plan)

238 ECTS 6

Type (Carácter)


Year (Curso)



Área (Área)




Course Staff


Fernando Rodríguez López


Antonio Uranga



Área (Área)


Center (Centro)


Office (Despacho)

139 and 140 (Building: Faculty of Law)


Prof. Rodríguez.-> Monday- Thursday: 10h-11h Prof. Uranga.-> Monday and Thursday: 9h-11h

URL Web -


Phone (Tlf.)

+34923292500 Ext.(Prof. Rodríguez): 1625 Ext. (Prof. Uranga): 3117

212

Objectives

The main goal of this subject is to provide the student of Business Administration with a series of basic concepts about European Union (EU) institutions, its running rules and the capital policies it carries out. The development of the syllabus is designed so as the student gets used to handle the main normative sources and economic data of the EU. Syllabus

1. The institutional system in the European Union (EU) 2. Budgetary process and financing in the EU 3. The European single market 4. Common policies in the EU 5. The Economic and Monetary Union 6. Macroeconomic policies, stability and fiscal pact


Textbooks Rafael Muñoz de Bustillo, Rafael Bonete: Introducción a la Unión Europea: un Análisis desde la Economía (4 ª ed.), Alianza Editorial, 2009

Other references Jose Mª Jordán Galduf: Economía de la Unión Europea, Cívitas.

213


FINANCE: ANALYSIS AND FINANCIAL PLANNING (ANALISIS Y PLANIFICACION FINANCIERA)

ANALISIS Y PLANIFICACION FINANCIERACourse Details


Code (Código)

103836 Plan (Plan)

238 ECTS 6

Type (Carácter)

Elective (Optativa)

Year (Curso)



Área (Área)




Course Staff


Alvaro Jimenez Gutierrez


-



Área (Área)


Center (Centro)


Office (Despacho)

101 (FES Building)


Appointment via email

URL Web http://diarium.usal.es/ajimenez/


Phone (Tlf.)

+34923294640 Extension: 3524

214

Objectives

General objectives: Acquiring the ability to analyze, diagnose and solve problems that are linked with economic activities. Develop the ability to transmit the knowledge gained appropriate language. Know how to make an effective presentation in the company. Know and use new information technologies and their application in the field of economics and economic-financial area .. Manage economic information available. Develop the capacity for autonomous learning of new knowledge and techniques. Acquiring the ability to work and communicate in disciplinary teams. Acquiring the ability to adapt to new situations and economic contexts. Specific objectives: - Know how to capture and exploit within the company and depending on internal and external factors that influence those in their march. - Know the premises of economic and financial model to generate and analyze the most important results and indicators. - Be able to assess the different sources of funding according to their suitability and cost. - Knowledge of various financial planning models .. Syllabus

1. The financial analysis. 2. The business and financial objectives. 3. The financial information in the company. 4. Methods of financial analysis. 5. The profitability of the company. Performance and value creation. 6. By analysis of the company's solvency. 7. The growth of the company and the main variables. 8. Financial Planning. Simulation and optimization models References (in Spanish)

Textbooks Amat Salas J.M. Planificación Financiera. (Eada Gestión Barcelona 1992). Cuervo García, A. Análisis y Planificación Financiera de la Empresa (Civitas, Madrid 1994).

Other references SUAREZ SUAREZ, A.S(2003) Decisiones optimas de Inversión y Financiación en la empresa. Pirámide. Madrid 20ª Edición.

215

ACCOUNTING: AUDIT (AUDITORIA)

Course Details


Code (Código)

103837 Plan (Plan)

238 ECTS 6

Type (Carácter)

Elective (Optativa)

Year (Curso)



Área (Área)




Course Staff


Arjola Mecaj


-



Área (Área)


Center (Centro)


Office (Despacho)

106 (FES Building)


URL Web


Phone (Tlf.)

+34923294640 Extension: 3134

216

Objectives

This course pretends to supply the students with a global vision of the audit process of the financial statements. At the end of the program, the students will be able to understand and make use of the Standard Technical Regulation of Audit and, in particular, the process of auditing of each balance sheet aggregates.

Syllabus

1. Audit of the Financial Statements2. General Standard Regulation of Auditing3. Regulation on implementation of audit program4. Technical Regulation on Audit Report5. Audit of Intangible Assets6. Audit of Tangible Assets7. Audit of Financial Investments.8. Audit of Cash and Bank.9. Audit of Inventories.

10. Audit of Receivables11. Audit of Accounts Payable12. Audit of Shareholders’ Equity.


Textbooks

Registro de Economistas Auditores. — Manual de auditoría, objetivos, y procedimientos de auditoría. Ed. R.E.A, Madrid, 2000. — Control interno. Ed. R.E.A. 1994. — Normas técnicas de auditoría. Ed. R.E.A, Madrid 1993. Sánchez Fernández de Valderrama, J. L.:Teoría y Práctica de auditoría. Tomo I Concepto y Metodología. Tomo II. Análisis de Áreas, contabilidad fiscal y casos prácticos. Ed. Pirámide, Madrid, 2000. Sánchez Fernández de Valderrama, J. L., Tejeiro, N., Pascual, J. Metodología práctica de una auditoría de cuentas. Ed. Deusto, Bilbao 1992.

Other references

Ley 19/1988, del 12 de julio, De auditoría de cuentas. Real Decreto 1636/1990. del 20 de diciembre por el que se aprueba el reglamento que desarrolla la ley 19/1988 de auditorías de cuentas. Boletín oficial del I.C.A.C Instituto de Contabilidad y Auditoría de Cuentas.Plan General de Contabilidad Real decreto 1514/2007 del 16 de noviembre. (BOE 20 de Noviembre). Plan General de Contabilidad de Pequeñas y Medianas Empresas. Real Decreto 1515/2007 16 de Noviembre. (BOE, 21 de Noviembre)

217

ACCOUNTING: INTERNAL AUDIT (AUDITORIA INTERNA)

Course Details


Code (Código)

103838 Plan (Plan)

238 ECTS 6

Type (Carácter)

Elective (Optativa)

Year (Curso)



Área (Área)




Course Staff


María Isabel González Bravo


Arjola Mecaj



Área (Área)


Center (Centro)


Office (Despacho)

127 (FES Building)


URL Web


+34923294640 Extension: 3007

218

Objectives

This course pretends to supply the students with a global vision of the internal audit process of the financial statements. At the end of the program, the students will be able to understand and perform an Internal Audit and, in particular, the process of auditing of each balance sheet aggregates. Syllabus

• Internal Control. • Internal Control components • Conceptual framework of internal audit • Internal Audit methodology • Management Audit. • IT Audit. • Human resources Audit • Risk management Audit • Internal Audit Report. • Internal Audit in Public Administration. References (in Spanish)

Textbooks Registro de Economistas Auditores. — Manual de auditoría, objetivos, y procedimientos de auditoría. Ed. R.E.A, Madrid, 2000. — Control interno. Ed. R.E.A. 1994. — Normas técnicas de auditoría. Ed. R.E.A, Madrid 1993. Sánchez Fernández de Valderrama, J. L.:Teoría y Práctica de auditoría. Tomo I Concepto y Metodología. Tomo II. Análisis de Áreas, contabilidad fiscal y casos prácticos. Ed. Pirámide, Madrid, 2000. Sánchez Fernández de Valderrama, J. L., Tejeiro, N., Pascual, J. Metodología práctica de una auditoría de cuentas. Ed. Deusto, Bilbao 1992.

Other references Insitituto de Auditores Internos de España

219

ACCOUNTING: CONTROL INTERNO Y DE GESTIÓN (INTERNAL CONTROL AND MANAGEMENT SYSTEM)

Course Details


Code (Código)

103839 Plan (Plan)

238 ECTS 6

Type (Carácter)

Elective (Optativa)

Year (Curso)


Semester (Semestral)

Area (Área)




Course Staff


ISABEL GALLEGO ÁLVAREZ


-



Área

(Área)


Center (Centro)


Office (Despacho)

130 (FES Building)


MONDAY 11H-14H TUESDAY 11H-14H

URL Web http://web.usal.es/~igallego/


Phone (Tlf.)

+34923294640 Ext: 3009

220

Objectives

To learn the different terminology and basic concepts used to develop a good internal control and management system. To learn different models in business decision-making. To learn models based on predicted data which businesses should apply in decision-making. To learn different legislations and guidelines business must use to reflect the different management models. To learn new models and planning in the field of business management.

Syllabus

Subject 1. Internal and management control in decision-making Subject 2. Opportunity costs as management guidelines Subject 3. Joint production in decision-making Subject 4. Partial and complete systems Subject 5. Standard costs as management tools Subject 6. French management model Subject 7. Internal intros and management content and frameworks Subject 8. New approaches in the business management field Subject 9. Fundamental aspects in the ABC model Subject 10. Budgetary management References (in Spanish)

Textbooks Aranda, A. (2003): Contabilidad Analítica. Ed. Síntesis. Álvarez-Dardet, Mª C. (2009): Contabilidad de gestión. Cálculo de costes. Ed. Pirámide. García, X., y Martín, F. (2003): Casos prácticos de costes, Universidad de Barcelona, Barcelona. Hernando, G. (2006): Contabilidad de costes. Determinación, análisis y control, TGD, Santander. Iruretagoyena, M.T. (2003): Contabilidad de costes. Ed. Pirámide. Martín, F., y Ros, J. (2003): Costes: contabilidad y gestión, Centro de Estudios Financieros. Madrid. Requena, J.M., y Vera, S. (2006): Contabilidad interna (Contabilidad de costes y de gestión), Ariel, Barcelona. Rocafort, A., y Ferrer. V. (2008): Contabilidad de costes: fundamentos y ejercicios resueltos, ACCID.

221

Other references

PAPERS PUBLISHED AT TEACHER’S WEBPAGE http://web.usal.es/~igallego/

PAPERS WRITTEN BY STUDENTS AND PRESENTED AT UNIVERSITY OF SALAMANCA RADIO WITHIN THE FRAMEWORK OF EDUCATIONAL INNOVATION IN THE YEARS 2010/2011, 2011/2012, 2012-2013 THE ACCESS TO THESE PAPERS, YOU WILL FIND AT USAL’S WEBPAGE THE LINKS TO THE RADIO PROGRAM, IN THE LEFT MENU, AND GO TO ACCOUNTING AND EDUCATIONAL INNOVATION. WIKIPEDIA: INFORMATION COMPILED BY FOURTH YEAR GRADUATES FROM ADE LICENCIATURE DURING THE YEAR 2012-2013.

222

COMMERCIAL LAW: COMMERCIAL LAW IN THE UE (DERECHO MERCANTIL DE LA UNIÓN EUROPEA)

Course Details


Code (Código)

103840 Plan (Plan)

238 ECTS 6

Type (Carácter)

Elective (Optativa)

Year (Curso)



Área (Área)

Derecho Mercantil


Derecho Privado


223

LABOUR LAW: LABOUR LAW (DERECHO LABORAL)

Course Details


Code (Código)

103841 Plan (Plan)

238 ECTS 6

Type (Carácter)

Elective (Optativa)

Year (Curso)



Área (Área)

Employment and Social Security Law (Derecho del Trabajo y de la Seguridad Social)


Employment Law and Social Work (Derecho del Trabajo y Trabajo Social)

Course Staff


Jesús Baz Rodríguez


-


Employment Law and Social Work (Derecho del Trabajo y Trabajo Social)

Área (Área)

Employment and Social Security Law

Center (Centro)


Office (Despacho)

173 (Faculty of Law Building) (Facultad de Derecho)


Monday, Tuesday, Wednesday (10-12 hrs.)

URL Web www.usal.es


Phone (Tlf.)

+34923294441 Extension: 1641

224

Objectives

1. Elemental knowledge about the structure and basic contents of Spanish

Employment Law and European Union Social Law, related to individual contract relation and also collective or industrial work relations.

2. Development of skills in order to self-knowing and investigating in the field of this broad part of Spanish Law, characterised by its frequent legal variations.

3. Development of skills in order to act as a legal labour law operator, being able to apply this knowledge in the particular context of all kind and size of enterprises.

4. Adquirement of attitudes in order to build out tecnically funded opinions in social and work related issues.

5. Being able to propose solutions to simple problems in the aplication of Employment Law in the field of individual labour contract, such as contracting of the workforce, execution of labour contract and also about its extinction.

6. Development of attitudes useful for management in the field of industrial relations, focused to the knowledge of legal questions about this matter.

7. Adquirement of knowledge about legal contents on the resolutions of workforce collective conflicts in the organisation.

8. Basic knowledge about administrative and jurisdictional resources related to the application of Employment and Labour Law in Spain and also in the European Union.

9. Development of skills useful for making strategic decisions in the field of human resources in the enterprise, from the view of legal adjustment of such decisions.

10. Development of skills and knowledge in order to follow up into advanced studies in the field of human resouces management.

Syllabus

- Employment Law and its social function. - Constitucional regulation and Employment Law. - The work contract. Tipes of contracts and access to employment. - Work agencies, outsourcing and subcontracting. - The enterprise and the firm as the framework for labour relations. - Execution of the work contract. - Extinction of the work contract. - Trade Unions and entreprise collective associations. - Collective organisation and action in the enterprise. - Collective workforce conflicts and its solutions.

225


Textbooks

- Albiol I., Camps J.M., López Gandía J., Sala Franco T.: Derecho del Trabajo. Tirant lo Blanch, Valencia.

- Alonso Olea M., Casas Baamonde, M.E.: Derecho del Trabajo. Thomson- Civitas, Madrid.

- García Ninet J.I. (Dir.), Vicente Palacio A.: Derecho del Trabajo, Reuters Thomson-Aranzadi, Pamplona.

- Martín Valverde A., Rodríguez Sañudo F., García Murcia J.: Derecho del Trabajo, Tecnos, Madrid.

- Mercader Uguina J.R.: Lecciones de Derecho del Trabajo. Tirant lo Blanch, Valencia.

- Montoya Melgar A.: Derecho del Trabajo. Tecnos, Madrid. - Palomeque López M.C., Alvarez de la Rosa M.: Derecho del Trabajo. Ed.

Centro de Estudios Ramón Areces (CEURA). Madrid. - Vida Soria J., Monereo Pérez J.L., Molina Navarrete C.: Manual de Derecho

del Trabajo. Comares, Granada.

Other references Recommended Web Sites:

- Ministerio de Empleo: www.empleo.gob.es - Comisión Europea: Comisión Europea - Servicios Públicos de Empleo de España: www.spee.es - Confederación Española de Organizaciones Empresariales: www.ceoe.es - Confederación Española de la Pequeña y Mediana Empresa: www.cepyme.es - Comisiones Obreras: www.ccoo.es - Unión General de Trabajadores: www.ugt.es - Unión Sindical Obrera: www.uso.es - Consejería de economía y Empleo. Junta de Castilla y León:

www.jcyl.es/web/jcyl/EconomiaEmpleo/es Electronic Resources: (www.usal.es)

- Aranzadi WestLaw. - La Ley Digital. - Iustel (Portal del Derecho). - Tirant On Line.

226

BUSINESS ORGANIZATION: ADVANCED OPERATIONS MANAGEMENT (DIRECCIÓN AVANZADA DE OPERACIONES)

Course Details


Code (Código)

103842 Plan (Plan)

238 ECTS 6

Type (Carácter)

Elective (Optativa)

Year (Curso)



Área (Área)




Course Staff


Javier González Benito


Carmen González-Zapatero Redondo



Área (Área)


Center (Centro)


Office (Despacho)

116 (FES Building)


URL Web


Phone (Tlf.)

+34923294640 Extension: 3003

227

Objectives

The objective of this subject is to delve into some analytic techniques used to face some of the structural and infrastructural decisions in the operations/production function studied in the subject ‘Operations Management’.

Syllabus

Unit 0. Basic concepts of Operations Management (quick review of the subject ‘Operations Management’). Unit 1. Design of logistics systems: route planning Unit 2. Project planning and control Unit 3. Inventory management References (in Spanish)

Textbooks Chase, R.B., Jacobs, F.R. y Aquilano, N.J. y (2009): Administración de Operaciones, 12ª edición,

McGraw-Hill. Domínguez, J, García, S., Domínguez, M., Ruiz, A. Y Álvarez, M. (1995): Dirección de Operaciones:

Aspectos Tácticos y Operativos en la Producción y los Servicios, McGraw-Hill, Madrid. Fernández, E. y Vázquez, C. (1994): Dirección de la Producción II: Métodos Operativos, Cívitas,

Madrid. Fernández Suárez, N., García Laguna, J., Martínez Ferreras, J. y San José Nieto, L.A. (1999): Gestión

de Stocks. Modelos de Optimización y Software, Secretariado de Publicaciones, Universidad de Valladolid.

Gaither, N. y Frazier, G. (2000): Administración de Producción y Operaciones, 4ª edición, Thomson, México.

Heizer, J. y Render, B. (2001): Dirección de la Producción: Decisiones Tácticas, 6ª edición,, Prentice Hall, Madrid.

Krajewski, L.J. y Ritzman, L.P. (1999): Administración de Operaciones. Estrategia y Análisis, 5ª edición, Prentice Hall, México.

Mathur, K. y Solow, D. (1996): Investigación de operaciones, Prentice Hall, México. Martin Dávila, M. (1987): Métodos operativos de gestión empresarial, Pirámide, Madrid. Miranda, F.J., Rubio, S., Chamorro, A. y Bañegil, T.M. (2005): Manual de Dirección de Operaciones,

Thompson, Madrid.

Nahmias, S. (2007): Análisis de la producción y las operaciones, 5ª Edición, McGraw-Hill.

Pinedo, M. y Chao X. (1999): Operations scheduling with applications in manufacturing and services, Irwin McGraw-Hill, 1999.

Slack, N., Chambers, S., Harland, C., Harrison, A. y Johnston, R. (1998): Operations Management, 2nd edition, Pitman Publishing, Londres.

Winston, W.L. (2004): Investigación de Operaciones: Aplicaciones y Algoritmos, 4ª edición, Thompson, México.

Other references

228

MARKETING: COMMERCIAL DISTRIBUTION (DISTRIBUCIÓN COMERCIAL)

Course Details


Code (Código)

103843 Plan (Plan)

238 ECTS 6

Type (Carácter)

Elective (Optativa)

Year (Curso)



Área (Área)




Course Staff


LIBIA SANTOS REQUEJO


-



Área (Área)


Center (Centro)


Office (Despacho)

319 (FES Building)


URL Web


Phone (Tlf.)

+34923294640 Extension: 3008

229

Objectives

Providing students with a specific training on the sector that is responsible for the tasks related to the distribution of goods and services. Knowing and understanding the importance of commercial distribution in the economy. Reviewing the functions involved in the distribution process.

Syllabus

• Commercial distribution framework.• Agents of commercial distribution channel, design and management• Transport, storage and inventory management• Evolution and structure of retail distribution• Methods and types of retailing sales.• Location Decisions• Policies and price assortment strategies.• Merchandising and sales promotion decisions.


Textbooks Casares, J. y Rebollo, A. (2000): Distribución Comercial, Civitas. Díez, E. (coor.) (2004): Distribución Comercial, 3ª ed., McGraw-Hill. Díez, E. y Landa, J. (1996): Merchandising. Teoría y práctica, Pirámide. Fernández, N.; García, J.; Martínez, J. y San José, L. A. (1999): Gestión de Stocks, Modelos

de Optimización y Software, Universidad de Valladolid Ferrín, A.R. (1999): Gestión de Stocks, Optimización de Almacenes, Fundación Confemetal Miquel, S.; Parra, F.; Lhermie, C. y Miquel, M.J. (2006): Distribución Comercial, Esic. Palomares, R. (2009): Merchandising. Teoría, práctica y estrategia, Esic. Palomares, R. (2012): Marketing en el Punto de Venta, Esic. Soret, I. (1997): Logística comercial y empresarial, 2ª ed., Esic. Stern, L.W.; El-Ansary, A.I.; Coughlan, A.T. y Cruz, I. (1998): Canales de Comercialización (5ª

edición), Prentice Hall.

Vázquez, R. y Trespalacios, J. A. (2006): Estrategias de Distribución Comercial, Thomson.

Winston, W. L. (2005): Investigación de Operaciones. Aplicaciones y algoritmos, Thomson

Other referentes

http://www.alimarket.es/home http://www.mercasa.es/publicaciones http://www.anged.es/index.aspx http://www.franquiciadores.com/

230

FINANCE: ECONOMÍA FINANCIERA INTERNACIONAL (INTERNATIONAL FINANCIAL ECONOMY)

Course Details


Code (Código)

103844 Plan (Plan)

238 ECTS 6

Type (Carácter)

Elective (Optativa)

Year (Curso)



Área (Área)




Course Staff




-



Área (Área)


Center (Centro)


Office (Despacho)

101 (FES BUILDING)


Apply through email

URL Web


Phone (Tlf.)

+34923294640 Extension: 3524

Requirements To have some basic knowledge on financial accounting, mathematics and statistics.

231

Objetives

The aim of this course is to try to let them know internationally as they work the Companies (EM), and how it develops financial economics, trying to teach Monetary System (the Parliament, the International) and Market Operation forex, the risks of carrying out specific projects and as trade relations are in different currencies, taking risks and trying to anticipate and avoid situations that will occur in companies depending on different variables. Syllabus

1. INTERNATIONAL FINANCIAL ECONOMICS: INTRODUCTION Presentation: 1.1. - The multinational (EM). 1.1.1. - Definition 1.1.2. Features 1.1.3. Why companies become EMs? 1.1.4. Capital Needs in MS. Financing EMs (Item 5) 1.1.4.1. Funding Sources to C / P 1.1.4.2. Funding Sources for L / P 1.1.4.3. After-tax cost of financing sources. 1.1.4.4. Funds Transfer Mechanisms of EMs 1.1.5. Strategic philosophy of the EMs. 1.1.6. Commercial Payments. Pay International Media. (Item 6) 1.2-relevant aspects of international finance. 1.3-The determination of exchange rates. 2. INTERNATIONAL MONETARY SYSTEM: FOREIGN EXCHANGE MARKET 2.1-The International Monetary System. (SMI) 2.2-The European Monetary System. (SME) 2.3-The forex market. 3. PARITY CONDITIONS IN E.F.I. 3.1-Arbitration and law of one price. Purchasing power parity. 3.2-The Fisher effect International Fisher effect. 3.3-parity theory of interest rates. 3.4-Relationship between forward exchange rates and the spot exchange rate expected in the future. 4. EXCHANGE RISK MANAGEMENT 4.1-forecast exchange rates. 4.2-Types exchange risks. Financial risk management. 4.3-Transaction Risk Management: Techniques contractual, operational strategies, Swaps. 6. CURRENT FINANCIAL MANAGEMENT OF ME 6.1-International Cash Management. 6.1.1-collection and payment procedures. (Item 1)

232

6.1.2-The Netting and The Pooling. 6.2-The customer management and stock in MS.

Teaching Methodology Lectures Practice Lessons Works Exhibitions Discussions Exercises



Hours Nonactual

Hours


Lectures 22,5 22,5 ‐ In class 22,5 22,5 ‐ In the

laboratory

‐ In computer classroom

‐ In the field

Practices


TOTAL 60 90 150


Text books ARAGONÉS, J.R. (1990): Economía Financiera Internacional. Pirámide. Madrid. ALIBERT Z., ROBERT (1993): Riesgo de Cambio y Financiación en la Empresa. Ed. Pirámide. Madrid. BORREL, M. Y ROA A. (1990): Los Mercados de Futuros Financieros. Ed. Ariel. Barcelona. CORBÍ SAEZ, B. (1991): Financiación Int. Análisis Económico e Instrumentación Jurídica. AC. Madrid. DÍEZ, L.T. y MASCAREÑAS, J. (1991): Ingeniería Financiera. La gestión de los mercados financieros internacionales. McGraw-Hill. Serie McGraw-Hill Management EITEMAN, D.K.; STONEHILL, A.I. y MOFFETT, M.H.(2.001): Las Finanzas en las Empresas Multinacionales. 8ª edición. Ed. Prentice Hall.

233

GALLAGHER T. (2001): Administración Financiera. Teoría y Práctica. MARÍN HITA L., MORENO LISO L. (2006) Manual básico de la Letra de Cambio, el Cheque y el Pagaré, 2ªedición. Ed.@becedario MARTIN JOSE LUIS; TELLEZ V., CECILIA (2006): Finanzas Internacionales. Thomson. M. RUGMAN, A. y M. HODGETTS, R. (1996): Negocios Internacionales. Un enfoque de Administración Estratégica. ONTIVEROS, E.; BERGES, A.; VALERO, F. J. y MANZANO, D. (1992): Mercados Financieros Internacionales. Espasa Calpe. Madrid. PEDROSA, M. (2003): Los Mercados Financieros Internacionales y su globalización. Ed. AC. Madrid. MERCADOS FINANCIEROS Todos por una causa (2012) COLECCIÓN NUEVOS MERCADOS. Ed. Dykinson, S.L�

Other References Studium

Evaluation

General Conditions

TEST EXAM

Evaluation Criteria

Assessment Instruments

Recomendations The student is encouraged to make every effort to obtain a passing base grade in the continuous evaluation.

Recomendations for recovery The continuous evaluation cannot be recuperated. The final examination can be recuperated on the same criteria as the initial evaluation.

234

ECONOMIC HISTORY: BUSINESS HISTORY (HISTORIA DE LA EMPRESA)

Course Details


Code (Código)

103845 Plan (Plan)

238 ECTS 6

Type (Carácter)

Elective (Optativa)

Year (Curso)



Área (Área)




Course Staff


Santiago M. Lopez


-



Área (Área)


Center (Centro)


Office (Despacho)

FES Building Desk 231


Thursday, 9-12 h

URL Web Studium


Phone (Tlf.)

+34923294640 Extension: 3195

235

Objectives

General Purpose The graduate should know the role of business in the global economy in the long run. Specific Objectives Knowing the basic theory of the firm, its economic nature, and the objectives and organizational forms throughout history. Understand the national and international economic realities, productive sectors, public sector, financial institutions, and their evolution. Syllabus

1. The economic nature of the firm and the entrepreneur. 2. Factories and skyscrapers: the evolution of the architecture of companies. 3. The nature of the company during the early capitalism. 4. The Industrial Revolution (I): The business world and the world of the work. 5. The Industrial Revolution (II): Specialization and company management in industry and services. 6. Capitalist competition and business concentration (I): The "First Industrial Divide" in the United States, Europe, and Japan. 7. Capitalist competition and business concentration (II): The emergence of managerial capitalism. 8. The culmination of great corporations and managerial capitalism. 9. The "Second Industrial Divide": The forms of flexible production and recent trends in business competitiveness. References (in Spanish)

Textbooks Valdaliso, J.M. y López, S.M. (2006): Historia de la empresa. Crítica, Barcelona

Other references

236

BUSINESS ORGANIZATION: BUSINESS INNOVATION (INNOVACIÓN EMPRESARIAL)

Course Details


Code (Código)

103846 Plan (Plan)

238 ECTS 6

Type (Carácter)

Elective (Optativa)

Year (Curso)



Área (Área)




Course Staff


Jesús Galende del Canto


-



Área (Área)


Center (Centro)


Office (Despacho)

131 (FES Building)


Monday 12,15 to 13 (appointment necessary)

URL Web


+34923294640 Extension: 3009

237

Objectives

To introduce students to the main knowledge and skill competences necessary for strategic innovation management.

Syllabus

Lecture 1. Introduction to innovation Lecture 2. Creativity and learning Lecture 3. Types and sources of innovation Lecture 4. Internal technology generation Lecture 5. External technology generation Lecture 6. Appropriation mechanisms Lecture 7. Technology strategy Lecture 8. Organization structure for innovation Lecture 9. Innovation environment


Textbooks

Fernández, E. (2005): Estrategia de Innovación, Paraninfo, Madrid Schilling, M.A. (2008): Dirección Estratégica de la Innovación Tecnológica, McGraw-Hill, Madrid.

Other references

Acosta, J.M. (2011): Trabajo en Equipo, Esic Editorial, Madrid Barba, E. (2011): Innovación. 100 Consejos para Inspirarla y Gestionarla, Libros de Cabecera, Barcelona Fernández, A.P. (2009): Innovación y Gestión de Nuevos Productos. Una Visión Estratégica y Práctica, Pirámide, Madrid Gómez, J.M., Fuentes, M.M., Batista, R.M. y Hernández, R. (2012): Manual de Casos sobre Creación de Empresas en España, McGraw-Hill, Madrid Ivanovic, D. y Larrea, J.L. (2010): Tiempo ¿Muerto? para Innovar, Pirámide, Madrid Larrea, J.L. (2010): Teoría (Imperfecta) de la Innovación, Pirámide, Madrid Supplementary material could be recommended.

238

MARKETING: MARKETING INTERNACIONAL (MARKETING INTERNACIONAL)

Course Details


Code (Código)

103847 Plan (Plan)

238 ECTS 6

Type (Carácter)

Elective (Optativa)

Year (Curso)



Área (Área)




Course Staff


JUAN MARIA MARTIN GOMEZ


-



Área (Área)


Center (Centro)


Office (Despacho)

322 (FES Building)


-

URL Web -


Phone (Tlf.)

677.912203 Extension:N/A

239

Objectives

11. Comprehension and understanding of the International Marketing Management, what means: it contents, scope, and the applications in the business decision making.

12. To know and understand the information sources and the different tools the International Marketing provides for the internationalization of the firm.

13. Knowledge capabilities: Theoretical: International Marketing concepts comprehension: - Firm situation for export - Way of Access to the Markets - Market selections - Study of targeted Market - Porter´s 4P´s application Practical: Set up a Business Plan Syllabus

Scheme .-Cateora-Kotler-S. Hollensen 1. Global Marketing Management. Planning and Organization. Franchise video wines 2.- Global Market research. Fruits video 3.- Development of goods, brands ( Julio Cerviño) 4.- Industrial and Services Product Marketing. 5.- Industrial Distribution system. Video furnitures 6.- Logistic in foreign trade Distribution. 7.- Communication. Advertising and and global promotion.(Kotler 2000) Practical aspects: s. Angeles G. ESIC Video. Distribution and brands Conference 8.- International prices.- International Marketing Needs Global.Video. Payments Conference .(Ramón Boixados) 9.- Marketing Assessment and control( Kotler 2000) 10.- International Commercial Agents( Pablo Arrabal) Libro-GuíaTrabajo : Marketing Plan: Sainz de Vicuña. ESIC

240


Textbooks Marketing internacional. Cateora. IRWIN 8ª ed.(tema 10 y 11 Y parte 12Y 13) 1995 Plan de Marketing en la práctica. JM Sainz de Vicuña. ESIC 2ª edic. (18ed-2009) 1995. Estrategias de MK. Internacional . Svend Hollensen Jesús Aarteaga. PEARSON 4º ed. 2010

De consulta recomendada: Dirección de Marketing. Kotler. PRENTICE HALL Milenium Tema 16 ,17y 19) 2000 Marcas internacionales. Julio Cerviño Piramide. (Tema 12) 2002 El comercio inter.. Incertidumbres y soluciones, R. Boixados.Pirámide ( tema18) 1993 Planificación Medios: Angeles G. Lobo/Enri.Carreño.ESIC 2ºed.( tema16) 1999 El Agente Comercial Internacional. Pablo Arrabal. Ed. Paraninfo.(tema 20) 1993 La imagen de marca de paises. J,F. Vall. ESADE/mcgraw hill. ( TEMA 12) 1993

Intercambio Compensado. Pieiro/Ras. MCGRAW hill ( TEMA 13

Other references -

241

FOURTH YEAR SPRING SEMESTER MARKETING: COMMERCIAL COMMUNICATION

(COMUNICACIÓN COMERCIAL)

Course Details


Code (Código)

103854 Plan (Plan)

238 ECTS 6

Type (Carácter)

Elective (Optativa)

Year (Curso)



Área (Área)




Course Staff


Miguel Ángel Prado Prieto


-



Área (Área)


Center (Centro)


Office (Despacho)

311 (FES Building)


W&Th 16:00-18:00

URL Web http://www.miguelangelprado.com


+34923294640 Extension: 3486

242

Objectives

Learn the main tools to analyze the competitive situation of a company marketing Apply knowledge to any type of company and market Synthesize the measures of market response and its relationship with marketing objectives Learn the major components of a marketing plan Evaluate the performance of the main objectives of the marketing function Syllabus

Introduction to Marketing simulation: Operational marketing: 4 Ps Brand Management Communication: Nature and Function Mix-media: integrated communication Advertising Sales promotion Sponsorship, PPRR Below the Line Communication Sales Force References (in Spanish)

Textbooks COMUNICACIÓN COMERCIAL: conceptos y aplicaciones. Ignacio A. Rodríguez del Bosque, Javier de la Ballina Ballina. Editorial CIVITAS, 2ª Edición.

Other references -

243

BUSINESS ORGANIZATION: HUMAN RESOURCE MANAGEMENT (ADMINISTRACIÓN DE RECURSOS HUMANOS)

Course Details


Code (Código)

103848 Plan (Plan)

238 ECTS 6

Type (Carácter)

Elective (Optativa)

Year (Curso)



Área (Área)




Course Staff


Lucía Muñoz Pascual


-



Área (Área)


Center (Centro)


Office (Despacho)

101 (1st Floor, Departmental Building FES)


Friday: 10:00-13:00 and Thursday: 12:00-14:00

URL Web http://diarium.usal.es/luciamp/


Phone (Tlf.)

+923 29 45 00 Ext. 3524

244

Objectives

Knowledge by the student a competitive frame of the company and the role of human resources in the design of economic strategy and proposing alternatives in matters of human resources. Syllabus

LESSON 1: Microeconomic Fundamentals and conceptual Human Resources. LESSON 2: Motivation, contracts, information and incentives in the employment relationship. LESSON 3:Attraction and selection of workers. LESSON 4: Economics of human capital and training. LESSON 5: Economics of incentives to effort. LESSON 6: Job Design and Analysis LESSON 7: Human Resource Planning. LESSON 8: Audit of Human Capital. LESSON 9: Labor Market Analysis today References (in Spanish)

Textbooks Microeconomics and behavior. Fourth Edition. Robert H. Frank Principles of Economics. N. Gregory Mankiw Contractual analysis of the company. Marcial Pons. B. Arruñada Economics, organization and management of the company. Ariel Ed. P. Milgrom and J. Roberts

Other references The human resource management. Madrid: Madrid. McGraw Hill. S. Dolan and R. Valle (2007)Organizational Behavior. Mexico: Mc Graw-Hill. JM Ivancevich (2006)Organizational Behavior. Mexico. Mc Graw-Hill. F. Luthans (2008)Human resource management: a strategic approach. Madrid: Mc Graw-Hill. M.A E.M Sastre and Aguilar (2003).

245

SOCIAL PSYCHOLOGY: ORGANIZATIONAL BEHAVIOR (COMPORTAMIENTO ORGANIZACIONAL)

Course Details


Code (Código)

103849 Plan (Plan)

238 ECTS 6

Type (Carácter)

Elective (Optativa)

Year (Curso)



Área (Área)

Social Psychology (Psicología Social)


Social Psychology and Antropology (Psicología Social y Antropología)

Course Staff


Luis González Fernández


-


Social Psychology and Antropology (Psicología Social y Antropología

Área (Área)

Social Psychology (Psicología Social)

Center (Centro)


Office (Despacho)

307 (FES Building)


Monday and Wednesday from 09:00 to 11:00

URL Web http://moodle.usal.es


Phone (Tlf.)

+34923294640 Extension: 3116

246

Objectives

This course deals with human behavior in organizations. Conceptual frameworks, case discussions, and skill-oriented activities are applied to course topics which include: motivation, learning and development, group dynamics, leadership, communication, change, diversity, organizational design, and culture. The principal objective of this course are:

‐ To gain a solid understanding of human behavior in the workplace from an individual, group, and organizational perspective.

‐ To obtain frameworks and tools to effectively analyze and approach various organizational situations.

‐ To facilitate a critical evaluation of organizational practices and their impact on work behaviors, attitudes and performance

‐ To understand and explain theories about organizational behavior, including theories of personality, teamwork, employee motivation, organizational culture, structure, change, and leadership.

‐ To develop skills in diagnosing organizational problems, assessing behavioral data, identifying and applying relevant concepts and theories, analyzing strengths and weaknesses of theoretical models and explanations, and devising appropriate solutions.

Syllabus

At the start of the course will be given a detailed program Topics, Seminars and Workshops for the course. Theoretical issues:

‐ The human capital. ‐ Basis of the individual's behavior: perception, attribution, and values. ‐ Learning and personality. ‐ The role of emotions at work: emotional intelligence and work engagement. ‐ Attitudes: job satisfaction, organizational commitment and job involvement. ‐ Work motivation. ‐ Behavior in work groups and teams. ‐ Leadership ‐ Communication, conflict and negotiation. ‐ Climate and organizational Culture.

Theoretical/practical issues:

‐ Job design. ‐ Characteristics of the instruments of human capital assessment. ‐ Human capital audit.

Practical issues: Each topic undertakes various practices to applied analysis of the theoretical concepts presented.

247


Textbooks ROBBINS, S.P. (2011). Comportamiento organizacional. México: Prencite‐Hall. IVANCEVICH, J.M (2006). Comportamiento organizacional. México: Thomson. HELLRIEGEL, D. y SLOCUM, J. W. (2004). Comportamiento organizacional. México: Thomson. LUTHANS, F. (2008). Comportamiento organizacional. México: McGraw‐Hill. NEWSTROM, J.W. (2007). El comportamiento humano en el trabajo. México: McGraw‐Hill.

248

MARKETING: MARKETING SECTOR (MARKETING SECTORIAL)

Course Details


Code (Código)

103850 Plan (Plan)

238 ECTS 6

Type (Carácter)

Elective (Optativa)

Year (Curso)



Área (Área)




Course Staff




-



Área (Área)


Center (Centro)


Office (Despacho)

311 (FES Building)


W&Th 16:00-18:00

URL Web http://www.miguelangelprado.com


+34923294640 Extension: 3486

249

Objectives

There are many different types of organisation: students will learn the main tools to analyze the competitive situation of a company marketing. Apply knowledge to any type of company and market. Synthesize the measures of market response and its relationship with marketing objectives Learn the major components of a marketing plan. Evaluate the performance of the main objectives of the marketing function.

Syllabus

Marketing and the organization The tools of marketing Industrial Marketing Marketing in the public sector e-Commerce


Textbooks

Marketing turístico. Antoni Serra Cantallops. Ediciones Pirámide.

Other references

Marketing social corporativo. Francisco Javier Barranco Saiz. Ediciones Pirámide. Marketing farmacéutico. Dolores María Frías Jamilena. Ediciones Pirámide.

250

ACCOUNTING: ECONOMIC MANAGEMENT (DIRECCIÓN ECONÓMICA)

Course Details


Code (Código)

103851 Plan (Plan)

238 ECTS 6

Type (Carácter)

Elective (Optativa)

Year (Curso)



Área (Área)



Administración y Economía de la Empresa


251

BUSINESS ORGANIZATION: MANAGEMENT SKILLS (HABILIDADES DIRECTIVAS)

Course Details


Code (Código)

103852 Plan (Plan)

238 ECTS 6

Type (Carácter)

Elective (Optativa)

Year (Curso)



Área (Área)




Course Staff


Jesús Galende del Canto


-



Área (Área)


Center (Centro)


Office (Despacho)

131 (FES Building)


Monday 12,15 to 13 (appointment necessary)

URL Web


+34923294640 Extension: 3009

252

Objectives

To introduce students to the main management skills necessary to achieve success on a professional and personal level.

Syllabus

Lecture 1. Management work Lecture 2. Motivation Lecture 3. Communication Lecture 4. Leadership Lecture 5. Teamwork Lecture 6. Meeting management Lecture 7. Delegation Lecture 8. Decision making Lecture 9. Diversity management Lecture 10. Conflict management Lecture 11. Change management Lecture 12. Creativity and learning Lecture 13. Negociation Lecture 14. Time management


Textbooks

Acosta, J.M. (2011): Dirigir. Liderar, Motivar, Comunicar, Delegar, Dirigir Reuniones…, Esic Editorial, Madrid. Urcola, J.L. (2010): Dirigir Personas: Fondo y Formas, Esic Editorial, Madrid.

Other references

Acosta, J.M. (2009): Gestión Eficaz del Tiempo y Control del Estrés, Esic Editorial, Madrid Acosta, J.M. (2011): Trabajo en Equipo, Esic Editorial, Madrid Covey, S.R. (2010): Los 7 Hábitos de la Gente Altamente Efectiva, Paidós, Barcelona De Manuel, F. y Martínez-Vilanova, R. (2011): Técnicas de Negociación. Un Método Práctico, Esic Editorial, Madrid Erice, J. (2010): Convencer. Descubra los Secretos de los Grandes Comunicadores, Esic Editorial, Madrid Fisher. R., Ury, W. y Patton, B. (2012): Obtenga el Sí. El Arte de Negociar sin Ceder, Ediciones Gestión 2000, Barcelona Palomo, M.T. (2011): Liderazgo y Motivación de Equipos de Trabajo, Esic Editorial, Madrid Urcola, J.L. (2011): La Motivación Empieza en Uno Mismo, Esic Editorial, Madrid Supplementary material could be recommended

253

FINANCE: ECONOMÍA FINANCIERA INTERNACIONAL (INTERNATIONAL FINANCIAL ECONOMY)

Course Details


Code (Código)

103844 Plan (Plan)

238 ECTS 6

Type (Carácter)

Elective (Optativa)

Year (Curso)



Área (Área)




Course Staff




-



Área (Área)


Center (Centro)


Office (Despacho)

101 (FES BUILDING)


Apply through email

URL Web


+34923294640 Extension: 3524

Requirements

To have some basic knowledge on financial accounting, mathematics and statistics.

254

Objetives

SHOW THE OPERATION OF FINANCIAL MARKETS OFFERING MORE POSSIBILITIES OF INVESTMENT, EITHER BY ITS WIDE RANGE OF PRODUCTS AS PER YOUR Complementarity. ANALYZING PRODUCT FEATURES THAT THEY NEGOTIATE, VALUATION METHODS, STRATEGIES AND INVESTMENT OPPORTUNITIES OFFERED TO INVESTORS OR PORTFOLIO MANAGERS.

Syllabus

1. MARKETS AND FINANCIAL ASSETS2. MONEY MARKETS3. MARKETS AND FIXED ASSETS4. MARKETS EQUITY ASSETS5. MARKETS AND PRODUCTS6. INTERNATIONAL FINANCIAL MARKETS.ANNEX I. TOOLS FOR FINANCIAL ASSET MANAGEMENT ANNEX II. INTERNET ADDRESSES AND FINANCIAL INFORMATION SOURCES.

Teaching Methodology

Lectures Practice Lessons Works Exhibitions Discussions Exercises


Teacher-led hours Actual Hours

Nonactual Hours


Lectures 22,5 22,5‐ In class 22,5 22,5‐ In the laboratory ‐ In computer classroom ‐ In the field

Practices

‐ Display

Seminaries Expositions and Discussions 4,5 4,5Tutoríng 6 1,5 7,5Follow-up online 15 15Works 60 60Other Activities Exams 3 15 18

TOTAL 60 90 150

255

Evaluation

General Conditions

TEST EXAM

Evaluation Criteria




References (In Spahish) Text books

BORREGO RODRIGUEZ, A.,GARCIA ESTEVEZ,P.: PRODUCTOS FINANCIEROS,PRENTICE HALL,2005�


256

FINANCE: FINANCIAL MARKETS AND INSTITUTIONS (MERCADOS E INSTITUCIONES FINANCIERAS)

Course Details


Code (Código)

103855 Plan (Plan)

238 ECTS 6

Type (Carácter)

Elective (Optativa)

Year (Curso)



Área (Área)




Course Staff


José Ignacio Pizarro Maderal


-



Área (Área)


Center (Centro)


Office (Despacho)

(FES Building)


REQUESTED BY EMAIL BEFORE

URL Web


+34923294640 Extension: 1032

257

Objectives

The goal is that students learn the general operation of our financial system, know their products (Financial Assets), intermediaries and markets in which they operate. Also know the functions of the Central Banks, Monetary Policy development, the European Central Bank (ECB) and the European System of Central Banks (ESCB). It will present the work way of stock markets and credit institutions and other official financial intermediaries, with analysis and commentary from all the financial news, so notorious in recent years. Students will do works of practical implementation of the theoretical content exposed in class

Syllabus

ITEM 1. SPANISH I FINANCIAL SYSTEM (Part One)

ITEM 2. SPANISH II FINANCIAL SYSTEM (Part Two)

ITEM 3. THE BANK OF SPAIN AND MONETARY POLICY: MONETARY INDICATORS

ITEM 4. MONEY MARKET. Concept and characteristics. Private interbank market. Market Treasury notes and bills. - Company Notes. - Market drafts. - Mortgage securities market.

ITEM 5. CAPITAL MARKET: MARKET. Interbank market. - Public Debt Market. - Letters Securities Market.

ITEM 6. CAPITAL MARKET: THE STOCK MARKET. OPERATION AND FEATURES.

ITEM 7. PRIVATE BANKING, SAVINGS, CREDIT INSTITUTIONS AND OTHER OFFICIAL FINANCIAL INTERMEDIARY.

ITEM 8. SPANISH FINANCIAL SYSTEM AND INTERNATIONAL FINANCIAL MARKETS. IMS.

258


Textbooks

MARTÍN MARÍN, J.L.; TRUJILLO PONCE A. (2004) : Manual de Mercados Financieros. Thomson Editores Spain Paraninfo, S.A. Madrid. PEDROSA M. (2003): Los mercados financieros internacionales y su globalización. Editorial AC. Thomson Editores Spain Paraninfo, S.A. Madrid. CUERVO, A.; RODRÍGUEZ SAIZ, L.; PAREJO, J.A.; CALVO, A. (1997): Manual del Sistema Financiero Español. Ariel Economía, Barcelona. TRUJILLO, J.A., CUERVO, C.; VARGAS, F.(1998): El Sistema Financiero Español. Editorial Ariel. Barcelona. FABOZZI, F. J. ; MODIGLIANI, F. (1996): Mercados e Instituciones Financieras. Prentice Hall Hispanoamericana, S.A. MASCAREÑAS PÉREZ, J.; CHACÓN BLANCO, J.E. (1995): Activos y Mercados Financieros. Ed. Pirámide. Madrid. ONTIVEROS, E.; VALERO, F.J. (1994): Introducción al Sistema Financiero Español. Ed. Cívitas. DÍEZ, L.T. y MASCAREÑAS, J. (1991): Ingeniería Financiera. La gestión de los mercados financieros internacionales. McGraw-Hill. Serie McGraw-Hill Management.

Other references Mascareñas J. (1998): "Macrofusiones bancarias" , Expansión (http://www.ucm.es/info/jmas/doc/exp2.htm) Diaz J. : "Cómo reducir sus costes de descuento bancario" , Revista "Parentesis" nº 1, 1996 , (http://www.joandiazsl.es/revista1/artconsu.html) "Banco de España" Una breve historia, la legislación relevante y los órganos se describen en esta página, (http://www.bde.es/) "El Fondo Monetario Internacional", El FMI recoge en su página noticias con gráficos explicativos sobre temas de la economía mundial (http://www.imf.org/) "G7", Desde 1975, los líderes de los 7 países más industrializados del mundo se reúnen para debatir los problemas económicos y políticos de la comunidad internacional. (http://www.g7.com/) www.bde.es www.meff.es www.bbva.es www.invertia.com www.finanzas.es www.ine.com www.mercadodivisas.rastreador.com www.ico.es www.elconfidencial.com/mercados/

259

ACCOUNTING: CORPORATE OPERATIONS (OPERACIONES SOCIETARIAS)

Course Details


Code (Código)

103856 Plan (Plan)

238 ECTS 6

Type (Carácter)

Elective (Optativa)

Year (Curso)



Área (Área)




Course Staff


María Isabel González Bravo


Arjola Mecaj



Área (Área)


Center (Centro)


Office (Despacho)

127 (FES Building)


URL Web


+34923294640 Extension: 3007

260

Objectives

Knowledge of the principles and regulation of the process of the constitution of a company and its accounting treatments as well as the application of the rules that regulate the valuation of the corporate. Accounting reflection of all the actions in the process of constitution, capital increase, capital reduction and the transformation of the company.

Syllabus

- Constitution of a company. - Valuation and accounting reflection of other equity components. Profit application, subsidies and reserve generation. - Determination of the corporate tax cost and its accounting. The economic effect of the differences between tax rules and accounting rules. - Valuation and accounting reflection of the operations on own shares. - Analysis, valuation and accounting reflection of bonds. - Analysis, valuation and accounting reflection of company merges. - Analysis, valuation and accounting reflection of company division. - Analysis, valuation and accounting reflection of the situations gathered in the Insolvency Law. - Analysis, valuation and accounting reflection of liquidation and dissolution of a company.


Textbooks All the supporting material will be facilitated at the beginning of the course.

Other references

261

APPLIED ECONOMICS: REGULATION AND MARKETS (REGULACIÓN DE MERCADOS)

Course Details


Code (Código)

103857 Plan (Plan)

238 ECTS 6

Type (Carácter)

Elective (Optativa)

Year (Curso)



Área (Área)



Department of Applied Economics (Departamento de Economía Aplicada)

Course Staff


José Ignacio Sánchez Macías, PhD.


-


Department of Applied Economics (Departamento de Economía Aplicada)

Área (Área)


Center (Centro)

Law School (Facultad de Derecho)

Office (Despacho)

# 145 (Law School Building 145 (Facultad de Derecho)


M 10-12 & 16-18; X 10-11 & 17-18pm (prv. appt.) L de 10-12 y de 16-18; X de 10-11 y de 17-18 (previa cita)

URL Web


923294500 ext 3029

262

Objectives

The main objective of this course is to provide the student with concepts and tools required to understand:

- Rationale for government intervention in the economy through regulatory mechanisms, both from of normative and positive points of view.

- Mechanisms, limits, scope and extent of Spanish regulation. - Evaluation of its effects from both allocative and distributive grounds.

The course syllabus is oriented and designed to foster critical thinking skills regarding the economic and institutional conditions of public sector regulatory activity. As an additional outcome the student should be able to independently identify, locate and analyse the main sources of statistical and legal information on a given topic.

Syllabus

1. Competition, monopoly and market power.2. Game theory and oligopoly theory.3. Economic regulation: principles, history and methods.4. First best pricing5. Regulatory mechanisms.6. Restructuring and regulation.

In order to help the student to become familiar with the use of English in the professional field, a session may be programmed in this language (the student may participate voluntarily).


Textbooks Cabral, L. (1997): Economía Industrial, McGraw Hill. Crew, M. A. y Parker, D. eds. (2006): International Handbook on Economic Regulation, North Holland. Crew, M. y Kleindorfer, P. (2004): Regulatory Economics: Recent Trends in Theory and Practice, mimeo. Joskow, P. (2006): Regulation of natural monopoly”, Handbook of Law and Economics, vol. 2, North Holland. Cap. 16. Lasheras, M.A. (1999): La Regulación Económica de los Servicios Públicos, Ariel Economía. Pepall, L., Richards, D. y Norman, G. (2007): Organización industrial. Teoría y práctica contemporáneas, Thomson. Viscusi, W.K, Vernon, J.M. y J.E. Harrington (2005): Economics of Regulation and Antistrust, MIT Press.

Other references Armstrong, M., S. Cowan y J. Vickers (1994), Regulatory Reform: Economic Analysis and the

British Experience, MIT Press. Crew, M. y Kleindorfer, P. (2002) Regulatory Economics: Twenty Years of Progress?, Journal

of Regulatory Economics, 21 (1): 5-22, January. Dieter Helm (2003): British Utility Regulation: Theory Practice and Reform. Oxford Review Vol

10 nº 3 pp 17-39. Kirpactrick, C y Parker, D. (2012): Measuring Regulatory Performance. OECD, Paris

263

Lafont, J. J. y Martimort, D. (2001) The Theory of Incentives: The Principal-Agent Model, Princeton University Press.

Lafont, J.J. y J. Tirole (1993), A Theory of Incentives in Procurement y Regulation, MIT Press. Perez Arriaga, I (1998): Visión global del cambio en la regulación. Documento DT 001/98 de

la CNSE http://www.cmt.es http://www.cncompetencia.es http://www.cne.es

264

BUSINESS ORGANIZATION: INFORMATION AND KNOWLEDGE MANAGEMENT

(GESTIÓN DE LA INFORMACIÓN Y DEL CONOCIMIENTO)

Course Details


Code (Código)

103858 Plan (Plan)

238 ECTS 6

Type (Carácter)

Elective (Optativa)

Year (Curso)



Área (Área)

Organización de Empresas




265

MATHEMATICS: BUSINESS INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY (TECNOLOGÍAS DE LA INFORMACIÓN PARA LA EMPRESA)

Course Details


Code (Código)

10859 Plan (Plan)

238 ECTS 6

Type (Carácter)

Elective (Optativa)

Year (Curso)



Área (Área)



Economics and Economic History (Economía e Historia de la Empresa)

Course Staff


Fernando E. Almaraz Menéndez



Economics and Economic History (Economía e Historia de la Empresa)

Área (Área)


Center (Centro)


Office (Despacho)

203 (FES Building)


To be appointed by e-mail

URL Web http://diarium.usal.es/falmaraz/


+34923294640 Extension: 3513

266

Objectives

1. Understand the principles of information technology and link them with businessmanagement knowledge.

2. Understand the different types of current technological applications that support thecompany’s value system

3. Understand the process of IT information systems design and implementation.4. Identify the information technology area within an organization.

Syllabus

1. Business information systems and technology.2. Enterprise Resource Planning Systems (ERP)3. Supply Chain Management Systems (SCM)4. Customer Relationships Management Systems (CRM)5. Business Intelligent Systems to support decision making (BI)6. Internet business presence: company website, social networking and e-commerce7. Information Security8. Management of business information systems and technology systems in the enterprise.


Textbooks Gómez Vieites, A.; Suárez Rey, C. (2011): Sistemas de Información. Herramientas prácticas para la gestión empresarial (4º ed.). Editorial Ra-Ma Empresa.

Other references Laudon, K.; Laudon, J.(2013): Management Information Systems (13th Edition). Pearson Education. Sieber, S.; Valor, J.; Porta, V.(2006): Los sistemas de Información en la empresa actual. Aspectos estratégicos y alternativas tácticas.

267

BACHELOR DEGREE IN SMALL AND MEDIUM BUSINESS MANAGEMENT

(GRADO EN GESTIÓN DE PEQUEÑAS Y MEDIANAS EMPRESAS)

2017-2018

268


BUSINESS ORGANIZATION: INTRODUCTION TO BUSINESS MANAGEMENT

(INTRODUCCIÓN A LA ADMINISTRACIÓN DE EMPRESAS)

Course Details


Code (Código)

103900 Plan (Plan)

239 ECTS 6

Type (Carácter)

Basic (Básica)

Year (Curso)



Área (Área)




Course Staff

Course Coordinator Profesor Coordinador

ANA ISABEL PRIETO CUERDO Grupo / s A y B

Department Departamento

Administration and Business Economics Administración y Economía de la Empresa

Area Área

Business Organization Organización de Empresas

Center Centro

Faculty of Economics and Business Facultad de Economía y Empresa

Office Despacho

312

Office hours Horario de tutorías

Shall be determined at the start of the course

URL Web -

E-mail [email protected] Phone Teléfono

+34923294640 Extension 3486

269


GABRIEL HIDALGO MORENO Grupo / s C



Area Área


Center Centro


Office Despacho

009


Shall be determined at the start of the course SE DETERMINARAN AL INICIAR EL CURSO

URL Web -

E-mail [email protected] Teléfono

Objetives

Performed a detailed analysis, from the perspective of the creation and organization of companies, business, introducing at the same time, Student in the basic first concept of business, and their relationship with the environment, competitive analysis and business development

Syllabus

1. Business & entreprenuer: Functions & Resources.2. Company nature.3. Business, environment & competition: Company’s relationship with its environment.4. Business objectives and business result.5. Types of Business: classification criteria6. Business Decisions: growth, cooperation.7. Management Business: management influence in company decision.8. 9. Business development.

References

Textbooks Sánchez, R. y Gónzalez, J. Administración de empresas: objetivos y decisiones. M;cGraw Hill. 2012. Iborra, M. Dasi, A. “Fundamentos de Dirección de Empresas”. Thompson, 2008 Maynar, P. “La economía de la empresa en el espacio europeo de educación superior” McGraw Hill. 2008.

270

ACCOUNTING: BASES OF FINANCIAL ACCOUNTING (FUNDAMENTOS DE CONTABILIDAD FINANCIERA)

Course Details


Code (Código)

103901 Plan (Plan)

239 ECTS 6

Type (Carácter)

Basic (Básica)

Year (Curso)



Área (Área)




Course Staff


Raquel García Rubio


Ana Sánchez Moya Jennifer Martínez Ferrero



Área (Área)


Center (Centro)


Office (Despacho)



-

URL Web -


Phone (Tlf.)

+34923294640 Extension (Prof. García): 3134 Extension (Prof. Moya): 3203 Extension (Prof. Martínez): 3203

271

Objectives

1. To know the structure and contents of the Annual Accounts as an instrument ofcommunication of economic and financial information in a business environment. 2. To know the utility of the accounting information for the different interest groups (users) withthe aim of rationalising the taking-decision process. 3. To know the concepts, instruments and basic aims of financial accounting.4. To understand the accounting process: the creation of a company, the closure of a financialyear, the transactions of the business activities and their effect on the economic and financial information that is issued by the company. 5. To know the national regulation about the implementation and provision of the economic andfinancial information and their implications in the business obligations, as well as their link with fiscal regulations. 6. To identify economic events, through real commercial documents and to put correctly intopractice the valuation criteria. 7. To know the use of accounting concepts, mechanisms and instruments for recording correctlythe transactions. 8. To carry out and dominate the accounting cycle process in relation to the legal obligations ofthe companies. 9. To prepare economic and financial information, concretely the Annual Accounts, inaccordance with the regulations. 10. To know how to prepare, to regularise and register the compulsory accounting Textbooks, inaccordance with the regulations.

Syllabus

The accounting information system. Conceptual framework. The accounting method: the double-entry method Business assets. The registration process: techniques and accounting Textbooks. The net profit of the financial year. The accounting cycle. The standardisation process and accounting planning. The General Accounting Plan.


Textbooks PLAN GENERAL DE CONTABILIDAD Y DE PYMES 2008 (REALES DECRETOS 1514/2007 Y 1515/2007, DE 16 DE NOVIEMBRE) SOCÍAS SALVÁ, A., JOVER ARBONA, G., LLULL GILET, A., HORRACH ROSELLÓ, P. y HERRANZ BASCONES, R. (2007): Contabilidad Financiera, Ed. Pirámide, Madrid. URIAS VALIENTE, J. (1997): Introducción a la Contabilidad. Teoría y Supuestos, Ed. Pirámide, MaARQUERO, J.L. JIMENEZ, S.M. Y RUIZ, I. (2008): Introducción a la contabilidad financira, Ed. Pirámide, Madrid.

GONZÁLEZ ALBERO, J., BAÑÓN CALATAVA, C., SERRANO CARDON, M.J., VERDÚ LLORCA, V., BELTRÁN MARTÍNEZ, E.C., RUIZ MANERO, E., RODRÍGUEZ MANFREDI, L y GARCÍA PÉREZ, M. (2008): Contabilidad Financiera, Ed. Pirámide, Madrid

272

Other references Plan General de Contabilidad, Plan General de contabilidad de PYMES

273

MATHEMATICS: BUSINESS MATHEMATICS (MATEMÁTICA EMPRESARIAL)

Course Details


Code (Código)

103902 Plan (Plan)

239 ECTS 6

Type (Carácter)

Basic (Básica)

Year (Curso)



Área (Área)




Course Staff


Mª Aurora Manrique García


José Manuel Gutiérrez Díez Anastasio González del Mazo



Área (Área)


Center (Centro)


Office (Despacho)

207, 201 and 214 (FES Building)


Previous appointment

URL Web http://www.usal.es/webusal/node/46


Phone (Tlf.)

+34923294640 Ext. (Prof. Manrique): 3180 Ext. (Prof. Gutiérrez): 3126 Ext. (Prof. González): 3519

274

Objectives

• To acquire and to use the basic elements of matrices and linear equation systems, andthe theory of real functions of one and two variables (instrumental knowledge).

• To develop skills so as to structure a problem by using appropriate mathematicalmodels.

• To identify and to use mathematical software.

Syllabus

1. Introduction to the basic concepts of logic and set theory.2. Properties of matrices and determinants. Systems of linear equations.3. Theory of functions of one variable.

i. Limits and continuity.ii. Derivability.

4. Real functions of two variables.i. Continuity.ii. Derivability

5. Unconstrained optimization. Constrained optimization.


Textbooks

M.D. García Sanz, B. García-Bernalt, A. Manrique y J.C. Rodríguez, Manual práctico de Matemáticas para Economía y Empresa, Delta Publicaciones, 2006. J.R. Vizmanos, F. Alcaide Guindo y J. Hernández Gómez, Matemáticas, ciencias y tecnología, 2º Bachillerato, Ediciones SM, 2009. M. Spiegel y R. Moyer, Álgebra, McGraw Hill / Interamericana de España, Schaum, 2004. F. Ayres y E. Mendelson, Cálculo, McGraw Hill / Interamericana de España, Schaum, 2004.

Other references

A.C. Chiang y K. Wainwright, Métodos fundamentales de economía matemática, Mc Graw Hill, 2006. A. González del Mazo, Álgebra y cálculo, Librería Cervantes, 2005. G. Jarne, I. Pérez-Gasa y E. Minguillón, Matemáticas para la economía, McGraw Hill, 1997. R. Larson y B.H. Edwards, Cálculo 1 de una variable, McGraw Hill, 2010. R. Larson y B.H. Edwards, Cálculo 2 de dos variables, McGraw Hill, 2010. K. Sydsaeter y P. J. Hammond, Matemáticas para el análisis económico, Prentice Hall, 1995.

SOFTWARE ESPECÍFICO (se intentará que sea de acceso gratuito como Maxima, un sistema de álgebra computacional, http://maxima.sourceforge.net/es/ ).

275

ECONOMIC THEORY: INTRODUCTION TO ECONOMICS (INTRODUCCIÓN A LA ECONOMÍA)

Course Details


Code (Código)

103903 Plan (Plan)

239 ECTS 6

Type (Carácter)

Basic (Básica)

Year (Curso)



Área (Área)




Course Staff


ISABEL MARÍA GARCIA MARTÍN


PALOMA BAYO ROVIRA



Área (Área)


Center (Centro)


Office (Despacho)

225 (FES Building)



URL Web -

E-mail [email protected] [email protected]:[email protected]

Phone (Tlf.)

+34923294640 Extension (Prof. García): 3129 Extension (Prof. Bayo): 3511

276

Objectives


8. Understanding basic economic concepts, especially those useful for small firms. 9. Understanding of the main economic theories and how they can be used for real

problems. 10. Applying main theoretical concepts of economic analysis to the field of small

businesses.

Syllabus 1. The principles of Economics. 2. Consumers and firms 3. Goods Markets. The Efficiency of Markets. Market Regulation 4. Labour Market: Demand, Supply, and Wages’ Determination. The Role of Unions 5. The Macroeconomic Approach. Measuring the Economic Variables. Unemployment and Inflation. Economic Growth and Business Cycle. The Impact of Economic Policies References (in Spanish)

Textbooks Economia, Teoría y Prácticas: Blanco, J. M.(Ed. Mc.Graw-Hill). Principios de Economía: Martín Simón, J.L.(Ed. Prentice Hall). Economía: Begg, D. et al. (Ed. Mc.Graw-Hill). Economía, Teoría y Política: Mochón, F.( Ed. Mc.Graw-Hill).


277

MATHEMATICS: INFORMATION TECHNOLOGIES FOR BUSINESS MANAGEMENT

(TECNOLOGÍAS DE LA INFORMACIÓN EN GESTIÓN EMPRESARIAL)

Course Details


Code (Código)

103904 Plan (Plan)

239 ECTS 3

Type (Carácter)


Year (Curso)



Área (Área)




Course Staff


Federico Cesteros Muñoz


Fernando Almaraz Menéndez Guillermo Sánchez León



Área (Área)


Center (Centro)


Office (Despacho)



Prof. Cesteros: Tuesday: 11h-12h (previous appointment)

URL Web -


Phone (Tlf.)

+34923294640 Ext. (Prof. Cesteros): 3513 Ext. (Prof. Almaraz): 3519 Ext. (Prof. Sánchez): 3126

278

Objectives

• To understand the role of information and communication technologies (ICT) in small and medium-sized enterprises (SME) management.

• To know the technological infrastructure of SME and its basic components. • To get familiar with the use of information and communication technologies in SME. • To be able to design simple and useful software applications for business management.

To develop time management and autonomous work skills.

Syllabus

1. Theoretical contents.

i. ICT and SME ii. ICT and its impact on business management. iii. Netowork infrastructure for small business. iv. Internet and SME.

2. Practical contents. i. Using Excel to study models for business and operations management. ii. Using WordPress (Diarium) to create and mantain blogs and web sites.


Textbooks Charte Ojeda, F.: Excel 2007. Colección Guías Prácticas. Ed. Anaya Multimedia. Madrid, 2007. IDC España: TIC para las PYMES. Lid Editorial Empresarial S.L. Madrid, 2007 Sieber, S.; Valor, J.; Porta, V: Los sistemas de información en la empresa actual. McGrawHill. Madrid, 2006.

Other references AECEM: Libro Blanco del Comercio Electrónico. Guía Práctica de Comercio Electrónico para PYMES. http://www.libroblanco.aecem.org/, 2010 Charte Ojeda, F.: Excel 2007. Colección Manuales Avanzados. Ed. Anaya Multimedia. Madrid, 2007. DigiZen: Manual de WordPress 2.7, 2010 http://www.vidadigital.net/blog/2008/12/10/manual-wordpresscom-27-en-formato-pdf/ Valdés-Miranda Cros, C. y Plasencia López, Z.: Excel 2007. Colección Manuales Imprescindibles. Ed. Anaya Multimedia. Madrid, 2007.

279


Course Details


Code (Código)

103905 Plan (Plan)

239 ECTS 3

Type (Carácter)


Year (Curso)


Quarterly (Trimestral

(2º parte del 1º semestre))

Área (Área)




Course Staff


Amparo Bejarano Rubio


Elisa Botella Rodríguez



Área (Área)


Center (Centro)


Office (Despacho)

227 (FES Building)


Prof. Bejarano: Monday: 10:00-12:00

URL Web -


Phone (Tlf.)

+34923294640 Extension: 3179

280

Objectives

Main course goals:

- Know classifying the main economic facts during the contemporary history - Relate and use basic economic concepts relating to historical events and the study of the territory.

Specific and operational goals:

- Develop essays and practice tests using the simple tools of the economic analysis - Analyze graphs and draw conclusions from data sets - Ability to present arguments in public - Develop teamwork and assume roles in simulations games - Ensure that the student interacted in the virtual campus.

Syllabus 1. - Overview Economic History of the West 2. - The Industrial Revolution (1750-1850) 3. - The first globalization (1870-1913) 4. - The interwar period (1913-1945) 5. - The Golden Age of growth (1950-1973) 6. - The economic crisis and its consequences in industrialized countries References (in Spanish)






Other references http://www.gapminder.org/ http://www.bbc.co.uk/history/ http://seneca.uab.es/historia/ http://estudios.universia.es/recursos/auladigital/historia/index.htm#contemporanea http://www.artehistoria.jcyl.es/ http://clio.rediris.es/ http://www.historiasiglo20.org/ http://www.educahistoria.com/javierosset/

281

FIRST YEAR SPRING SEMESTER

CIVIL PATRIMONIAL LAW:

FUNDAMENTAL INSTITUTIONS OF PRIVATE PATRIMONIAL LAW

(FUNDAMENTOS DE DERECHO PRIVADO PATRIMONIAL)

Course Details


Code (Código)

103906 Plan (Plan)

239 ECTS 6

Type (Carácter)

Basic (Básica)

Year (Curso)



Área (Área)




Course Staff




JUAN JOSÉ REAL OLIVA PILAR GONZÁLEZ DEL POZO ISABEL NIETO HERNÁNDEZ ASUNCIÓN DÍAZ PÉREZ JOSÉ LORENZO GARCÍA MARTÍN



Área (Área)


Center (Centro)


Office (Despacho)

215, 216, 209 and 207 (Building: Faculty of Law)



282

URL Web -

E-mail [email protected] [email protected] [email protected] [email protected] [email protected] [email protected]

Phone (Tlf.)

+34923294441 Extension (Prof. García): 1634 Ext. (Prof. Real): 1635 Ext. (Prof. González): 1634 Ext. (Prof. Nieto): 1687 Ext. (Prof. Díaz): 1634 Ext. (Prof. García): 1687


Patrimonial Private Law consists of the sectors of Civil and Commercial Law governing all relations that have an economic background and consider the person in reference to his property, so that their bases are embedded within the economic system the private initiative, enterprise, competition and market freedom.In this sense, the course Fundamentals of Private Equity focuses on the study of the rules governing the obligations and contracts, business, legal status of the entrepreneur, competition and securities, to the extent that these rules allow legal sharing goods and services with economic significance. This corresponds well with basic training necessary for the student to understand other subjects of the degree are taught later. Hence, the students have achieved a solid legal background will help you understand the legal operating company affects and translate that training into practice everyday. Objectives

The course aims to provide students of the Bachelor Degree in Management in SMEs legal tools essential for understanding the practical everyday problems in their own obligations and contracts, business, legal status of the entrepreneur, competition and securities, aimed at their training, enabling them to have the precise legal means face to be future professionals in management in small and medium enterprises. Given the role of the jurist and the aims of the future graduate, the basic objectives of any course in property law should ensure that the trainee achieves a reasonable level of knowledge for the scope of this discipline, and proper use of such knowledge in the solution practical problems. In this sense, the theory class is useful as a guide for the student to the study of the subject, as a means to explain the fundamental concepts, to clarify the more complex issues or to highlight the most important issues. As for the practical classes, should serve to make clear the close relationship in law between theory and practice to acquire the necessary critical sense that allows you to assess the various situations of legal court in this site are usually presented. Syllabus

I - CIVIL PATRIMONIAL LAW LESSON 1. - SYSTEMATICS OF CIVIL LESSON 2. - STRUCTURE AND SOURCES OF OBLIGATIONS LESSON 3. - COMPLIANCE AND ENFORCEMENT OF THE OBLIGATION LESSON 4. - CONCEPT AND COMPONENTS OF CONTRACT LESSON 5. - CLASSIFICATION, BIOLOGY AND EFFECTIVENESS OF THE CONTRACT

283

II - FUNDAMENTALS OF BUSINESS LAW LESSON 6. - CONCEPT AND SOURCES OF THE LAW OF. LESSON 7. - COMPANY, EMPLOYER AND ITS CONTRIBUTORS. LESSON 8. - THE INDIVIDUAL EMPLOYER. BASICS OF THE LEGAL SYSTEM. LESSON 9. - THE LEGAL STATUS OF THE EMPLOYER. THE DUTY OF ACCOUNTING AND ADVERTISING. LESSON 10. - COMPETITION LAW AND INDUSTRIAL PROPERTY INTELLECTUAL. LESSON 11. - THE SOCIAL ENTREPRENEUR. THE COMPANIES AND OTHER LEGAL CORPORATE COMPANY. LESSON 12. - OBLIGATIONS AND COMMERCIAL CONTRACTS. LESSON 13.- CREDITS TITLES AND SECURITIES. LESSON 14. - ECONOMIC CRISIS OF THE EMPLOYER. INSOLVENCY AND BANKRUPTCY LAW Competences and Habilities

TRANSVESE C6. -. Students will be able to apply their knowledge to their work or vocation in a professional developing skills typically demonstrated through devising and sustaining arguments and solving problems within their field of study C14. - Students will be able to show fair treatment to others, supporting equal opportunities and equal presence of women throughout the organization chart C4. - Students will have the ability to gather and interpret relevant data to inform judgments that include reflection on relevant social, scientific or ethical.

SPECIFIC A4. The student will know and understand critically developed strategic SMEs, the factors determining the choice of company policies, different organizational structures and operations management policies, legal forms more suited to the structure of SMEs advantage enabling legal, fiscal and financial matters. A8. The student will know and understand the fundamental concepts and principles of commercial law, tax and work with special incidence in the small and medium enterprises, applications for the creation and development of SMEs based on the proper functioning of their teams , leadership and the implications of the work environment and reward systems in the company.B.4. The student can set the legal form of the smaller companies, taking into account the implications for asset risks and associated guarantees.

Methodologies

In relation to the subject and its location within the training module was developed with the following contents:- The classes allow exposing the theoretical content of the different lessons in the program, following one or two reference Textbooks that reflect the rationale for the topics and skills related to those provided. We begin with "Fundamentals of Civil Patrimonial Law", which will run during the first five weeks of the course. Will continue the "Fundamentals of Commercial Law", which will occupy the remaining eleven weeks. - The practical classes are linked to the consequent understanding of concepts by students so that they will develop the solution of problems in the classroom. From the classes, teachers propose students carrying out work on theory and personal problems, for whose implementation will be supported by the teacher in supervised workshops.In these seminars students can share with their peers and the teacher are doubts, get solutions to them and start playing for themselves the powers of matter. References (in Spanish)

284

Textbooks: - CONSTITUCIÓN ESPAÑOLA DE 1978, actualmente vigente. - CÓDIGO CIVIL, a ser posible con legislación complementaria. - CÓDIGO DE COMERCIO, a ser posible con legislación complementaria. - Libros de texto para la teoría: * LASARTE ÁLVAREZ, Carlos, “Principios de Derecho Civil. Tomo II. Derecho de Obligaciones” (Ed. Marcial Pons, última edición) * SÁNCHEZ CALERO, F. “Principios de Derecho Mercantil”, Thomson/Aranzadi, Madrid, última edición.

Other references: - LACRUZ BERDEJO, José Luis, actualizado por DELGADO ECHEVERRÍA, Jesús, y PARRA LUCÁN, María Ángeles, “Nociones de Derecho civil patrimonial e Introducción al Derecho” (Editorial Dykinson, última edición, Madrid). - DÍEZ PICAZO Y PONDE DE LEÓN, Luis, “Fundamentos de Derecho Civil Patrimonial I” (Civitas, Madrid, última edición). - DÍEZ-PICAZO Y PONCE DE LEÓN, Luis, y GULLÓN BALLESTEROS, Antonio, “Instituciones de Derecho Civil I. 2: Doctrina general del contrato y de las obligaciones. Contratos en especial. Cuasi contratos. Enriquecimiento sin causa” (Tecnos, 2ª ed., Madrid, última edición) - DÍEZ-PICAZO Y PONCE DE LEÓN, Luis, y GULLÓN BALLESTEROS, Antonio, “Instituciones de Derecho Civil II. 1: Derechos reales” (Tecnos, Madrid, última edición). - MORENO QUESADA y otros: “Derecho Civil Patrimonial. Conceptos y normativa básica” (Editorial Comares, Granada, última edición). - JIMÉNEZ SÁNCHEZ, G.J. (Coord.) y otros “Lecciones de Derecho Mercantil”, TECNOS, Madrid, última edición. - VICENT CHULIÁ, F. “Introducción al Derecho Mercantil”, Tirant Lo Blanch, Valencia, última edición. Se proporcionará, a los alumnos y en el momento oportuno, diversos materiales relacionados con la materia del Curso que, a juicio de los profesores, resulten necesarios para la evaluación de la asignatura.

285

ACCOUNTING: ACCOUNTING FOR SMALL AND MEDIUM BUSINESS (CONTABILIDAD PARA PYMES)

Course Details


Code (Código)

103907 Plan (Plan)

239 ECTS 6

Type (Carácter)


Year (Curso)



Área (Área)




Course Staff


Juan Manuel Lázaro Hernández


Elena Martín Mayoral



Área (Área)


Center (Centro)


Office (Despacho)

102 (FES Building)


-

URL Web -


Phone (Tlf.)

+34923294640 Extension: 3132

286

Objectives

- To learn how to use the accounting concepts, mechanisms and instruments for recording business transactions with the aim of preparing correctly the financial information.

- To learn how to implement the regulation and valuation criteria, depending on the specific characteristics of each economic operation.

- To learn how to analyse and evaluate the different alternatives that could be put into practice for the valuation of economic transactions, taking into account the economic implications for the SME.

Syllabus

Lesson 1. The General Accounting Plan for SMEs: Analysis and Introduction Lesson 2. Financial Accounts 1: The Equity Lesson 3. Financial Accounts 2: The Borrowed Capital Lesson 4. Non-current Assets Accounts Lesson 5. Inventory Accounts Lesson 6. Current Financial Liabilities Lesson 7. Current Financial Assets Lesson 8. Financial Accounts Lesson 9. Purchases and Expenditures Accounts. Lesson 10. Sales and Revenues Accounts. Lesson 11. Solved financial years


Textbooks Manuales de clase de Teoría y Práctica de Juan Manuel Lázaro Hernández.

Other references

* PLAN GENERAL DE CONTABILIDAD

MINISTERIO DE LA PRESIDENCIA BOLETÍN OFICIAL DEL ESTADO

AÑO CCCXLVII • MIÉRCOLES 21 DE NOVIEMBRE DE 2007 • SUPLEMENTO DEL NÚMERO 279 MINISTERIO DE ECONOMÍA Y HACIENDA

REAL DECRETO 1515/2007, de 16 de noviembre, por el que se aprueba el Plan General de Contabilidad de Pequeñas y Medianas Empresas y los criterios contables específicos para microempresas.

PLAN GENERAL DE CONTABILIDAD DE PEQUEÑAS Y MEDIANAS EMPRESAS

• LEY 16/2007, de 4 de Julio, de REFORMA Y ADAPTACION DE LA LEGISLACIONMERCANTIL EN MATERIA CONTABLE PARA SU ARMONIZACION INTERNACIONALCON BASE EN LA NORMATIVA DE LA UNION EUROPEA.

287

B.O.E. nº 160, de 5 de julio de 2007. * CUARTA DIRECTRIZ.COMUNIDAD ECONOMICA EUROPEA Diarios oficiales de las comunidades : nº. L 222/11 de 14-8-78 nº L 193 de 18-7-83 nº L 314/28 de 4-12-84 * TEXTO REFUNDIDO de la LEY de SOCIEDADES ANONIMAS B.O.E. de 27 de diciembre de 1989.

* LEY de SOCIEDADES de RESPONSABILIDAD LIMITADA B.O.E. 24 de marzo de 1995. * LEY y REGLAMENTO de AUDITORIA DE CUENTAS B.O.E. de 15 de Julio de 1988. * REGLAMENTO del REGISTRO MERCANTIL B.O.E. de 19 de julio de 1996. * IMPUESTO DE SOCIEDADES LEY 43/1995, de 27 de diciembre. B.O.E. de 28 de diciembre de 1995. * REGLAMENTO del IMPUESTO de SOCIEDADES Y TABLA DE COEFICIENTES de AMORTIZACION REAL DECRETO 1777/2.004, de 30 de Julio. B.O.E. de 6 Agosto de 2004. * IMPUESTO SOBRE el VALOR AÑADIDO (IVA) LEY 37/1992 de 28 de Diciembre. B.O.E. de 29 de Diciembre de 1992. * REGLAMENTO DEL IMPUESTO SOBRE el VALOR AÑADIDO REAL DECRETO 1624/1992 de 29 de Diciembre. B.O.E. de 31 de Diciembre de 1992.

288

STATISTICS (PYMES): BUSINESS STATISTICS (ESTADÍSTICA EMPRESARIAL)

Course Details


Code (Código)

103908 Plan (Plan)

239 ECTS 6

Type (Carácter)

Basic (Básica)

Year (Curso)



Área (Área)

Statistics and Operational Research (Estadística e Investigación Operativa)


Statistics (Estadística)

Course Staff


Mª JOSE FERNANDEZ GOMEZ


SANTIAGO VICENTE TAVERA ANTONIO BLÁZQUEZ ZABALLOS


Statistics (Estadística)

Área (Área)

Statistics and Operational Research (Estadística e Investigación Operativa)

Center (Centro)


Office (Despacho)

3.4, 3.5 and 3.3 (Building: Faculty of Medicine)


-

URL Web http://biplot.usal.es


Phone (Tlf.)

+34923294400 Extension: 1921

289

Objectives

GENERAL OBJECTIVES This subject aims at providing first-year students of the Degree in PYMES basic knowledge of different techniques of both, descriptive and inferential statistics. This knowledge will be useful in their professional development to solve problems that arise in their practice. The students must have a correct view of the statistical techniques because they are an indispensable tool of the scientific method. The students must learn how to work in a rigorous, orderly and methodological way in handling data and interpreting results. SPECIFIC OBJECTIVES • To know how to perform a data exploration through the descriptive analysis of a sample. • To understand and properly handle the basic concepts of Probability Theory and its main properties. • To recognize and manage the main probability models. • To understand, and accurately describe the basic principles of the statistical inference. • To understand the concept of a confidence interval. • To apply the knowledge about confidence intervals taking into account the characteristics of the samples and the parameter or parameters to be estimated. • To calculate the sample size needed to estimate a population parameter at a confidence level for a given error. • To learn how to be critical in interpreting the survey technical record. • To define the basic concepts to formulate a hypothesis test. • To understand the possible errors that can occur in a test of hypothesis. • To define the significant level in hypothesis testing. • To understand the meaning of a p-value in hypothesis testing. • To apply hypothesis tests depending on the objective and the information we have about the population or populations under study. • To understand the concept of power of a hypothesis test. • To differentiate between parametric and nonparametric statistical analyses. • To use the test of independence and homogeneity for analyzing relationships between two qualitative variables. • To understand the concept of linear correlation and how to use regression analysis to analyze the relationship between two quantitative variables and how to use the associated test. • To understand the concept of an index number and the basic way to performing a time series analysis. Syllabus UNIT 1: Descriptive Statistics. UNIT 2. Probability and Distributions UNIT 3. Statistical inference and estimations.

290

UNIT 4. Hypothesis formulation and testing: Types of errors, Testing of hypothesis, Test about the mean, Test on the difference of two means, Paired t-test. Testing proportions. Nonparametric tests. UNIT 5. Linear regression analysis and associated tests. UNIT 6. Index numbers and introduction to time series analysis. UNIT 7. Chi-square test for qualitative variables. References (in Spanish)

Textbooks

Cáceres Hernández, José Juan. Conceptos básicos de estadística para ciencias sociales. Las Rozas (Madrid): Delta, cop. 2007.

Casas Sánchez, José Miguel, Santos Peñas, Julián. Introducción a la estadística para administración y dirección de empresas. Madrid: Editorial Universitaria Ramón Areces, 2002 (imp. 2008).

García de Cortazar, Marisa [et al.]. Estadística aplicada a las ciencias sociales: ejercicios resueltos. Madrid: UNED, 1996 (imp. 2008).

Huerga Castro, Carmen; Mures Quintana, M Jesús (coordinadoras); Abad González, Julio [et al.]. Problemas de probabilidad e inferencia estadística aplicadas a las ciencias sociales. [León]: Universidad de León, D.L. 2007.

Lind, Douglas A., Marchal, William G.; Wathen, Samuel A. Estadística aplicada a los negocios y la economía. México [etc.]: McGraw-Hill, cop. 2008.

Martín González, Germán. Prácticas de estadística básica con SPSS Valencia: Universidad Católica de Valencia "San Vicente Mártir", 2008.

Martín Pliego, Francisco Javier. Introducción a la estadística económica y empresarial: teoría y práctica. Madrid: Thomson, cop. 2004 (imp. 2008).

Martin-Pliego, F.J. y Ruiz Maya, L. (2004). Estadística. I. Probabilidad. Ed.AC. Madrid. Montero Lorenzo, José María. Estadística descriptiva. Madrid: Thomson, D.L. 2007. Montero Lorenzo, José María. Problemas resueltos de estadística descriptiva para ciencias Sociales.

Madrid: Thomson, cop. 2008. Moore, David S. Estadística aplicada básica. Barcelona: Antoni Bosch, D.L. 2008. Newbold, P. Estadística para administración y economía. Madrid. Prentice-Hall (Pearson). 2008. (6ª

Ed.). Olarrea Busto, José; Cordero Gracia, Marta Estadística: 45 problemas útiles. Madrid: García-Maroto,

D.L. 2007. Pérez López, César. Estadística aplicada a través de Excel. Madrid: Pearson Educación, 2008. Ritchey, Ferris J. Estadística para las ciencias sociales. México; Madrid: McGraw Hill Interamericana,

cop. 2008. Ross, Sheldon M. Introducción a la estadística. Barcelona: Reverté, D.L. 2007. Ruiz Maya, L. y Martin Pliego, F.J. (2001). Estadística. II. Inferencia. Ed. Thomson. Madrid.

Other references http://www.ine.es http://ec.europa.eu/eurostat http://biplot.usal.es

291

MARKETING: INTRODUCTION TO MARKETING (FUNDAMENTOS DE COMERCIALIZACIÓN)

Course Details


Code (Código)

103909 Plan (Plan)

239 ECTS 6

Type (Carácter)

Basic (Básica)

Year (Curso)



Área (Área)




Course Staff


Pablo A. Muñoz Gallego


-



Área (Área)


Center (Centro)


Office (Despacho)

317 (FES Building)


-

URL Web -


+34923294640 Extension: 3127

292

Objectives

The course is intended to introduce the students to Marketing. In particular, the student should identify relevant information and decisions and be able to structure them as a Marketing Plan. Syllabus - What is marketing? - Strategic marketing - Environmental analysis - Market research - Consumer behaviour - Organisational buying bahaviour - Market segmentation References (in Spanish)

Textbooks Best, R.J. (2007): Marketing Estratégico. Pearson. Prentice Hall, Madrid. Lambin, J.J., Gallucci, C. y Sicurello, C. (2009): Dirección de Marketing. McGrawHill. 2ª

edición. Santesmases Mestre, M. (2004): Marketing. Conceptos y Estrategias. Pirámide. 5ª edición. Kotler, P. y otros (2006): Dirección de marketing, 12ª edición, Prentice Hall. Vazquez Casielles, R. y otros (2005): Marketing: Estrategias y Aplicaciones Sectoriales. 4ª

edición Ed. Civitas, Madrid. Sainz de Vicuña, Jose María (2005): El Plan de Marketing en la práctica. (9ª edición). ESIC. Madrid.

Other references -

293

LABOUR LAW: LABOUR LAW (DERECHO DEL TRABAJO)

Course Details


Code (Código)

103910 Plan (Plan)

239 ECTS 3

Type (Carácter)


Year (Curso)



Área (Área)

Labour Law and Social Security (Derecho del Trabajo y de la Seguridad Social)


Labour Law and Social Services (Derecho del Trabajo y Trabajo Social)

Course Staff


Jesús Baz Rodríguez


Perçy Orestes Alarcón Bravo de Rueda Pedro García García


Labour Law and Social Services (Derecho del Trabajo y Trabajo Social)

Área (Área)

Labour Law and Social Security (Derecho del Trabajo y de la Seguridad Social)

Center (Centro)


Office (Despacho)



Monday: 13h-14h

URL Web www.usal.es/dtyts


Phone (Tlf.)

+34923294441 Extension: 1641

294

Objectives

14. Elemental knowledge about the structure and basic contents of Spanish Employment Law, related to individual contract relation and also collective or industrial work relations.

15. Development of skills in order to self-knowing and investigating in the field of this broad part of Spanish Law, characterised by its frequent legal variations.

16. Development of skills in order to act as a legal labour law operator, being able to apply this knowledge in the particular context of small and medium-sized enterprises.

17. Acquirement of attitudes in order to build out technically funded opinions in social and work related issues.

18. Being able to propose solutions to simple problems in the application of Employment Law in the field of individual labour contract, such as contracting of the workforce, execution of labour contract and also about its extinction.

19. Development of attitudes useful for management in the field of industrial relations, focused to the knowledge of legal questions about this matter.

20. Acquirement of knowledge about legal contents on the resolutions of workforce collective conflicts in the organisation.

21. Basic knowledge about administrative and jurisdictional resources related to the application of Employment and Labour Law in Spain.

22. Development of skills useful for making strategic decisions in the field of human resources in the enterprise, from the view of legal adjustment of such decisions.

23. Development of skills and knowledge in order to follow up into advanced studies in the field of human resources management.

Syllabus

- Employment Law and its social function. - Employment Law source system. - Constitutional regulation and Employment Law. - The work contract. Types of contracts and access to employment. - Work agencies, outsourcing and subcontracting. - Execution of the work contract. - Extinction of the work contract. - Trade Unions and enterprise collective associations. - Collective organisation and action in the enterprise. - Collective workforce conflicts and its solutions.


Textbooks - Albiol I., Camps J.M., López Gandía J., Sala Franco T.: Derecho del Trabajo. Tirant

lo Blanch, Valencia. - Alonso Olea M., Casas Baamonde, M.E.: Derecho del Trabajo. Thomson- Civitas,

Madrid. - García Ninet J.I. (Dir.), Vicente Palacio A.: Derecho del Trabajo, Thomson-Aranzadi,

Pamplona. - Martín Valverde A., Rodríguez Sañudo F., García Murcia J.: Derecho del Trabajo,

Tecnos, Madrid. - Mercader Uguina J.R.: Lecciones de Derecho del Trabajo. Tirant lo Blanch, Valencia. - Montoya Melgar A.: Derecho del Trabajo. Tecnos, Madrid.

295

- Palomeque López M.C., Alvarez de la Rosa M.: Derecho del Trabajo. Ed. Centro de Estudios Ramón Areces (CEURA). Madrid.

- Vida Soria J., Monereo Pérez J.L., Molina Navarrete C.: Manual de Derecho del Trabajo. Comares, Granada.

Other references

- Ministerio de Trabajo e Inmigración: www.mtin.es - Servicios Públicos de Empleo de España: www.redtrabaja.es - Confederación Española de Organizaciones Empresariales: www.ceoe.es - Confederación Española de la Pequeña y Mediana Empresa: www.cepyme.es - Comisiones Obreras: www.ccoo.es - Unión General de Trabajadores: www.ugt.es - Unión Sindical Obrera: www.uso.es - Consejería de economía y Empleo. Junta de Castilla y León:

www.jcyl.es/web/jcyl/EconomiaEmpleo/es

296

MATHEMATICS: FINANCIAL MATHEMATICS (MATEMÁTICA FINANCIERA)

Course Details


Code (Código)

103911 Plan (Plan)

239 ECTS 3

Type (Carácter)


Year (Curso)



Área (Área)




Course Staff


Federico Cesteros Muñoz


Anastasio González del Mazo



Área (Área)


Center (Centro)


Office (Despacho)



Prof. Cesteros: Tuesday: 11h-12h (previous appointment)

URL Web -


Phone (Tlf.)

+34923294640 Ext. (Prof. Cesteros): 3513 Ext. (Prof. González): 3519

297

Objectives

• To understand the basic concepts of Financial Mathematics and its applications in small and medium-sized entreprises (SME).

• To identify the time value of the money as well as the classic forms of capitalization and discount.

• To learn the elements of a loan and to calculate them. • To identify the variables taking part in financial operations, the relations among them

and to interpret the results so as to facilitate the decision-making in the SME. • To be able to interpret and analyze the data from the economic and financial plan of

SME by using Microsoft’s Excel software.

Syllabus

1. Introduction to financial mathematics. 2. Financial laws. 3. Annuities and perpetuities. 4. Capitalization. Loans. 5.


Textbooks Bonilla Musoles, M.A, Ivars Escortell, A. y Moya Clemente, I.: Matemática de las Operaciones Financieras. Teoría y Práctica. Ed. Thomson Paraninfo.

Other references Libros de Teoría: Bonilla Musoles, M.A, Ivars Escortell, A. y Moya Clemente, I.: Matemática de las Operaciones Financieras. Teoría y Práctica. Ed. Thomson Paraninfo. González Catalá, V.T.: Análisis de las Operaciones Financieras, Bancarias y Bursátiles. Ed. Ediciones de las Ciencias Sociales. Pablo López, A.: Valoración Financiera. Ed. Universitaria Ramón Areces. Libros de Problemas: Baquero López, M.J. y Maestro Muñoz, M.L.: Problemas Resueltos de Matemática de las Operaciones Financieras. Ed. Thomson AC. González Catalá, V.T.: Operaciones Financieras, Bancarias y Bursátiles. Curso Práctico. Ed. Ediciones de las Ciencias Sociales. Pablo López, A.: Manual Práctico de Matemática Comercial y Financiera (Volúmenes I y II). Ed. Universitaria Ramón Areces. Libros de Excel: Charte Ojeda, F.: Excel 2007. Colección Guías Prácticas. Ed. Anaya Multimedia. Charte Ojeda, F.: Excel 2007. Colección Manuales Avanzados. Ed. Anaya Multimedia.

298

Valdés-Miranda Cros, C. y Plasencia López, Z.: Excel 2007. Colección Manuales Imprescindibles. Ed. Anaya Multimedia.

299


ACCOUNTING: INTERNAL ACCOUNTING

(CONTABILIDAD DE COSTES)

Course Details


Code (Código)

103912 Plan (Plan)

239 ECTS 6

Type (Carácter)


Year (Curso)



Área (Área)




Course Staff


Mª Yolanda GALLO PÉREZ


-



Área (Área)


Center (Centro)


Office (Despacho)

132 (FES Building)


-

URL Web -


Phone (Tlf.)

+34923294640 Extension: 3132

300

Objectives

Our main objective is that the student is able to manage the appropriate procedures in order to calculate or estimate the products or services costs which are the subject of the activity of the company, determining the result of the activity and, therefore to provide the right information to make a correct decision for the strategy of the company and to get the highest internal result. Syllabus Part I: DELIMITATION AND OBJECTIVES OF COST ACCOUNTING. Part II: ANALYSIS AND CALCULATION OF COSTS OF COST FACTORS Part III: FORMALICED SYSTEMS FOR THE CALCULATION OF COSTS Part IV: COST SYSTEMS PLANNING, CONTROL AND DECISION MAKING Part V: STANDARDS RELATING TO THE CALCULATION OF COSTS References (in Spanish)

Textbooks BLANCO, I., AIBAR, B. y RÍOS, S. L. (2001): Contabilidad de Costes. Cuestiones, supuestos prácticos resueltos y propuestos. Madrid: Prentice Hall. MALLO, C. y JIMÉNEZ, Mª A. (1997): Contabilidad de Costes. Madrid: Pirámide. TEJADA PONCE, A., MORETE PEREZ, R., NUÑEZ CHICHARRO, M. y JIMENEZ MONTAÑES, A. (2004): Contabilidad de Costes. Supuestos prácticos. Madrid: Prentice Hall.

Other references ARANDA HIPÓLITO, A.W. (1991): Contabilidad Analítica. Edición adaptada al nuevo Plan General de Contabilidad. Madrid: Síntesis. BLANCO DOPICO, I. (1994): Contabilidad de Costes. Análisis y Control. Madrid: Pirámide. DOCUMENTOS SOBRE PRINCIPIOS DE CONTABILIDAD DE GESTION DE LA ASOCIACION ESPAÑOLA DE CONTABILIDAD Y ADMINISTRACIÓN DE EMPRESAS (AECA ). HORNGREN, Ch., FOSTER, G. y DATAR, S. (2002): Contabilidad de Costes. Un enfoque gerencial. México: Prentice Hall. SÁEZ TORRECILLA, A., FERNÁNDEZ FERNÁNDEZ, A. y GUTIERREZ DÍAZ, G. (2004): Contabilidad de Costes y Contabilidad de Gestión. Vol. I y II. Madrid: McGRAW-HILL/Interamericana de España. IRURETAGOYENA, M.T. (2004): Contabilidad de Costes. Madrid: Pirámide.

301

Durante el desarrollo de la asignatura se proporcionará diverso material adicional complementario.

302

FINANCE: PRINCIPLES OF FINANCE (FUNDAMENTOS DE FINANZAS)

Course Details


Code (Código)

103913 Plan (Plan)

239 ECTS 6

Type (Carácter)

Basic (Básica)

Year (Curso)



Área (Área)




Course Staff


Ignacio Requejo Puerto Groups 2 and 3


Isabel Mateos Rubio Groups 2 and 3



Área (Área)


Center (Centro)


Office (Despacho)



Contact via e-mail

URL Web www.irequejo.es


Phone (Tlf.)

+34923294500 Ext.(Prof. Requejo): 3524 Ext. (Prof. Mateos): 3004

303

Requirements There are no requirements, but it is advisable to have basic knowledge of accounting, mathematics and statistics. Objectives

Provide the knowledge and necessary skills for financial decision making in business. Provide a broad overview of the structure and working of financial markets/instruments in order to facilitate financial decision making and the computation of the cost of capital. The student will also dig into the factors that affect the capital structure of corporations and the dividend policy. Syllabus In parentheses and in bold appears the corresponding chapter of the reference textbook (Pindado García, 2012, Finanzas empresariales). PART I. Introduction Chapter 1. An overview of finance (Chapter 1) Chapter 2. Corporate Governance (Chapter 2) PART II. Valuation of financial investments Chapter 3. Bond characteristics and valuation (Chapter 3) Chapter 4. Stock characteristics and valuation (Chapter 4) Chapter 5. Risk and return: how to build portfolios (Chapter 5) Chapter 6. Risk and return: valuing financial assets (Chapter 6) Chapter 7. Option characteristics and valuation (Chapter 7) PART III. Business Financing Chapter 8. Sources of business financing (Chapter 16) Chapter 9. Relevance of capital structure (Chapter 17) Chapter 10. Optimal capital structure (Chapter 18) Chapter 11. The dividend policy (Chapter 19)

304


Textbooks Libro de referencia para la preparación de la asignatura: Pindado García, J. (Dir.) (2012): Finanzas empresariales. Editorial Paraninfo, Madrid.

Other references Bibliografía complementaria: − Brealey, R.A., Myers S.C. y Allen, F. (2007): Principles of corporate finance. 8ª edición,

McGraw-Hill, Boston. − Brealey, R.A., Myers, S.C. y Marcus, A.J. (2004): Fundamentos de finanzas corporativas.

4ª edición, McGraw-Hill, Boston. − Hillier, D., Ross, S., Westerfield, R., Jaffe, J. y Jordan, B. (2010): Corporate finance.

European Edition, McGraw-Hill. − Hull, J.C. (1996): Introducción a los mercados de futuros y opciones. Prentice Hall, Hemel

Hempstead. − Keown, A.J., Petty, J.W., Scott, D.F. y Martin, J.D. (1999): Introducción a las finanzas: la

práctica y la lógica de la dirección financiera. 2ª edición, Prentice Hall, Madrid. − Martín Marín, J.L. y Trujillo Ponce, A. (2004): Manual de mercados financieros. Thomson,

Madrid. − Mascareñas, J., Lamothe, P., López, F. y Luna W. (2004): Opciones reales y valoración

de activos. Prentice Hall. − Miguel Hidalgo, A. (1990): Las decisiones de inversión, financiación y dividendos en la

empresa. Universidad de Valladolid, Valladolid. − Ross, S., Westerfield, R. y Jordan, B. (2001): Fundamentos de finanzas corporativas. Mc

Graw Hill. − Sharpe, W.F., Alexander, G.J. y Bailey, J.V. (1995): Investments. Prentice Hall

International, New Jersey. − Suárez Suárez, A.S. (2005): Decisiones óptimas de inversión y financiación en la

empresa. Ediciones Pirámide, Madrid. − Weston, J.F. y Copeland, J.F. (1995): Finanzas en administración. McGrawHill, México.

305

BUSINESS ORGANIZATION: MANAGEMENT METHODS (MÉTODOS DE GESTIÓN)

Course Details


Code (Código)

103914 Plan (Plan)

239 ECTS 6

Type (Carácter)


Year (Curso)



Área (Área)




Course Staff


Gustavo Lannelongue Nieto


Inmaculada Vicente Carmen González Zapatero



Área (Área)


Center (Centro)


Office (Despacho)

114 (FES Building)


-

URL Web -


+34923294500 Extension: 3329

306

Objectives

This subject focuses in Operations & Production Management in Small and Medium enterprises (SMEs). It introduces the main structural and infrastructural decisions that managers have to take to plan and control this function in the firm. It helps to identify and understand the implications and consequences of different and alternative decisions related to aspects such as: product design, process design, aggregate planning or quality management. Syllabus 1. The firm operational subsystem: decisions and goals. PART I: Operational Subsystem Design. 2. Product Design. 3. Process Design: Vertical Integration and Long-Term Capacity. 4. Process Design: Location. 5. Process Design: Layout Desing. 6. Process Design: Technology. 7: Process Design: Job Design. PART II: Operational Subsystem Planning and Control. 8: Planning and Control. Basic Concepts. 9: Material Requirements Planning (MRP) 10: Just-in-Time 11: Logistics and Supply Chain Management. 12: Managing Quality. References (in Spanish)

Textbooks Chase, R.B., Aquilano, N.J. y Jacobs, F.R. (2000): Administración de producción y operaciones, 8ª

edición, p. 16-17 Davis, M.M., Aquilano, N.J. y Chase, R.B. (2001): Fundamentos de dirección de operaciones, 3ª

edición, McGraw-Hill, p.32 Fernandez, E., Avella, L. y Fernández, M. (2006): Estrategia de producción, 2ª edición, McGraw Hill,

Madrid. Gaither, N. y Frazier, G. (2000): Administración de producción y operaciones, 4ª edición, Thompson Heizer, J. y Render, B. (2001a): Dirección de la Producción: Decisiones Estratégicas, 6ª edición,

Prentice Hall, Madrid. Heizer, J. y Render, B. (2001b): Dirección de la Producción: Decisiones Tácticas, 6ª edición,,

Prentice Hall, Madrid. Krajewski, L.J. y Ritzman, L.P. (2000): Administración de Operaciones, 5ª edición, Prentice Hall Machuca, J.A.D., Álvarez, M., García, S., Domínguez, M. y Ruiz, A. (1995a): Dirección de

Operaciones: Aspectos Estratégicos en la Producción y los Servicios, McGraw-Hill, Madrid. Machuca, J.A.D., García, S., Domínguez, M., Ruiz, A. Y Álvarez, M. (1995b): Dirección de

Operaciones: Aspectos Tácticos y Operativos en la Producción y los Servicios, McGraw-Hill, Madrid.

Miranda, F.J., Rubio, S., Chamorro, A. y Bañegil, T.M. (2005): Manual de Dirección de Operaciones, Thomson

307

Other references Alfalla Luque, R., García Sánchez, M.R., Garrido Vega, P., González Zamora, M.M. y Sacristán Díaz,

M. (2008): Introducción a la Dirección de Operaciones Táctico-Operativa: Un enfoque práctico”, Delta Publicaciones, Madrid.

Fernández, E. y Vázquez, C. (1994): Dirección de la Producción II: Métodos Operativos, Cívitas, Madrid.

Sánchez Gómez, Roberto y González Benito, Javier (2012): Administración de empresas: Objetivos y decisiones, McGraw-Hill, Madrid. (ISBN: 8448183088-9788448183080).

Slack, N., Chambers, S., Harland, C., Harrison, A. y Johnston, R. (1998): Operations Management, 2nd edition, Pitman Publishing, Londres.

308


Course Details


Code (Código)

103915 Plan (Plan)

239 ECTS 6

Type (Carácter)

Basic (Básica)

Year (Curso)



Área (Área)




Course Staff


Bernabé Calles Rodríguez


Pablo de Pedraza García Elena Hernández Hernández



Área (Área)


Center (Centro)


Office (Despacho)

140 and 137 (Building: Faculty of Law)


Prof. Calles: Wednesday: 12:00-13:00 and 17:00-18:00

URL Web -


Phone (Tlf.)

+34923294500 Ext. (Prof. Calles): 3117

309

Objectives

The main objective is the students learn the economic environment for firms and businesses in Spain both from a historical perspective and a sectorial and institutional one. Special emphasis is made in economic policies and their impact on real world so that the students are able to identify, on one hand, the features that characterize Spanish economy, know about recent changes in Spanish economic situation and detect the fundamental challenges it faces nowadays. On the other hand, students should handle and work with data and literature sources in order to analyze Spanish economy obtaining relevant information to summarize its main features and, finally, construe the impact over business economic activity and the rest of the economic agents. Syllabus

I. Spanish economic growth and determinants.

Lecture 1. Recent historic development and prospects for the Spanish economy.

Lecture 2. Productive factors: natural resources, human resources, capital formation and technical change and innovation.

II. Productive branches of the Spanish economy.


Lecture 4. Manufacturing, energy and construction.

Lecture 5. Services.

III. Institutional issues and income distribution Lecture 6. Labor market.

Lecture 7. Financial markets and monetary policy.

Lecture 8. Public sector.

Lecture 9. Foreign sector and integration in the European Union

Lecture 10. Income distribution: personal, functional and regional.


Textbooks

Los textos que utilizaremos como manuales para la preparación de la asignatura son los siguientes:

GARCÍA DELGADO, J. L. y MYRO, R. (directores): “Lecciones de Economía Española”; Thomson-Civitas; Cizur Menor (Navarra); 2011.

MARTÍN MAYORAL, F. (coordinador): “Manual de Economía Española. Teoría y estructura”; Pearson Educación, S.A.; Madrid; 2009.

Other references La bibliografía específica de cada tema así como los enlaces a distintos medios on-line,

310

servidores estadísticos, prensa y revistas económicas, etc., será proporcionada a través de la plataforma “Studium” al iniciar su exposición.

311

MARKETING: MARKETING MANAGEMENT IN SMEs (GESTIÓN COMERCIAL DE LA PYME)

Course Details


Code (Código)

103920 Plan (Plan)

239 ECTS 6

Type (Carácter)


Year (Curso)



Área (Área)




Course Staff


Jesús Rivas Luis





Área (Área)


Center (Centro)


Office (Despacho)



Prof. Rivas.-> Monday: 9h-13h Prof. Hernández.-> Tuesday: 13h-14h (send an e-mail)

URL Web -


Phone (Tlf.)

+34923294640 Ext. (Prof. Hernández): 3124 Ext. (Prof. Rivas): 3486

312

Objectives

The course is intended that students get familiar with the main marketing actions and tactics (marketing mix), so they are able to integrate them into planning aimed at implementing the marketing strategy of the SMEs and achieving its marketing objectives. Syllabus - Product - Price - Distribution - Communication References (in Spanish)

Textbooks Libro básico de referencia: Peter, Olson (2006): Comportamiento del consumidor y estrategia de Marketing, McGraw Hill El comportamiento del consumidor en la estrategia de marketing, Howard, John, Ediciones Díaz de Santos Lambin, J.J., Gallucci, C. y Sicurello, C. (2009): Dirección de Marketing. McGrawHill. 2ª edición. Kotler, P. y otros (2006): Dirección de marketing, 12ª edición, Prentice Hall. Best, R.J. (2007): Marketing Estratégico. Pearson. Prentice Hall, Madrid.


313


FISCAL LAW: BUSINESS TAXATION

(FISCALIDAD EN LA EMPRESA)

Course Details


Code (Código)

103917 Plan (Plan)

239 ECTS 6

Type (Carácter)


Year (Curso)



Área (Área)



Derecho Administrativo, Procesal y Financiero-Tributario


314

BUSINESS ORGANIZATION: ORGANIZATIONAL STRUCTURES AND PROCESSES

(ESTRUCTURA Y PROCESOS ORGANIZATIVOS)

Course Details


Code (Código)

103918 Plan (Plan)

239 ECTS 6

Type (Carácter)


Year (Curso)



Área (Área)




Course Coordinator (Profesora Coordinadora)

Luis Vázquez Suárez



Area (Área)


Faculty (Centro)


Office (Despacho)



Wednesday: 16h-19h


(E-mail) [email protected]

Phone Teléfono

+34923294500 Extension 3174

Objetives

The objective of the course is to introduce students to the fundamentals and basic concepts of the structural elements and the main organizational process of the company. Furthermore, the skills and abilities required to deploy efficiently such knowledge in practice will be develop.

315

Syllabus

1. Organizational behavior. 2. Management and Executives. 3. Power, politics and conflict. 4. Organizational structure. 5. Technology, environment and organizational design. 6. Culture, change and organizational development. 7. Incentives and behavioral assessment. 8. Interdependency and interpersonal relationships. 9. Dynamic of groups and team effectiveness. 10. Leadership of groups and organizations.

Resources

Textbooks (in spanish)

Diseño organizativo / José Ignacio Galán Zazo. Madrid: Thomson, 2006.

Economía, organización y gestión de la empresa / Paul Milgrom y John Roberts ; [traducción de Ernesto Jimeno]; Glosario: p. [703]-718.Barcelona: Ariel, 1993.

La estructuración de las organizaciones / Henry Minzberg ; traducción de Deborah Bonner y Javier Nieto ; asesor Javier Nieto. Barcelona: Ariel, 1999.

Managerial economics and organizational architecture / James A. Brickey, Clifford W. Smith, Jerold L. Zimmerman. Chicago etc.: Irwin, 1997.

Teoría contractual de la empresa / Benito Arruñada. Madrid; Barcelona : Marcial Pons, Ediciones Jurídicas y Sociales, 1998

316

ECONOMIC THEORY: MICROECONOMICS (MICROECONOMICS)

Course Details


Code (Código)

103916 Plan (Plan)

239 ECTS 6

Type (Carácter)

Basic (Básica)

Year (Curso)



Área (Área)




Course Staff


Mª TERESA CAVERO ÁLVAREZ


-



Área (Área)


Center (Centro)


Office (Despacho)

221 (FES Building)


-

URL Web -


Phone (Tlf.)

+34923294640 Extension: 3511

317

Objectives

The objective consists of analyzing choice problems of economic agents, mainly consumers and firms. These analyses will give to the students a good command of core concepts of economic theory, useful to understand a great variety of relevant economic problems. Syllabus 1. Consumer Behavior. Basic Concepts 2. Demand Theory. 3. Other Approaches to Consumption. Intertemporal Choice. Characteristics Demand. 4. Production Theory: The Short-Run. 5. Production Theory: The Long-Run. 6. Costs Theory: Short and Long Run. 7. Perfect Competition in the Short-Run. 8. Perfect Competition in the Long-Run. 9. Monopoly in the Short-Run. 10. Monopoly in the Long-Run. 11. Oligopoly and Duopoly. References (in Spanish)

Textbooks Microeconomía y Conducta, 7e Robert Frank . Ed. McGrawHill Microeconomía Intermedia y Aplicaciones. W. Nicholson. Ed. Thompson.

Other references Microeconomía: Cuestiones y problemas. E. Congregado et al. Ed. Prentice Hall.

318

FINANCE: FINANCIAL MANAGEMENT OF SMES (GESTIÓN FINANCIERA DE LA PYME)

Course Details


Code (Código)

103919 Plan (Plan)

239 ECTS 6

Type (Carácter)


Year (Curso)



Área (Área)




Course Staff


Carlos Navarro de Tiedra


Santiago Rodríguez Vicente



Área (Área)


Center (Centro)


Office (Despacho)



-

URL Web -


Phone (Tlf.)

+34923294500 Ext. (Prof. Navarro): 3004 Ext. (Prof. Rodríguez): 3005

319

Requirements Previous knowledge of Principles of Finance. Objectives

Provide the necessary knowledge for financial management as a supporting instrument in managing the company. Syllabus Chapter 1. The investment decision

Chapter 2. Valuing investment projects: the classic criteria.

Chapter 3. Estimating the cash flows in an investment project.

Chapter 4. Special cases in the analysis of investment projects.

Chapter 5. Methods to consider the effect of inflation and taxes in investment projects.

Chapter 6. Introduction to the management of working capital.

Chapter 7. Managing clients.

Chapter 8. Managing suppliers and inventories.

Chapter 9. Sources for short-term financing and banking relationships.

Chapter 10. Managing cash holdings.

Chapter 11. The cost of capital.


Textbooks Berk; DeMarzo; Hardford (2010), Fundamentos de finanzas corporativas. Prentice Hall. Madrid. Bodie, Merton (2003), Finanzas. Prentice Hall. Madrid. Brealey; Myers y Allen (2006), Principios de finanzas corporativas: MacGraw Hill: Madrid. 8ª edición. Brealey; Myers y Marcus (2007), Fundamentos de finanzas corporativas. MacGraw Hill. Madrid. Díaz de Castro, L.T. y López Pascual; J. (2001), Dirección financiera, planificación, gestión y control: Prentice Hall. Madrid. Durban Oliva, S. (2008), Dirección financiera. MacGraw Hill. Madrid. López Lubian, F.J. (2007), Casos prácticos de finanzas corporativas. Thomson. Madrid. López Lubian; F.J. y García Estévez, P.(2005), Finanzas en el mundo corporativo. Un enfoque práctico: MacGraw Hill. Madrid.

320

Martín Fernández, M. Martínez Solano, P. (2000), Casos prácticos de dirección financiera. Pirámide. Madrid. Ortigueira Bobillo, J.M. (2004), Casos prácticos sobre análisis de inversiones y financiación para pymes: Pirámide. Madrid. Pindado García, Julio (Dir.) (2012), Finanzas empresariales. Paraninfo. Madrid. Suárez Suárez; A.S.(2008), Decisiones óptimas de inversión y financiación. Pirámide. Madrid.21ª edición.

Other references

To be determined during the semester.

321

ACCOUNTING: ANALYSIS OF MANAGEMENT ACCOUNTING (ANÁLISIS CONTABLE DE LA GESTIÓN EMPRESARIAL)

Course Details


Code (Código)

103921 Plan (Plan)

239 ECTS 3

Type (Carácter)


Year (Curso)



Área (Área)




Course Staff


Beatriz Cuadrado Ballesteros


-



Área (Área)


Center (Centro)


Office (Despacho)

105 (FES Building)


Friday: 09:00 – 12:00

URL Web -


+34923294640 Extension: 3133

322

Objectives

LEARNING OUTCOMES - Understand the compulsory and voluntary financial information disclosed by corporations - Identify the logic behind the process of analysis and interpretation of the financial information revealed - Discuss the main contents of the annual report, obtaining conclusions to take investment and credit decisions - Explain the features of the main techniques applied to the analysis of corporate information - Appreciate the importance of the main accounting ratios - Calculate the main accounting ratios and explain their significance Syllabus Unit 1. Corporate management from the accounting perspective. Reporting environment and nature and purpose of financial reporting. Unit 2. Analysis of the Balance Sheet in the short term. Analysing Investing Activities and Financing Activities. Unit 3. Analysis of Operating Activities (I). Return on Invested Capital and Profitability. Unit 4. Analysis of Cash Flow and Changes in Shareholder’s Equity. Unit 5. Financial analysis of current activities. Liquidity and short-term solvency. Unit 6. Analysis of the long-term financial structure. Long-term solvency. References (in Spanish)

Textbooks -Archel Domench, P. et al. (2008): “Estados Contables. Elaboración, análisis e interpretación”. Edit. Pirámide. -González Pascual, J. (2008): “Análisis de la empresa a través de su información económico-financiera”. Edit. Pirámide.

Other references -Real Decreto 1515/2007, de 16 de noviembre, por el que se aprueba el Plan General de Contabilidad de Pequeñas y Medianas Empresas. -Real Decreto 1514/2007, de 16 de noviembre, por el que se aprueba el Plan General de Contabilidad.

323

MARKETING: CONSUMER BEHAVIOUR (COMPORTAMIENTO DEL CONSUMIDOR)

Course Details


Code (Código)

103922 Plan (Plan)

239 ECTS 3

Type (Carácter)


Year (Curso)



Área (Área)




Course Staff


Jesús Rivas Luis





Área (Área)


Center (Centro)


Office (Despacho)



Prof. Rivas.-> Monday: 9h-13h Prof. Hernández.-> Tuesday: 13h-14h (send an e-mail)

URL Web -


Phone (Tlf.)

+34923294640 Ext. (Prof. Hernández): 3124 Ext. (Prof. Rivas): 3486

324

Objectives

The course is intended that students learn about the main concepts and theories of consumer behavior. Syllabus - The nature of consumer behavior - Analysis of the internal structures of the consumer - External influences on the consumer - The process of consumer decision - Application of consumer behavior to marketing strategies References (in Spanish)

Textbooks Libro básico de referencia:

Peter, Olson (2006): Comportamiento del consumidor y estrategia de Marketing, McGraw Hill El comportamiento del consumidor en la estrategia de marketing, Howard, John, Ediciones

Díaz de Santos Lambin, J.J., Gallucci, C. y Sicurello, C. (2009): Dirección de Marketing. McGrawHill. 2ª

edición. Kotler, P. y otros (2006): Dirección de marketing, 12ª edición, Prentice Hall. Best, R.J. (2007): Marketing Estratégico. Pearson. Prentice Hall, Madrid.


325


FINANCE: ENTREPRENEURSHIP AND SMES

(EMPRENDEDORES Y PYMES)

Course Details


Code (Código)

103923 Plan (Plan)

239 ECTS 6

Type (Carácter)


Year (Curso)



Área (Área)




Course Staff


Carlos Navarro de Tiedra


Santiago Rodríguez Vicente



Área (Área)


Center (Centro)


Office (Despacho)



-

URL Web -


Phone (Tlf.)

+34923294500 Ext. (Prof. Navarro): 3004 Ext. (Prof. Rodríguez): 3005

326

Requirements Principles of finance Financial management of SMEs Introduction to business administration IT in business management Accounting for SMEs Marketing in SMEs Objectives

Provide the necessary knowledge to understand the entrepreneurship process and learn to use the tools and methodologies to manage business risk. Learn techniques to analyze and assess investment opportunities. Syllabus Chapter 1. The entrepreneur and the business initiative. Chapter 2. Assessment and development of the business idea. Chapter 3. Starting the business. Chapter 4. Starting a business as a self-employment alternative. Chapter 5. Legal organizational form and ways to become entrepreneur. Chapter 6. Strategic analysis of investment opportunities. Chapter 7. Analysis of sources of financing and financial structure for entrepreneurs. Chapter 8. The business plan and economic and financial viability of the project. Chapter 9. Solvency, profitability and value creation. References (in Spanish)

Textbooks Alarcón García, María José, Camisón Zorzona, César (cord); Dalmau Porta, Juan Ignacio (coord.) (2009) Introducción a los negocios y su gestión. Madrid. Pearson-Prentice Hall Castro Abancéns, Ignacio; Rufino Rus, José Ignacio (2010), Creación de Empresas para emprendedores. Pirámide. Madrid González Domínguez, Francisco José (2006), Creación de empresas. Pirámide. Madrid. Jiménez Quintero, José Antonio (2012), Creación de Empresas. Pirámide. Madrid Ministerio de Industria y Turismo, Creación y puesta en marcha de una empresa. Dirección General de Política de la Pequeña y Mediana Empresa. 2010

Other references To be determined during the course.

327

BUSINESS ORGANIZATION: QUALITY MANAGEMENT (GESTIÓN DE LA CALIDAD)

Course Details


Code (Código)

103924 Plan (Plan)

239 ECTS 3

Type (Carácter)


Year (Curso)



Área (Área)




Course Staff


Gustavo Lannelongue Nieto


Lucia Muñoz Pascual



Área (Área)


Center (Centro)


Office (Despacho)

114 (FES Building)


-

URL Web -


+34923294500 Ext. 3329

328

Objetives

The objective of the course is to introduce students to the main decisions, tools and methodologies related with the quality management in the organizations.

Syllabus

1. Introduction to quality (quality concept, quality costs, historical perspective) 2. Quality in services. 3. Systems Quality Management: standards and rules (ISO 9001). Management by processes. 4. Total quality and models of excellence 5. Basic tools for quality management. 6. Environmental Quality.

References

Textbooks (in spanish)

Camisón, C., Cruz, S. y González, T. (2007): Gestión de la calidad: Conceptos, enfoques, modelos y sistemas, Pearson Prentice Hall.

Casadesus Fa, M., Heras Saizarbitoria, I. y Merino Diaz de Cerio, J. (2005): Calidad Práctica: Una guía para no perderse en el mundo de la calidad, Prentice Hall. Llorens Montes, F.J. y Fuentes Fuentes, M.M. (2005): Gestión de la calidad empresarial: Fundamentos e implantación, Ediciones Pirámide.

Other bibliographical or electronic references, or any other type of resource (in spanish) Chase, R.B., Jacobs, F.R. y Aquilano, N.J. (2009): Administración de producción y operaciones, 12ª

edición, McGraw-Hill Fernandez, E., Avella, L. y Fernández, M. (2006): Estrategia de producción, 2ª edición, McGraw Hill,

Madrid. Gaither, N. y Frazier, G. (2000): Administración de producción y operaciones, 4ª edición, Thompson Heizer, J. y Render, B. (2001a): Dirección de la Producción: Decisiones Estratégicas, 6ª edición,

Prentice Hall, Madrid. Krajewski, L.J. y Ritzman, L.P. (2000): Administración de Operaciones, 5ª edición, Prentice Hall Machuca, J.A.D., Álvarez, M., García, S., Domínguez, M. y Ruiz, A. (1995a): Dirección de Operaciones:

Aspectos Estratégicos en la Producción y los Servicios, McGraw-Hill, Madrid. Miranda, F.J., Rubio, S., Chamorro, A. y Bañegil, T.M. (2005): Manual de Dirección de Operaciones,

Thomson Sánchez Gómez, Roberto y González Benito, Javier (2012): Administración de empresas: Objetivos y

decisiones, McGraw-Hill, Madrid. (ISBN: 8448183088-9788448183080). Slack, N., Chambers, S., Harland, C., Harrison, A. y Johnston, R. (1998): Operations Management, 2nd

edition, Pitman Publishing, Londres.

329

FINANCE: RISK MANAGEMENT (GESTIÓN DEL RIESGO)

Course Details


Code (Código)

103925 Plan (Plan)

239 ECTS 3

Type (Carácter)


Year (Curso)



Área (Área)




Course Staff


Luis Javier Rizo Areas


-



Área (Área)


Center (Centro)


Office (Despacho)

122 (FES Building)


Contact via email

URL Web -


330

Requirements Course: Principles of finance. ECTS: 6 Type: COMPULSORY (OBLIGATORIO). Objectives

Analyze the business situation from the point of view of business and financial management, its relation with the environment, competition and its structure. Provide the basic concepts about how to value firms and projects through diverse criteria and tools that the student must learn and use fluently. Learn the concept of risk and be able to make reasonable decisions in terms of profitability, taking the analysis of the different possible scenarios as the starting point. Syllabus 1. Introduction to business economics

2. Elements for economic valuation

3. the value of money through time

4. Classic criteria of economic valuation

5. Economic valuation with uncertainty

6. The cost of capital

7. Business case: valuing a mining company


Textbooks BREALEY, R.A. y MYERS, S.C. (2002): “Fundamentos de financiación empresarial”. Mc Graw Hill, Madrid . 4.4 FERNÁNDEZ, A.I. y GARCÍA, M (1992): “Las decisiones financieras de la empresa”. Ariel Económica, Barcelona. 4.1, 4.2, 4.3 FERNÁNDEZ ÁLVAREZ, A.I. (Ed) (1994): “Introducción a las finanzas”. Civitas, Madrid. 5.1, 5.3, 5.4, 5.5 KAEN, F.R. (1995): “Corporate finance . Blackwell Publishers, Oxford. 1.4, 4.4, 6.6 KEOWN, A.J. ; SCOTT, D.F.; MARTIN, J.D. y PETTY, J.W. (1999): “Introducción a las finanzas”. Prentice Hall, New Jersey . 4.2, 4.4 MASCAREÑAS, J. y LEJARRIAGA, G. (1992): “Análisis de proyectos de inversión”. Eudema Universidad, 2.1, 2.2, 2.3, 2.4 PINDADO, J. (2001): “Gestión de tesorería en la empresa: Teoría y aplicaciones prácticas”. Ediciones Universidad de Salamanca. 5.2 PINDADO, J. (2005): “Conexión entre el VAN y el valor de mercado de las acciones. Estrategia financiera”, Nº 214, pp.12-18. ROSS, S.A.; WESTERFIELD, R.W. y JAFFE, J.F. (1996): “Corporate Finance”. Irwin, Boston.

331

3.5, 4.4 ROSS, S.A.; WESTERFIELD, R.W. y JORDAN (1991): “Fundamentos de finanzas corporativas”. Mc Graw Hill SUÁREZ SUÁREZ, A.S. (2003): “Decisiones óptimas de inversión y financiación en la empresa”. Pirámide, Madrid. 3.1, 3.2, 4.1, 4.2, 4.3, 4.4 Libros de problemas GÓMEZ ANSÓN , S. y otros (2000): “Problemas de Dirección Financiera”. Cívitas, Madrid MARTÍN FENÁNDEZ, M. y MARTÍNEZ SOLANO, P. (2000): “Casos prácticos de Dirección Financiera”. Pirámide, Madrid VALLELADO GONZÁLEZ, E. y AZOFRA, V. (2001): “Prácticas de Dirección Financiera”. Pirámide, Madrid

Other references Bibliografía complementaria: DURBAN OLIVA, S. (1994): “Introducción a las finanzas empresariales”. Universidad de Sevilla. Manuales universitarios, Sevilla GALLAGHER , T. (2001): “Administración financiera: Teoría y práctica”. Prentice Hall GALLINGER, G.W. y POE, J.B. (1995): “Essentials of finance: An integrated Approach”. Prentice Hall, New Jersey. HIGGINS, R.C. (2003): “Analysis for financial managemet”. McGraw Hill, Boston. PINDADO, J.(2005): “A new topic for teaching in corporate finance: How to avoid investment inefficiencies. Advances in financial education”. En prensa ( este artículo se puede obtener en la siguiente website: http://papers.ssrn.com/so13/papers.cfm?abstract_id=474641) 1.3

332

ACCOUNTING: SYSTEMS OF INTEGRAL MANAGEMENT (SISTEMAS DE GESTIÓN INTEGRAL)

Course Details


Code (Código)

103926 Plan (Plan)

239 ECTS 6

Type (Carácter)

Optional (Optativa)

Year (Curso)



Área (Área)




Course Staff


Rufino García Salinero


Juan Manuel Lázaro Hernández



Área (Área)


Center (Centro)


Office (Despacho)



-

URL Web -


Phone (Tlf.)

+34923294640 Extension (Prof. García): 3133 Extension (Prof. Lázaro): 3132

333

Objectives

The subject has assigned a total of 6 ECTS credits, equivalent to 150 hours. The focus of the formative activity of this subject is specially practical. Consequently, the tool used to solve the different suppositions will be the computer and the information technology corresponding programs. The training activity will require specific theoretical reviews by students for the resolution of the different assumptions, as well as a detailed knowledge and enough managing of the different programs offered by the Treasury Department for the payment of periodic taxes and the annual corresponding summaries at the end of the course. We will try to teach the matter as faithful as possible to mercantile reality. Students must interpret it from basic data: invoices, bills of exchange, official tables of amortization, official models of liquidation of taxes, production of official Textbooks following the procedure of the Mercantile Record, etc. The dynamics of the subject will be developed in accordance with the following phases: a) Every topic will be initially exposed by teacher by means of magisterial lesson (theoretical lesson), facilitating detailed relation of the legislation, bibliography and all the other sources which will be needed for a thorough knowledge of the topic in question. In addition, the menu options will be studied in the computer with the corresponding program to implement across the computer the acquired knowledge. b) Once finished the theoretical session, the teacher will facilitate the practical obligatory suppositions to be resolved by the pupil. c) A system of tutorships (tutoring lesson) will be established for the resolution of any doubts. d) Each student will solve in class his exercises using the computer (practical session). Usually they will be solved individually but sometimes they may be carried out in groups, depending on the breadth and complexity of the exercise. e) At the end of course, the teacher will offer several summarizing-exercises, which will impact especially on the agenda developed in the subject throughout the course as a whole. After a brief period of tutoring, they will be also solved by pupils in class across IT procedures. In this final phase it is necessary to include at least, the whole accounting basic cycle that a SME is force to make along the fiscal year. Syllabus Systems of Integral Management: THEORETICAL PART. Topic 1. Computer science as a tool of accounting. Topic 2. Accounting as information system. Topic 3. Accounting information systems and his computerization. Topic 4. Accounting planning and his mechanization: Groups, Subgroups, Accounts, Subaccounts and encoded structure of the "Annual Accounts". Topic 5. The countable computerized registration. The chain of countable information and his mechanization. Topic 6. The countable Textbooks and his computerization. Content and legislation. Topic 7. The countable formal and fiscal documentation:

334

Quarterly Documentation and Annual Summaries. Models and Fiscal Programs. Systems of Integral Management: PRACTICE. Topic 8. SPECIFIC PROJECTS AND PRACTICAL APPLICATIONS. It consists on assumptions and solutions to carry out by the student with practical applications. This theme will be developed along the course of simultaneous and complementary form to the preceding chapters. It will be not less than 50% of total teaching hours. References (in Spanish)

Textbooks * BESTEIRO VARELA, M.A.: “Contabilidad de Sociedades”. Edit. Pirámide. 2012. * BUIREU GUARRO, J.: “Prontuario contable para PYMES 2012”. Edit. CISS. 2012. * CANTONA AGRA, S.: “Contabilidad financiera. Casos prácticos resueltos y comentados”.

Edit. Andavira. 2012 * GURREA MARTÍNEZ, A.: “Normativa de Contabilidad y Auditoría de Cuentas”. Editorial

Tirant lo Blanch. 2012. * LÁZARO HERNÁNDEZ, J.M.: - “Apuntes de la asignatura Sistemas de Gestión Integral, curso 2012-2013”. - “Apuntes de la asignatura “Fundamentos de contabilidad, curso 2011-2012”. - “Apuntes de la asignatura “Contabilidad PYMES , curso 2012-2013”. - “Ejercicios resueltos de contabilidad PYMES, curso 2012-2013”. * MARTINEZ ARIAS, A.; y FERNÁNDEZ RODRÍGUEZ, E.: “Contabilidad de los impuestos

empresariales”. Edit. Consejo General de Colegios de Economistas de España. 2011. * MEMENTO. Cierre fiscal contable. Ejercicio 2011. Edit. Francis Lefebvre. 2011. * PALLEROLA COMAMALA, J.: “Contabilidad para PYMES. Supuestos cuenta por cuenta

basados en la realidad”. Edit. RAMA. 2011. * ROJO RAMÍREZ, A.: “Las cuentas anuales en la empresa”. Edit. Garceta. 2012. * VEGA GONZÁLEZ, F. DE: “Contaplus 2008”. Edit. Anaya. 2008. * WANDEN-BERGE LOZANO, J.L.: “Introducción a la contabilidad”. Edit. Pirámide. 2012.

Other references - Código Penal. Art. 305, 310, 50, 51 y 52. - Código de Comercio. - Ley de Sociedades de Responsabilidad Limitada (BOE de 24 de marzo de 1995). - Ley 43/1995, de 27 de diciembre, del Impuesto Sobre Sociedades (BOE de 28 de

diciembre de 1995). - Ley 37/1992 de 28 de Diciembre, que aprueba el Impuesto sobre el Valor Añadido (BOE de

29 de diciembre de 1992) - Ley 16/2007 de 4 de julio, de reforma y adaptación de la legislación mercantil en materia

contable para su arminización internacional con base en la normativa de la Unión Europea (BOE nº 160 de 5 de julio de 2007).

- PGCE. R.D. 1514/2007, de 16 de noviembre, por el que se aprueba el PGCE. - PGCE. R.D. 1515/2007, de 16 de noviembre, por el que se aprueba el PGCE PYME y los

criterios contables específicos para microempresas (suplemento al BOE núm. 279 de 21/11/2007).

- R. D. 1777/2004, de 30 de julio, que aprueba el Reglamento del impuesto sobre sociedades, y Tablas de coeficientes de amortización (BOE de 6 de agosto de 2004).

- Reglamento del Registro Mercantil (BOE de 19 de julio de 1996). - Texto Refundido de la Ley de Sociedades Anónimas (BOE de 27 de diciembre de 1989).

335

BUSINESS ORGANIZATION: CORPORATE PROJECT MANAGEMENT (GESTIÓN DE PROYECTOS EMPRESARIALES)

Course Details


Code (Código)

103927 Plan (Plan)

239 ECTS 6

Type (Carácter)


Year (Curso)



Área (Área)




Course Staff

Course Coordinator Profesor Coordinador

José Ignacio Galán Zazo Group Grupo / s

2



Area Área


Center Centro


Office Despacho

115 (FES Building)


Wednesday; 13h-14h



Phone Teléfono

+34923 294500 Extension 3329

336

Objetives

This subject introduces the main structural and infrastructural decisions that must be made to configure, plan and control the operations function of a company. The students will be able to identify the different alternatives for each decision and the potential implications of each of such alternatives. The main objective of this subject is to train Students in the fundamentals and basic of business Project management. Specially, Students will learn the basic concept and theorical, main techniques, tools and practices, skills and tools for Enterprise Project management

Syllabus

TEMA 1. INTRODUCTION TO PROJECT MANAGEMENT BUSINESS TEMA 2. BASIC IDEA TEMA 3. BUSINESS MODEL TEMA 4. METHODS OF CREATING BUSINESS PROJECTS TEMA 5. SOURCES OF FUNDING TEMA 6. LOCATION, COMPETENCE, MARKET & CLIENTS

TEMA 7. PRODUCT, PRODUCTION & SERVICES TEMA 8. STRATEGY, ORGANIZATION, HR TEMA 9. RSC & ETHICS IN BUSINESS MANAGEMENT PROJECT

References

Textbooks (in Spanish) Triadó Ivern, Xavier. “Administración de la empresa: teoría y práctica”. McGraw-Hill. ISBN: 9788448178178 Gil Estalló, Mª Ángeles; Giner de la Fuente, Fernando. “Cómo crear y hacer funcionar una empresa. Conceptos e instrumentos”. ESIC Editorial Bellido Garrote, Mª Pilar. “Proyecto empresarial”. Brojt, David. “Project Management. Un enfoque de liderazgo y ejecución de proyectos en la empresa para aplicar el lunes por la mañana”. Ediciones Granica Cuervo García, Álvaro y otros. “Introducción a la administración de empresas”. Thomson Civitas

Other references -

337


FINANCE: BANKING AND INSURANCE (ECONOMÍA BANCARIA Y SEGUROS)

Course Details


Code (Código)

103931 Plan (Plan)

239 ECTS 6

Type (Carácter)

Optative (Optativa)

Year (Curso)



Área (Área)




Course Staff


Santiago Rodríguez Vicente Groups 1


-



Área (Área)


Center (Centro)


Office (Despacho)

123 (FES Building)


-

URL Web -


Phone (Tlf.)

+34923294500 Ext3005

338

Requirements Principles of finance Introduction to business administration IT in business management Principles of accounting Financial mathematics Business statistics Business law Principles of marketing Objectives

Provide the necessary knowledge in banking and insurance, as well as the basic principles that govern both types of institutions, in relation with the development of SMEs. Syllabus

• The financial environment. Regulation and rules that affect the banking and insurance

sectors. • Actuarial and financial statistics and mathematics that are applicable to the banking and

insurance activity. • Analyzing and managing risk. • The banking sector. Models. • Banking operations. • General theory of insurance. • Managing insurance companies. • The impact of IT in the banking and insurance sectors. • The consolidation process in the banking and insurance sectors. • Marketing in the banking and insurance sectors.


Textbooks Barquero Cabrero, José Daniel; Huertas Colomina, Ferran Josep, Manual de Banca, Finanzas y Seguros. Gestión 2000 CECAS, Manual del Mediador de Seguros. CECAS, Curso Superior de Seguros. López Lubian, Francisco; García Estévez, Pablo (2009), Bolsa, Mercados y Técnicas de Invesión. . MacGraw Hill.. Madrid. López Pascual, Joaquín; Sebastián González, Altina (2008), Gestión Bancaria. MacGraw

339

Hill.. Madrid.

Other references To be determined during the course.

340

FINANCE: FINANCIAL ADVISING (ASESORAMIENTOS FINANCIEROS)

Course Details


Code (Código)

103932 Plan (Plan)

239 ECTS 6

Type (Carácter)

Optative (Optativa)

Year (Curso)



Área (Área)




Course Staff


Álvaro Jiménez Gutiérrez Groups 1




Área (Área)


Center (Centro)


Office (Despacho)

101 (FES Building)


Contact via email

URL Web -


Phone (Tlf.)

+34923294500 Extensión: 3524

341

Requirements The general requirements to study the corresponding academic year of the degree. Objectives

General objectives:

− Be able to analyze, diagnose and solve problems related with financial investment decisions and financial advising.

− Develop the skills necessary to communicate the acquired knowledge with an adequate language.

− Be able to make an efficient presentation to potential investors.

− Identify and use IT resources and its applicability to the business field.

− Manage the available economic information.

− Develop the ability to learn and acquire new knowledge and techniques on your own.

− Acquire the ability to work and communicate with multidisciplinary teams.

− Acquire the ability to adapt to new economic situations and contexts.

Specific objectives:

− Recognize the basic concepts of the business and economic fields.

− Identify activities the enable value creation for investors.

− Value different investment according to their suitability and level of risk.

− Economic valuation of investments according to their risk.

− Learn to analyze the target market and choose and adequate diversification strategy.

− Learn methodologies to study investments schemes.

− Define the process to choose from different investment options depending on the environment (local, regional and general) and period of time.

Syllabus QUINTO CURSO6050 ECONOMÍA, ORGANIZACIÓN Y GESTIÓN DE EMPRESAS

1. Financial computation. 2. Portfolio theory and management. 3. Fixed interest investments. 4. Variable interest investments.

342

5. Technical analysis. 6. Derivatives. 7. Structured products. 8. Foreign currencies. 9. Funds and institutional investment vehicles. 10. Insurance and pension funds. 11. Economic indicators. 12. Real estate markets and investments. 13. Ethics. 14. Financial planning. 15. Tax planning.


Textbooks Manual Bisf del Asesor Financiero. Autor: Banco de Inversiones y Servicios Financieros. Editorial Mercaban. 1992.

Other references Bibliografía complementaria: Manuales de acreditación European Financial Planning Advisor. (EFPA) (FEF- CIFF…)

343

FISCAL LAW: LEGAL FRAMEWORK OF FINANCIAL OPERATIONS (MARCO LEGAL DE OPERACIONES FINANCIERAS)

Course Details


Code (Código)

103933 Plan (Plan)

239 ECTS 6

Type (Carácter)


Year (Curso)



Área (Área)

Derecho Mercantil y Derecho Financiero y Tributario


Derecho Privado y Derecho Administrativo, Financiero y Procesal


344

ACCOUNTING: ACCOUNTING CONSOLIDATION (CONSOLIDACIÓN CONTABLE)

Course Details


Code (Código)

103934 Plan (Plan)

239 ECTS 6

Type (Carácter)

Optional (Optativa)

Year (Curso)



Área (Área)




Course Staff


Doroteo Martín Jimenez


-



Área (Área)


Center (Centro)


Office (Despacho)

128 (FES Building)


-

URL Web -


Phone (Tlf.)

+34923294640 Extension: 3007

345

Objectives

LEARNING OUTCOMES

- Determine the existence of a business combination - Define the business combination and the different types - Know and apply the different consolidation methods, as well as the most appropriate for

each type of business combination - Elaborate and interpret the information contained in the consolidated financial

statements -

Syllabus Unit 1. Accounting consolidation. Situations and regulation. Unit 2. Business combinations Unit 3. Consolidation methods Unit 4. Consolidation process Unit 5. Consolidation in quoted corporations Unit 6. Consolidated financial statements Unit 7. Analysis and interpretation of consolidated statements References (in Spanish)

Textbooks LIBROS ALVAREZ MELCÓN, S. (2002): Consolidación de Estados Financieros, Mc Graw-Hill, Madrid. BONED, J.L. y ANGLA, J.J. (2011): Consolidación de Estados Financieros, Profit editorial, Barcelona. DE LAS HERAS MIGUEL, L. (2009): Normas de Consolidación. Comentarios y Casos Prácticos, Centro de Estudios Financieros, Madrid. FERNÁNDEZ FERNÁNDEZ, J.M. (1996): Consolidación de Estados Contables, Editorial AC, Madrid. PULIDO, A. (2010): Combinaciones de Negocios y Preparación de Cuentas Anuales Consolidadas, Garceta Grupo editorial, Madrid. ARTICULOS BAZÁN, L. (2011): “La nueva normativa contable de combinaciones de negocios entre empresas independientes y entre empresas del grupo”, Técnica Contable, nº 737, pp. 61-74. CONDOR LÓPEZ, V. (2011): “Principales novedades de las NOFCAC”, Partida Doble, nº 229, pp. 10-25. CORONA ROMERO, E. y BEJARANO VÁZQUEZ, V. (2011): “El impuesto sobre sociedades en cuentas anuales consolidadas”, Partida Doble, nº 229, pp. 66-85. MILLÁN AGUILAR, A. (2011): “Tratamiento contable de una compraventa entre dos empresas del grupo”, Partida Doble, nº 229, pp. 109-113. VILLANUEVA GARCÍA, E. (2011): “La eliminación inversión-patrimonio neto y la valoración de los socios externos en las NOFCAC (I)”, Partida Doble, nº 229, pp. 44-65. LEGISLACIÓN NACIONAL

346

REAL DECRETO 1159/2010, de 17 de septiembre, por el que se aprueban las normas para la Formulación de las Cuentas Anuales Consolidadas. (BOE de 24 de septiembre). LEY 19/1989, de Reforma Parcial y Adaptación de la Legislación Mercantil Española a las Directivas Comunitarias en Materia de Derecho de Sociedades (arts. 42 a 49). REAL DECRETO 1514/2007, de 16 de noviembre, por el que se aprueba el Plan General de Contabilidad (BOE nº 278, de 20 de noviembre). REAL DECRETO 1515/2007, de 16 de noviembre, por el que se aprueba el Plan General de Contabilidad de Pequeñas y Medianas Empresas y los criterios contables específicos para microempresas (BOE nº 279, de 21 de noviembre). NORMATIVA INTERNACIONAL NORMA INTERNACIONAL DE CONTABILIDAD Nº 27 (NIC 27): Estados Financieros Consolidados y Separados. NORMA INTERNACIONAL DE CONTABILIDAD Nº 28 (NIC 28): Inversiones en Entidades Asociadas. NORMA INTERNACIONAL DE CONTABILIDAD Nº 31 (NIC 31): Participaciones en Negocios Conjuntos. NORMA INTERNACIONAL DE INFORMACIÓN FINANCIERA Nº 3 (NIIF 3): Combinaciones de Negocios.

Other references -

347

ACCOUNTING: ACCOUNTING AND MANAGEMENT CONTROL IN SMALL AND MEDIUM COMPANIES

(CONTABILIDAD Y CONTROL DE GESTIÓN EN PYMES)

Course Details


Code (Código)

103935 Plan (Plan)

239 ECTS 6

Type (Carácter)

Optional (Optativa)

Year (Curso)



Área (Área)




Course Staff




-



Área (Área)


Center (Centro)


Office (Despacho)

102 (FES Building)


Tuesday: 19:00-20:00

URL Web -


Phone (Tlf.)

+34923294640 Extension: 331

348

Objectives

Our main objective is that the student is able to manage the appropriateprocedures in order to calculate or estimate the products or servicescosts which are the subject of the activity of the company, determiningthe result of the activity and, therefore to provide the right informationto make a correct decision for the strategy of the company and to get thehighest internal result, and to understand deeply the new and last management internal systems. Syllabus Part I: COST ACCOUNTING THEORY Part II: DETERMINATION OF THE PRODUCTION COSTS Part III: COSTS IN THE DECISION MAKING PROCESS Part IV: STANDAR COSTS AND COSTS FOR ORDERS Part V: SYSTEM COSTS ALLOCATION TO PRODUCTS References (in Spanish)

Textbooks FUNDAMENTOS DE CONTABILIDAD DE GESTION Escobar, Tomás, Cortijo, Virginia. Madrid: Prentice Hall. CONTABILIDAD DE COSTES Y CONTABILIDAD DE GESTION Saez Torrecilla, Angel. Mc Graw Hill.

Other references MANUAL DE CONTROL DE GESTION . ACCID. Madrid. DOCUMENTOS SOBRE PRINCIPIOS DE CONTABILIDAD DE GESTION DE LA ASOCIACION ESPAÑOLA DE CONTABILIDAD Y ADMINISTRACIÓN DE EMPRESAS (AECA ). Durante el desarrollo de la asignatura se proporcionará diverso material adicional complementario.

349

BUSINESS ORGANIZATION: STAFF COMPENTATION AND MANAGEMENT (GESTIÓN Y RETRIBUCIÓN DE PERSONAL)

Course Details


Code (Código)

103936 Plan (Plan)

239 ECTS 6

Type (Carácter)

Optative (Optativa)

Year (Curso)

3

Periodicity (Periodicidad)


Área (Área)




Course Staff


Luis Vázquez suárez Grupo / s


-



Area (Área)


Center (Centro)


Office (Despacho)

129 (FES building – Campus Unamuno)

Office hours (Horario de tutorías)

Wednesday: 16:00 -19:00

URL Web -


Phone Teléfono

+34923294500 Extension 3174

350

Objetives

We have witnessed in recent years a major shift in business thinking on the role that individuals play in organizations. To contemplate the human element as a factor of production has been to consider a differentiation factor and source of competitive advantage. This change in perspective has elevated the importance of the social function to a predominant plane within the field of business management. Overcome their traditional legal and administrative vision the new HR function assumes the mission of leading people and create the conditions to reconcile the personal and business goals. The main objective pursued by this program is to educate students, future specialists in labor relations in the new approach to the management and human resource management and provide basic knowledge and skills to enable them to understand that management effective human resources is a decisive aspect in business success. Syllabus T 1.- HUMAN FACTORS IN ORGANIZATIONS T 2.- MANAGEMENT & HR T 3.- THE EVOLVING ROLE OF HUMAN RESOURCES IN ORGANIZATIONS T 4.- INFLUENTIAL FACTORS IN HUMAN RESOURCE MANAGEMENT T 5- MANAGEMENT OF HR T 6.- ANALYSIS AND DESIGN JOBS T 7.- PLANNING AND CONTROL OF HUMAN RESOURCES T 8.- HUMAN RESOURCES RECRUITMENT (I) T 9.- HUMAN RESOURCES RECRUITMENT (II) T 10.- BREAKING LABOR MANAGEMENT AND RELOCATION SERVICE EMPLOYEES T 11.- TRAINING AND HUMAN RESOURCES DEVELOPMENT IN ORGANIZATIONS T 12.- CAREER DEVELOPMENT T 13.- PERFORMANCE EVALUATION T 14- COMPENSATION AND SALARY ADMINISTRATION T 15.-INTERNATIONAL MANAGEMENT OF HR T 16.-INNOVATION & HR T 17.- SOCIAL ETHICAL AND HUMAN RESOURCES

351

REFERENCES

TEXTBOOKS


Textbooks Alfaro de Prado Sagrera, Ana Maria, "El Factor humano en las relaciones laborales manual de dirección y gestión", Madrid Pirámide cop. 1999 Aragón Sánchez, Antonio / García-Tenorio Ronda, Jesús coord. / Sabater Sánchez, Ramón coord., "Fundamentos de dirección y gestión de recursos humanos", Australia [etc.] Thomson D.L. 2004 Dolan, Simon L., "La gestión de los recursos humanos preparando profesionales para el siglo XXI", Madrid McGraw-Hill D.L. 2003 Gómez-Mejía, Luis R., "Dirección y gestión de recursos humanos", Madrid [etc.] Prentice Hall 2004 Alarcón García, María José / Camisón Zornoza, César coord. / Dalmau Porta, Juan Ignacio coord., "Introducción a los negocios y su gestión", Madrid [etc.] Pearson-Prentice Hall D.L. 2009 Alarcón García, María José / Hofstadt Román, Carlos J. van-der dir. / Gómez Gras, José María dir., "Competencias y habilidades profesionales para universitarios", Madrid Díaz de Santos D.L. 2006

Other references -

352

MARKETING: DISTRIBUTION CHANNELS MANAGEMENT (GESTIÓN DE LOS CANALES DE DISTRIBUCIÓN)

Course Details


Code (Código)

103937 Plan (Plan)

239 ECTS 6

Type (Carácter)

Optional (Optativa)

Year (Curso)



Área (Área)




Course Staff


ÁNGELA GONZÁLEZ LUCAS


-



Área (Área)


Center (Centro)


Office (Despacho)

321 (FES Building)


-

URL Web -


Phone (Tlf.)

+34923294640 Extension: 3124

353

Objectives

The course is intended to introduce students to the main concepts related with marketing channels. The general objectives are: (1) to present the basic foundation of marketing channels concepts; (2) to identify the major participants in marketing channels; (3) to understand the sequence of the channel design and selection; (4) to explain the characteristics of the managing the marketing channels; and to be able to apply information to different cases of marketing channels. Syllabus - Marketing Channels Systems. Marketing channel concepts, the channel participants, and the behavioral processes in marketing channels. - Developing the marketing channels. Strategy in marketing channels, - Designing and selecting the channel members. The channel structure. - Managing the marketing channels. Motivation, promotion, prices, logistic, and evaluation. References (in Spanish)

Textbooks Estrategias de Marketing para Mercados Industriales: producto y distribución (Ed. Civitas)

Other references Chemical Product Design (Ed. Cambridge, second edition, 2011)

354

MARKETING: MARKETING RESEARCH IN RETAILING (INVESTIGACIÓN DE MERCADOS EN EMPRESAS MINORISTAS)

Course Details


Code (Código)

103938 Plan (Plan)

239 ECTS 6

Type (Carácter)

Optional (Optativa)

Year (Curso)



Área (Área)




Course Staff




ÓSCAR GONZÁLEZ BENITO



Área (Área)


Center (Centro)


Office (Despacho)



-

URL Web -


Phone (Tlf.)

+34923294640 Extension: 3008

355

Objectives

The course is intended to introduce students to the main procedures and techniques designed to assess, collect and analyze information necessary for making marketing decisions in retailing, so they know their characteristics, applications and implications, and are able to assess their convenience and apply them correctly. Syllabus - Introduction to marketing research in retailing. - Secondary data. - Qualitative techniques for collecting primary data. - Quantitative techniques for collecting primary data. - Questionnaire design. - Measures and scales. - Sampling. - Experimentation. - Basic techniques for analyzing market data. References (in Spanish)

Textbooks Churchill, G.A. (2003): Investigación de Mercados, 4ª edición, Paraninfo. Hair, J.F.; Bush, R. y Ortinau, D.J. (2010): Investigación de Mercados, 4ª edición, McGraw-Hill. Grande Esteban, I. y Abascal Fernández, E. (2011): Fundamentos y Técnicas de Investigación Comercial, 11ª edición, ESIC Editorial. Malhotra, N.K. (2008): Investigación de Mercados, 5ª edición, Pearson. McDaniel, C. y Gates, R. (2005): Investigación de Mercados, 6ª edición. Paraninfo. Trespalacios Gutiérrez, J.A.; Vázquez Casielles, R. y Bello Acebrón, L. (2005): Investigación de Mercados, Paraninfo. Zikmund, W.G. (2003): Fundamentos de Investigación de Mercados, 2ª edición, Paraninfo. Webb, J.R. (2003): Investigación de Mercados, 2ª edición, Paraninfo.

Other references -

356

SOCIOLOGY: SOCIOLOGY OF CONSUMPTION (SOCIOLOGÍA DEL CONSUMO)

Course Details


Code (Código)

103939 Plan (Plan)

239 ECTS 6

Type (Carácter)

Optional (Optativa)

Year (Curso)



Área (Área)



Sociology and Communication (Sociología y Comunicación)

Course Staff


Marta Lambea Ortega


-


Sociology and Communication (Sociología y Comunicación)

Área (Área)


Center (Centro)


Office (Despacho)

405 (FES Building)


Thursday: 11h-15h and 16h-18h

URL Web -


+34923294640 Extension: 3114

357

Objectives

1. To study the evolution of contemporary societies through consumption. 2. To understand the meaning of consumption in our society. 3. To know the cultural and socio-psychological factors which influence the act of

consumption. 4. To identify problems related to ethics and culture, and to understand the impact of

business organizations in nowadays society.

Syllabus

1. The aim of sociology of consumption

2. Capitalism as a needs-maker

3. Sociological theories about consumer society

4. New types of consumption

5. Post-Fordist consumption

6. Lifestyles and consumption

7. Advertising, consumption and gender

8. Qualitative techniques for market research


Textbooks ALONSO, L.E. (2005). La era del consumo. Madrid. Siglo XXI. ALONSO, L.E. y CONDE, F. (1994): Historia del consumo en España: una aproximación a sus orígenes y primer desarrollo. Madrid. Debate. ALONSO RIVAS, J Y GRANDE ESTABAN, I. (2004): Comportamiento del consumidor. Madrid. ESIC. BAUMAN, Z. (1999). Trabajo, consumismo y nuevos pobres. Barcelona. Gedisa. BAUMAN, Z (2007): Vida de consumo. Madrid. F.C.E. BOCOCK, R. (1993).: El consumo. Madrid. Talasa. CORTINA, A. (2002).: Por una ética del consumo: la ciudadanía del consumidor en un mundo global. Madrid. Taurus FERRER, E. (1999): Los lenguajes del color. Madrid. F.C.E. HALL, S (2007): Esto significa esto, esto significa aquello. Semiótica: guía de los signos y su significado. Barcelona. Blume MATTELART, A. (1991).: La publicidad. Barcelona. Paidos MOLINÉ GOLOVART, M (2000).: La fuerza de la publicidad: saber hacer buena publicidad, saber administrar su fuerza, Madrid, Mc Graw Hill, 2000. O´SHAUGHNESSY, J. (1989).:Por qué compra la gente?.Madrid. Díaz de Santos. PÉREZ TORNERO, J.M. (1992): La seducción de la opulencia. Madrid. Paidos. PINTADO BLANCO, T (2004): Marketing para adolescentes. Madrid. Pirámide RITZER, G. (2000): El encanto de un mundo desencantado. Revolución en los medios de consumo. Barcelona. Ariel. REVISTA POLÍTICA Y SOCIEDAD. (1994). (16) Madrid. Editorial Complutense SOLÉ MORO, M.L (1999): Los consumidores del siglo XXI. Madrid. ESIC.

358

SLATER, D. (1997).: Consumer, culture and modernity. Cambridge. Polity Press. VEBLEN, T. (1974).: Teoría de la clase ociosa. México. FCE. VERDÚ, V. (2003): El estilo del mundo. Barcelona. Anagrama

Other references

— Revista Española de Investigaciones Sociológicas: REIS — http://www.ine.es/ — http://ruc.udc.es/dspace/bitstream/2183/2725/1/SO-5-6.pdf

359

BUSINESS ORGANIZATION: NEGOTIATION IN SPECIFIC CONTEXT (NEGOCIACIÓN EN CONTEXTOS ESPECÍFICOS)

Course Details


Code (Código)

103940 Plan (Plan)

239 ECTS 6

Type (Carácter)

Optative (Optativa)

Year (Curso)



Área (Área)




Course Staff


José Ignacio Galán Zazo


-



Area (Área)


Center (Centro)

Facultad de Economía y Empresa

Office (Despacho)

112 - Miércoles 13:00-14:00


E-mail [email protected] Teléfono 923 294500 ext. 3001

Objectives

This subject aims to provide students with Basics Concepts of Negotiation. It reviews the theoretical foundations of negotiation, main practices, skills and design tools, and the negotiation process in different kinds of contexts.

360

Syllabus

1. Introduction to negotiation. 2. Definition, characteristics and kinds of negotiations. 3. Negotiation stages. 4. Negotiation process. 5. Negotiation in an international context. 6. A negotiation method. 7. Negotiation skills. 8. Negotiation strategies and tactics. 9. Negotiation contexts.

361

BUSINESS ORGANIZATION: LOGISTICS AND PROVIDERS MANAGEMENT (LOGÍSTICA Y GESTIÓN DE PROVEEDORES)

Course Details


Code (Código)

103941 Plan (Plan)

239 ECTS 6

Type (Carácter)

Optative (Optativa)

Year (Curso)



Área (Área)




Datos del profesorado

Course Coordinator

Por determinar


Por determinar



Area (Área)


Center (Centro)

Facultad de Economía y Empresa

Office (Despacho)

(Edificio Departamental FES)

E-mail Teléfono

Objectives

This subject introduces the main decisions, techniques and tools related to Logistics and Supplier Management.

362

Syllabus

1. Logistics and Supplier Management. Basic Concepts. Strategic Planning: 2. Supplier Management. 3. Supplier Network Design: Suppliers location, size and number. (Cualitative and cuantitative methods). Operational Planning: 4. Purchasing Management: Purchasing process, supplier selection, negotiation techniques, purchasing tracking. 5. Supply Chain Planning and Control (DRP systems, inventory management models, route planning) 6. New Technologies and Supplier Management.

References

Textbooks

Anaya Tejero, J.J. (2000): Logística Integral. La Gestión Operativa de la Empresa, ESIC, Madrid.

Arbones Malisani, E.A. (1990): Logística Empresarial, Marcombo, Barcelona. Ballou, R.H. (1991): Logística Empresarial: Control y Planificación, Díaz de Santos, Madrid. Coyle, J.J., Bardi, E.J. y Langley, C.J. (1996): The Management of Business Logistics, 6th

edition, West Publishing, St Paul, Minneapolis. Fernández Suárez, N., García Laguna, J., Martínez Ferreras, J. y San José Nieto, L.A. (1999):

Gestión de Stocks. Modelos de Optimización y Software, Secretariado de Publicaciones, Universidad de Valladolid.

Gutierrez Casas, G. y Prida Romero, B. (1998): Logística y distribución física: evolución, situación actual, análisis comparativo y tendencias, McGraw-Hill, Madrid.

Mathur, K. y Solow, D. (1996): Investigación de Operaciones, Prentice Hall, México. Parra Guerrero, F. (1996): Gestión de Stocks, ESIC Editorial, Madrid. Winston, W.L. (1994): Operations Research: Applications and Algorithms, 3rd edition,

Duxbury, Belmont.

363

MARKETING: BUSINESS TO BUSINESS MARKETING (MARKETING INDUSTRIAL)

Course Details


Code (Código)

103942 Plan (Plan)

239 ECTS 6

Type (Carácter)

Optional (Optativa)

Year (Curso)



Área (Área)




Course Staff




-



Área (Área)


Center (Centro)


Office (Despacho)

311 (FES Building)


Friday: 16h-19h

URL Web -


Phone (Tlf.)

+34923294640

364

Objectives

The course is intended to introduce students to B2B Marketing, so they will be able to understand the focus of decisions in business to business marketing, and they will analyze the relationship between marketing and other functional activities of the industrial company, knowing their characteristics, applications and implications. Syllabus - Introduction to B2B Marketing. - Purchasing behavior of organizations: specific characteristics. - Product, Communication, Distribution and Pricing Strategy in B2B Marketing. - Marketing Plan: contents, design and development. References (in Spanish)

Textbooks Estrategias de Marketing para Mercados Industriales: producto y distribución (Ed. Civitas)

Other references Chemical Product Design (Ed. Cambridge, second edition, 2011)

365

BUSINESS ORGANIZATION: MANAGEMENT OF INTERNATIONAL BUSINESS

(ADMINISTRACIÓN DE NEGOCIOS INTERNACIONALES)

Course Details


Code (Código)

103943 Plan (Plan)

239 ECTS 6

Type (Carácter)

Optative (Optativa)

Year (Curso)



Área (Área)




Course Staff


Ana Isabel Prieto Cuerdo Group (Grupo / s)



Área (Área)


Center (Centro)


Office (Despacho)

116 (FES Building)


Tutorials will be determined at the beginning of the academic year (Las tutorías se determinarán a principio de curso)

URL Web


+34923294640 Ext. (Prof. Prieto): 3486

Objetives

Knowing the transformation of the company in international management. Recognize the cooperatives formulas as essential tools in the internationalization of companies. Evaluate the activity of the internationalized company.

366

Syllabus

1. International business: planning of entry. 2. The multinational: transformation, offshoring. 3. Organization of a multinational: growth and development. 4. International cooperation. 5. Evaluation of international activity.

References

Reference books for students (in Spanish) Hermosilla, A. ¡Cómo cooperar? Ministerio de Industria. 1996 Polo García, J. M. Comercio internacional: teoría y técnicas. Editorial Universidad de Granada. Díez Vergara, M. Manual práctico de comercio internacional. 2000. Deusto.

367

APPLIED ECONOMICS: EUROPEAN UNION ECONOMY

(ECONOMÍA DE LA UNIÓN EUROPEA)

Course Details


Code (Código)

103944 Plan (Plan)

239 ECTS 6

Type (Carácter)

Optional (Optativa)

Year (Curso)



Área (Área)




Course Staff


Juan José de Guardo González




Área (Área)


Center (Centro)


Office (Despacho)



Monday and Wednesday: 11h-14h

URL Web -


+34620572276

368

Objectives

In general terms, the objective is to learn about the importance and consequences of the European Union (EU) in the economic policy design in our country. These effects might be visible not only in the conditioning on fiscal policies (art. 135 Spanish Constitution) but also in the regulatory design in specific economic branches that are subject to harmonization requirements stemming from the single market, the monetary union and the strategic goals of the EU. The subject attempts to deepen into the theoretical rationale of the economic and monetary integration as much as to offer an overview of the EU’s institutional framework, the main policies and their most recent changes. Syllabus

‐ Approach to the international trade theories.

‐ Determinants of international trade.

‐ Economic integration: definition and different forms of integration.

‐ European integration

‐ Institutional framework in the European Union

‐ European public budget

‐ European common policies.

‐ European Monetary Union.


Textbooks Introducción a la Unión Europea: un análisis desde la economía (Rafael Muñoz de Bustillo y R. Bonete- Alianza Editorial) Economía de la Unión Europea (José Mª Jordan Galduf- THOMSON)

Other references Durante las sesiones, se facilitarán algunos recursos que deberán tenerse en cuenta para el progreso de los conocimientos necesarios para la asignatura. Estos estarán accesibles a través de la plataforma virtual Studium. Dichos materiales incluirán:

1. Las presentaciones y documentos (en .pdf) de las sesiones expositivas. 2. Cuadros sinópticos previos a la clase en los que el estudiante puede tomar sus

notas al hilo de lo explicado en la sesión magistral. 3. Otros archivos, como instrucciones para los ejercicios y trabajos obligatorios y/o

voluntarios, puntos para la reflexión, preguntas para el comentario y el debate, etc.

369

ACCOUNTING: INTERNATIONAL ACCOUNTING (CONTABILIDAD INTERNACIONAL)

Course Details


Code (Código)

103945 Plan (Plan)

239 ECTS 6

Type (Carácter)

Optional (Optativa)

Year (Curso)



Área (Área)




Course Staff


Luis Rodríguez Domínguez


-



Área (Área)


Center (Centro)


Office (Despacho)

301 (FES Building)


Tuesday: 13h-14h; Wednesday 11h-14h; Thursday: 11h-13h

URL Web -


+34923294640 Extension: 3515

370

Objectives

LEARNING OUTCOMES - Know the main international accounting standard setters - Identify the main features of the different approaches to the international accounting

practices - Understand the accounting systems and environments in France, Germany, the UK and

the US - Describe the similarities and differences of the Spanish accounting regulation as

compared to the international regulations. Syllabus

- Introduction to International Accounting - Analysis of the international accounting diversity. Forces behind the different

approaches. - Accounting systems and environments in the international sphere - Process of harmonization. Main international institutions (IASB, IFAC, FASB, etc.) - Standardisation of the financial information - IFRS for the different elements of the financial statements - Annual reports in the IFRS


Textbooks Mirza, A. y otros (2008): IFRS Practical Implementation Guide and Workbook. Ed. John Wiley & Sons. 2nd edition. Moreno Adalid. A. M. (cood.) y otros: (2008): Las NIC y su influencia en la reforma contable. Servicio de Publicaciones, Universidad Rey Juan Carlos, Madrid. Rodríguez Pérez, G. y otros (2006): Contabilidad Europea 2005. Análisis y Aplicación de las NIIF. Ed. McGrawHill, Madrid.

Other references Epstein, B.J. y Jermakowicz, E.K. (2008): IFRS Policies and Procedures. Ed. Wiley & Sons. Haskins y otros (2000): Internacional Financial Reporting and Analysis. A Contextual Emphasis. Ed. McGrawHill. http://www.iasplus.com/en

371

ENGLISH: BUSINESS ENGLISH (INGLÉS DE LOS NEGOCIOS)

Course Details


Code (Código)

103946 Plan (Plan)

239 ECTS 6

Type (Carácter)

Optional (Optativa)

Year (Curso)



Área (Área)

Philology (Filología)


English Philology (Filología Inglesa)

Course Staff


María Luisa del Río Oliete


-


English Philology (Filología Inglesa)

Área (Área)

Philology (Filología)

Center (Centro)


Office (Despacho)

014 (FES Building)


Wednesday: 11:30-12:30

URL Web -


+34923294400 Extension: 1795

372

Objectives

-The comprehension in English of the role of international commerce in business management, contents and implementations in business decision making. -To know how to look for and implement the different and necessary sources of information for a deal in international commerce. - The command of the necessary linguistic tools to identify and select international markets. Syllabus - Primary, Secondary and Tertiary Production (T). Production, Commerce, Consumption (P). - Commerce, Trade and Services to Trade (T). The Balance of Trade and the B. of Payments (P). - Business Ownership (T). Different Types of Business (P). - The Qualities and Functions of Money. (T). Money and Banking: Loan Allocation (P). - Financial Statements (T). How to read an Annual Report (P). - The Globalization of the World Economy (T). Its implications for Management in the International Business (P). -Research and Development (T). Company R.& D. Strategies and Policy Dimensions (P). - Phases of Capitalist Development (T). Bubbles and Recessions (P). - Meeting Basic Human Needs (T). Poverty and Social Security (P). - The Labour Market. Recruitment (T). Job Offers: How to write a Résumé (P). References (in Spanish)

Textbooks

‐ Brealey, R.A. & Myers, S.C. (1991 4th ed.): Principles of Corporate Finance, McGraw-Hill.

‐ Dornbusch, R. & Fisher, S. (1994 6th ed.): Macroeconomics, McGraw-Hill. ‐ Hill, Charles W.L. (1994): International Business: Competing in the Global

Marketplace, Irwin. ‐ Samuelson,P.A. (1992 14th ed.): Economics, McGraw-Hill. ‐ Welsch, G.A. & Chesley, G.R. (1998 Canadian edition): Fundamentals of

Financial Accounting, Irwin.

Other references Suplemento Negocios del periódico El País.

373


FINANCE: SECURITIES MARKET ANALISYS AND FINANCIAL

INVESTMENT MANAGEMENT (ANALISIS DEL MERCADO DE VALORES Y GESTION DE CARTERAS)

Course Details


Code (Código)

103947 Plan (Plan)

239 ECTS 6

Type (Carácter)

Elective (Optativa)

Year (Curso)



Área (Área)




Course Staff


José Ignacio Pizarro Maderal


-



Área (Área)


Center (Centro)


Office (Despacho)

(FES Building)


REQUESTED BY EMAIL BEFORE

URL Web


Phone (Tlf.)

+34923294640 Extension: 1032

374

Objectives

The goal is that students learn the general operation of our financial system, know their products (Financial Assets), intermediaries and markets in which they operate. Also know the functions of the Central Banks, Monetary Policy development, the European Central Bank (ECB) and the European System of Central Banks (ESCB). It will present the work way of stock markets and credit institutions and other official financial intermediaries, with analysis and commentary from all the financial news, so notorious in recent years. Students will do works of practical implementation of the theoretical content exposed in class. Syllabus

ITEM 1. GENERAL OVERVIEW OF FINANCES ITEM 2. SPANISH FINANCIAL SYSTEM ITEM 3. CAPITAL MARKET: SECURITIES MARKET. OPERATION SYSTEM AND FEATURES. ITEM 4. FIXED INCOME SECURITIES: FEATURES AND VALUATION OF BONDS ITEM 5. VARIABLE INCOME SECURITIES: FEATURES AND VALUATION OF SHARES ITEM 6. PROFITABILITY AND RISK. DIFERENTS ALTERNATIVES OF SECURITIES INVESTMENT ITEM 7. PROFITABILITY and RISK, VALUATION OF FINANCIAL ASSETS ITEM 8. FEATURES and VALUATION OF OPTIONS References (in Spanish)

Textbooks MARTÍN MARÍN, J.L.; TRUJILLO PONCE A. (2004) : Manual de Mercados Financieros. Thomson Editores Spain Paraninfo, S.A. Madrid. PEDROSA M. (2003): Los mercados financieros internacionales y su globalización. Editorial AC. Thomson Editores Spain Paraninfo, S.A. Madrid. CUERVO, A.; RODRÍGUEZ SAIZ, L.; PAREJO, J.A.; CALVO, A. (1997): Manual del Sistema Financiero Español. Ariel Economía, Barcelona. TRUJILLO, J.A., CUERVO, C.; VARGAS, F.(1998): El Sistema Financiero Español. Editorial Ariel. Barcelona. FABOZZI, F. J. ; MODIGLIANI, F. (1996): Mercados e Instituciones Financieras. Prentice Hall Hispanoamericana, S.A. MASCAREÑAS PÉREZ, J.; CHACÓN BLANCO, J.E. (1995): Activos y Mercados Financieros. Ed. Pirámide. Madrid. ONTIVEROS, E.; VALERO, F.J. (1994): Introducción al Sistema Financiero Español. Ed. Cívitas. DÍEZ, L.T. y MASCAREÑAS, J. (1991): Ingeniería Financiera. La gestión de los mercados

375

financieros internacionales. McGraw-Hill. Serie McGraw-Hill Management. Hull, J.C. (1996): Introducción a los mercados de futuros y opciones. Prentice Hall, Hemel Hempstead. Martín Marín, J.L. y Trujillo Ponce, A. (2004): Manual de mercados financieros. Thomson, Madrid. Mascareñas, J., Lamothe, P., López, F. y Luna W. (2004): Opciones reales y valoración de activos. Prentice Hall. Miguel Hidalgo, A. (1990): Las decisiones de inversión, financiación y dividendos en la empresa. Universidad de Valladolid, Valladolid. Suárez Suárez, A.S. (2005): Decisiones óptimas de inversión y financiación en la empresa. Ediciones Pirámide, Madrid.

Other references www.bde.es www.meff.es www.bbva.es www.invertia.com www.finanzas.es www.ine.com www.mercadodivisas.rastreador.com www.ico.es www.elconfidencial.com/mercados/

376

FINANCE: BUSINESS VALUATION FOR BANKS AND INSURANCES (VALORACIÓN DE EMPRESAS PARA BANCA Y SEGUROS)

Course Details


Code (Código)

103948 Plan (Plan)

239 ECTS 6

Type (Carácter)

Elective (Optativa)

Year (Curso)



Área (Área)





377

MARKETING: FINANCIAL MARKETING (MARKETING FINANCIERO)

Course Details


Code (Código)

103949 Plan (Plan)

239 ECTS 6

Type (Carácter)

Elective (Optativa)

Year (Curso)



Área (Área)




Course Staff


Martín García Martín [email protected]


-



Área (Área)


Center (Centro)


Office (Despacho)

302 (FES Building)


Mondays 12.00h. a 13.00 h.

URL Web http://web.usal.es/mgarcia


+34923294500 Extension: 3515

378

Objectives

Learn how to solve commercial problems from financial products and learn how to take strategic decisions in order to reach the marketing plan objectives.

Syllabus

THEME 1.- The Financial Sector. THEME 2.- The Financial Marketing. General approach. THEME 3.- Financial Consumer Behavior. THEME 4.- Marketing Research in the Financial Market THEME 5.- Segmentation and Positioning in the Financial Market. THEME 6.- Product: The Financial Products and Services. THEME 7.- Price: Prices in the Financial Sector. THEME 8.- Distribution: The Distribution in the Financial Sector. THEME 9.- Communication: The Communication in the Financial Sector. THEME 10.- The Financial Marketing plan. THEME 11.- The Service Quality in the Financial Sector.


Textbooks Barrutia Legarreta, J. M. (2002) Marketing Bancario en la era de la Información. Editorial

Pirámide. Castelló Muñoz, E. (2007): Gestión Comercil de Servicios Financieros. ESIC. Donnelly, J. y otros. (1989): Marketing de Servicios Financieros. Díaz de Santos. Embid Herranz, Pedro y otros. (1998): Marketing Financierto. McGraw Hill. McGoldrick. P. y otros (1996): Comercialización de Servicios Financieros. McGraw Hill. Moroy, F. y otro (2011) Banca Comercial, Esic. Sarro Álvarez, M. M. (2001) Marketing de las Cajas de Ahorro. Editorial Pirámide. Surdandas, A. (2005) Marketing Financiero. McGraw Hill. Teruel Sierra, M. (1995): Marketing Financiero y de servicios de la Oficina Bancaria. Publicaciones Universidad Pontificia Comillas

Other references Will be communicated to the students along the course according to the teaching needs.

379

ACCOUNTING: ADVANCED ACCOUNTING (CONTABILIDAD SUPERIOR)

Course Details


Code (Código)

103950 Plan (Plan)

239 ECTS 6

Type (Carácter)

Elective (Optativa)

Year (Curso)



Área (Área)




Course Staff


Arjola Mecaj


-



Área (Área)


Center (Centro)


Office (Despacho)

106 (FES Building)


URL Web


Phone (Tlf.)

+34923294640 Extension: 3134

380

Objectives

This course aims to provide the students with knowledge and understanding of the rules in order to elaborate the financial statements, the criteria and valuation rules applied to the business operations, as well as the accounting rules related to the Corporate tax.

Syllabus

Income Statements: Preparation, publication and Legal Concerns.. Statement of changes in Equity. Statement of Cash Flow. Study of specific Balance Aggregates. Differences between Accounting and Taxes Indirect taxation and tax refunds. Corporate taxes Income and expenses recognized directly in equity Insolvency Law in Spain. Accounting concepts of payment suspension and bankruptcy.


Textbooks All the supporting material will be facilitated at the beginning of the course.

Other references

381

ACCOUNTING: BUSINESS CONSULTING FOR SMEs (ASESORAMIENTO DE PYMES)

Course Details


Code (Código)

103951 Plan (Plan)

239 ECTS 6

Type (Carácter)

Elective (Optativa)

Year (Curso)



Área (Área)




Course Staff


Luis Rodríguez Domínguez, Ph.D.


-



Área (Área)


Center (Centro)


Office (Despacho)

Room 102 (FES Building)


Wednesday, 12-14h (Previous appointment required)

URL Web http://campus.usal.es/~empresa/09_depto/pages/profesorado/pro_cont/datos-basicos.php?nump=56


Phone (Tlf.)

+34923294640 Extension: 3132

382

Objectives

After completing this course you should be able to:

- Design a business plan and have a set of guidelines to analyse the viability of firm projects

- Undertake most of the administrative proceedings linked to accounting and tax obligations.

- Suggest different choices for financing in SMEs - Evaluate the economic situation of a SME adequately - Know the norms that regulate the issue of financial information - Apply different assessment methods for SMEs - Set out the liquidation of a SME

Syllabus

UNIT 1: BUSINESS CONSULTING ABOUT ENTREPRENEURHISP. ECONOMIC PROPOSAL UNIT 2: BUSINESS CONSULTING ABOUT ENTREPRENEURHISP. LEGAL PROPOSAL UNIT 3: BUSINESS CONSULTING ABOUT ENTREPRENEURHISP. FIRST STAGES UNIT 4: BUSINESS CONSULTING ABOUT FINANCING UNIT 5: BUSINESS CONSULTING ABOUT THE ACCOUTING PROCESS AND CORPORATE OBLIGATIONS UNIT 6: BUSINESS CONSULTING ABOUT FINANCIAL STATEMENT ANALYSIS UNIT 7: BUSINESS CONSULTING ABOUT FIRM VALUATION UNIT 8: BUSINESS CONSULTING ABOUT SMEs’ LIQUIDATION. BANKRUPTCY PROCEDURES UNIT 9: TOOLS OF SEARCH FOR INFORMATION FOR SMEs References (in Spanish)

Textbooks Brealey, R., Myers, S. y Marcus, A. (2007): Fundamentos de Finanzas Corporativas. Ed.

McGraw-Hill, Madrid.

Castro, I. y Rufino, J.I. (2010): Creación de empresas para emprendedores. Editorial

Pirámide.

Cuervo, A. (2008): Introducción a la Administración de Empresas. Ed. Thomson, Civitas,

Navarra.

Font, J. y Elvira, O. (2001): Presupuestos, Planes Financieros y Estudios de Viabilidad.

Editorial Gestión 2000.

Gómez Gras. J.M. y otros (2012): Manual de casos sobre creación de empresas en España.

383

Editorial McGraw Hill.

López Lubián, F.J. (2007): Casos prácticos de finanzas corporativas. Editorial Thomson.

Muñoz Merchante, A. (2009): Análisis de Estados Financieros. Teoría y Práctica. Ediciones

Académicas, Madrid.

Priede, T. y otros (2010): Creación y desarrollo de empresas. Editorial Pirámide.

Ley de Sociedades de Capital (2010) Normativa legal sobre creación de empresas Normativa legal sobre liquidación de empresas Normativa legal sobre el proceso contable

Other references www.ipyme.org http://www.icac.meh.es/

384

FISCAL LAW: SMEs TAXATION (FISCALIDAD DE LAS PYMES)

Course Details


Code (Código)

103952 Plan (Plan)

239 ECTS 6

Type (Carácter)

Elective (Optative)

Year (Curso)



Área (Área)



Derecho Administrativo, Procesal y Financiero-Tributario


385

MARKETING: MANAGEMENT OF THE POINT-OF-SALE (GESTIÓN DEL PUNTO DE VENTA)

Course Details


Code (Código)

103953 Plan (Plan)

239 ECTS 6

Type (Carácter)

Elective (Optativa)

Year (Curso)



Área (Área)




Course Staff




ÁNGELA GONZÁLEZ LUCAS



Área (Área)


Center (Centro)


Office (Despacho)

319 (FES Building)


-

URL Web -


Phone (Tlf.)

+34923294640 Extension: 3008

386

Objectives

Providing students with a specific training on the retailing sector. Knowing and understanding the importance of retailing in the economy. Reviewing the functions involved in the retailing process. Syllabus

@ Retail Assortment. @ Category Management @ Retail pricing @ Merchandising @ Retail Space Allocations. @ Retail Space performance. @ Inventory Management


Textbooks Díez, E. y Landa, J. (1996): Merchandising. Teoría y práctica, Pirámide. Fernández, N.; García, J.; Martínez, J. y San José, L. A. (1999): Gestión de Stocks, Modelos

de Optimización y Software, Universidad de Valladolid Ferrín, A.R. (1999): Gestión de Stocks, Optimización de Almacenes, Fundación Confemetal Miquel, S.; Parra, F.; Lhermie, C. y Miquel, M.J. (2006): Distribución Comercial, Esic. Palomares, R. (2009): Merchandising. Teoría, práctica y estrategia, Esic. Palomares, R. (2012): Marketing en el Punto de Venta, Esic. Soret, I. (1997): Logística comercial y empresarial, 2ª ed., Esic. Vázquez, R. y Trespalacios, J. A. (2006): Estrategias de Distribución Comercial, Thomson.

Winston, W. L. (2005): Investigación de Operaciones. Aplicaciones y algoritmos, Thomson

Other references

http://www.alimarket.es/home http://www.mercasa.es/publicaciones http://www.anged.es/index.aspx http://www.franquiciadores.com

387

MARKETING: STRATEGIC MANAGEMENT OF RETAILERS (DIRECCIÓN ESTRATÉGICA EN EMPRESAS MINORISTAS)

Course Details


Code (Código)

103954 Plan (Plan)

239 ECTS 6

Type (Carácter)

Elective (Optative)

Year (Curso)



Área (Área)

Comercialización e Investigación de Mercados




388

BUSINESS ORGANIZATION: OPERATION MANAGEMENT OF COMMERCIAL DISTRIBUTION

(DIRECCIÓN DE OPERACIONES EN DISTRIBUCIÓN COMERCIAL)

Course Details


Code (Código)

103955 Plan (Plan)

239 ECTS 6

Type (Carácter)

Elective (Optative)

Year (Curso)



Área (Área)





389

BUSINESS ORGANIZATION: ALLIANCES AND BUSINESS COOPERATION (ALIANZAS Y COOPERACIÓN EMPRESARIAL)

Course Details


Code (Código)

103956 Plan (Plan)

239 ECTS 6

Type (Carácter)

Elective (Optativa)

Year (Curso)



Área (Área)




Course Staff


Juan David Arranz García


-



Área (Área)


Center (Centro)


Office (Despacho)

101 (FES Building)


Monday 14:00 – 16:00



390

Objectives

The aim of this course is to deepen into the characteristics of corporate alliances, in order to analyze the results from strategic decisions Syllabus

1. Strategic development methods: organic growth versus external growth 2. Business cooperation: concept and characteristics 3. Cooperation: Benefits and disadvantages 4. Types of cooperation 5. Management of cooperation agreements


Textbooks

Hitt, M.A.; Ireland, D. y Hoskisson, R.E. (1999): Administración Estratégica.

Conceptos, Competitividad y Globalización, Thomson Paraninfo, Madrid.

Navas López , J.L. y L. A. Guerras Martín (2012): Fundamentos de Dirección Estratégica de la empresa, Cívitas, Madrid.

Navas López , J.L. y L. A. Guerras Martín (2007): Dirección Estratégica de la

empresa. Teoría y Aplicaciones, Cívitas, 4ª ed., Madrid Ventura Victoria, J. (2008): Análisis estratégico de la empresa, Paraninfo, Madrid

Other references -

391

BUSINESS ORGANIZATION: INNOVATION MANAGEMENT (GESTIÓN DE LA INNOVACIÓN)

Course Details


Code (Código)

103957 Plan (Plan)

239 ECTS 6

Type (Carácter)

Elective (Optative)

Year (Curso)



Área (Área)





392

BUSINESS ORGANIZATION: ANALYSIS AND BUDGET CONTROL OF PROJECTS

(ANALISIS Y CONTROL PRESUPUESTARIO DE PROYECTOS)

Course Details


Code (Código)

103958 Plan (Plan)

239 ECTS 6

Type (Carácter)

Elective (Optativa)

Year (Curso)



Área (Área)




Course Staff




-



Área (Área)


Center (Centro)


Office (Despacho)

301 (FES Building)


Mondays 11:00 to 12:00

URL Web


+34923294640 Extension: 3515

393

Objectives

To know the keys for an optimal budget planning process, to avoid the mistakes during the preparation and control of the budgets, the variance analysis and to know the preparation and budgetary control techniques. Syllabus

ITEM 1. Business initiatives and projects. General aspects of management. ITEM 2. Legal aspects and economic impact. ITEM 3. Economic and financial planning. ITEM 4. Preparation of financial statements pension. ITEM 5. Budgeting and cost analysis associated with a project. ITEM 6. Budgetary control. ITEM 7. Viability of projects. References (in Spanish)

Textbooks Issues and problems solved of projects management. University of Valencia

Other references A.E.C.A documents Budget process in the Enterprise.

394

FINANCE: INTERNATIONAL BUSINESS FINANCIAL MANAGEMENT (GESTIÓN FINANCIERA DE NEGOCIOS INTERNACIONALES)

Course Details


Code (Código)

103959 Plan (Plan)

239 ECTS 6

Type (Carácter)

Elective (Optativa)

Year (Curso)



Área (Área)




Course Staff

Course Coordinador MARIA JESUS MORO MARTIN Class Group:

Departament ADMINISTRATION AND BUSINESS ECONOMICS

Área FINANCE AND ACCOUNTING

Center FACULTY OF ECONOMICS AND BUSINESS

Office 101 (FES BUILDING)

Office hours Apply through email

URL Web -


Phone 923.- 294500. Ext 3524

Requirements To have some basic knowledge on financial accounting, mathematics and statistics. Objetives

SHOW THE OPERATION OF FINANCIAL MARKETS OFFERING MORE POSSIBILITIES OF INVESTMENT, EITHER BY ITS WIDE RANGE OF PRODUCTS AS PER YOUR Complementarity. ANALYZING PRODUCT FEATURES THAT THEY NEGOTIATE, VALUATION METHODS, STRATEGIES AND INVESTMENT OPPORTUNITIES OFFERED TO

395

INVESTORS OR PORTFOLIO MANAGERS.

Syllabus

1. IMPORTANCE OF THE STUDY OF BUSINESS. 2.TRENDS IN INTERNATIONAL BUSINESS 3.. INTERNATIONAL FINANCIAL STRATEGIES 4. CORPORATE FINANCIAL PLANNING 5. CORPORATE FINANCE Teaching Methodology Lectures Practice Lessons Works Exhibitions Discussions Exercises



Hours Nonactual

Hours


Lectures 22,5 22,5 ‐ In class 22,5 22,5 ‐ In the laboratory ‐ In computer classroom ‐ In the field

Practices


TOTAL 60 90 150


Text books � GITMAN Lawrence J. Mc. Daniel Carl, EL MUNDO DE LOS NEGOCIOS, México, 1ª. Edición, HARLA, S.A. DE C.V. 1995, 936pp. � BREALEY Richard A. Myers Stewart, C., FUNDAMENTOS DE FINANZAS CORPORATIVAS, España, Mc Graw Hill, 1ª. Edición, 1996, 771 pp. � RUGMAN M. Alana, NEGOCIOS INTERNACIONALES, México, 1998 1ª. Edición Mc Graw Hill, 707pp. � EMERY Douglas R. FINNERY John D, ADMINISTRACION FINANCIERA CORPORATIVA, PEARSON EDUCACION, MEXICO, México 1ª. Edición 2000, 999 pp. �

396

Evaluation

General Conditions

TEST EXAM

Evaluation Criteria





397

MARKETING: FOREIGN TRADE MANAGEMENT (OPERACIONES DE COMERCIO EXTERIOR)

Course Details


Code (Código)

103960 Plan (Plan)

239 ECTS 6

Type (Carácter)

Elective (Optativa)

Year (Curso)



Área (Área)




Course Staff


JUAN MARIA MARTIN GOMEZ


-



Área (Área)


Center (Centro)


Office (Despacho)

322 (FES Building)


-

URL Web -


Phone (Tlf.)

677.912203 Extension: N/A

398

Objectives

24. Know and understand what means in foreign trade in Marketing Management what means: it contents, scope, and the applications in the business decision making.

25. To know and understand the information sources for a foreign trade. 26. To know the different tools needed to identify and choose foreign markets 27. To know the different aspects of the foreign trade: international environment,

commercialization process, financial aspects, logistics, legal framework and how to close a deal.

Syllabus

- 1.- International Markets selection strategies - 2.- Firm situation and it sector. Ways of entry into a International Market. - 3.- International Marketing. Selected Market research and Porter 4 P´s study. - 4.- International Hiring. Arbitration Rules of the International Chamber of

Commerce. - 5.- International Transport. Incoterms, Forwarders - 6. – The Custom. Custom Code. Imports and Exports - 7.- International taxation. VAT - 8.- Payment and collections methods. Documentary Credit. - 9.- International Monetary Operation. Forward exchange . Financing - 10.- Commercial areas and International Institutions. GATT


Textbooks Foreign Trade .ICEX Foreign Trade Techniques. Pirámide. M.A Diaz Mier Foreign Trade. Uncertainties and Solutions. Pirámide. Ramón Boixados

Other references -

399

COMMERCIAL LAW: CONTRACT LAW IN INTERNATIONAL TRADE (DERECHO DE LOS CONTRATOS EN EL COMERCIO INTERNACIONAL)

Course Details


Code (Código)

103961 Plan (Plan)

239 ECTS 6

Type (Carácter)

Elective (Optativa)

Year (Curso)



Área (Área)

Derecho Mercantil


Derecho Privado


400

FOURTH YEAR SPRING SEMESTER

Elective courses for this semester are 103931, 103932, 103933, 103934, 103935, 103936, 103937, 103938, 103939, 103940, 103941, 103942, 103943, 103944, 103945, 103946 (see above descriptions)

FACULTAD DE ECONOMÍA Y EMPRESA UNIVERSIDAD DE...

Documents

Transcript of FACULTAD DE ECONOMÍA Y EMPRESA UNIVERSIDAD DE...